795729

Toyota Mirai 2019 Handleiding

509
Verklein
Vergroot
Pagina terug
1/552
Pagina verder
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Pictorial index Search by illustration
1For safety
and security Make sure to read through them
2Fuel cell system Fuel cell vehicle characteristics, precautions, etc.
3Instrument
cluster
How to read the gauges and meters, the variety of
warning lights and indicators, etc.
4Operation of
each component
Opening and closing the doors and windows,
adjustment before driving, etc.
5Driving Operations and advices which are necessary for driving
6Interior features Usage of the interior features, etc.
7Maintenance
and care Caring for your vehicle and maintenance procedures
8When trouble
arises What to do in case of malfunction or emergency
9Vehicle
specifications Vehicle specifications, customizable features, etc.
Index Search by symptom
Search alphabetically
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
For your information .......................6
Reading this manual.....................10
How to search ..............................11
Pictorial index ...............................12
1-1. For safe use
Before driving.......................32
For safe driving ....................34
Seat belts.............................36
SRS airbags.........................41
Airbag manual on-off
system ...............................51
Safety information for
children ..............................53
Child restraint systems ........54
1-2. Theft deterrent system
Immobilizer system ..............78
Alarm .................................102
2. Fuel cell vehicle
Fuel cell vehicle
characteristics..................106
Fuel cell vehicle
precautions ......................110
Advice for driving fuel cell
vehicles............................123
3. Instrument cluster
Warning lights and
indicators......................... 126
Gauges and meters........... 131
Multi-information display ... 136
4-1. Key information
Keys .................................. 148
4-2. Opening, closing and
locking the doors
Doors................................. 152
Trunk ................................. 158
Smart entry & start
system............................. 163
4-3. Adjusting the seats
Front seats ........................ 186
Driving position memory.... 188
Head restraints.................. 193
4-4. Adjusting the steering
wheel and mirrors
Steering wheel .................. 195
Inside rear view mirror....... 197
Outside rear view mirrors .. 199
4-5. Opening and closing the
windows
Power windows ................. 203
1For safety and security
2Fuel cell system
3Instrument cluster
4Operation of
each component
3
1
7
8
6
5
4
3
2
9
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
5-1. Before driving
Driving the vehicle .............208
Cargo and luggage ............216
Trailer towing .....................217
5-2. Driving procedures
Power switch......................218
Transmission .....................225
Turn signal lever ................231
Parking brake.....................232
5-3. Operating the lights and
wipers
Headlight switch.................234
Automatic High Beam ........237
Rear fog light switch ..........242
Windshield wipers and
washer .............................243
5-4. Refueling
Opening the fuel door........ 246
5-5. Using the driving support
systems
Toyota Safety Sense......... 251
PCS (Pre-Collision
System)........................... 262
LDA (Lane Departure Alert
with steering control)....... 274
RSA (Road Sign Assist) .... 285
Dynamic radar cruise
control ............................. 292
Toyota parking
assist-sensor................... 306
Parking Support Brake
function
(for static objects)............ 314
BSM
(Blind Spot Monitor) ........ 326
• The Blind Spot Monitor
function ......................... 332
• The Rear Crossing
Traffic Alert function...... 335
Driving assist systems....... 338
5-6. Driving tips
Winter driving tips.............. 344
5Driving
TABLE OF CONTENTS
4
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
6-1. Using the air conditioning
system and defogger
Automatic air conditioning
system .............................350
Heated steering wheel/
seat heaters.....................360
6-2. Using the interior lights
Interior lights list.................362
• Interior lights..................363
• Personal lights...............363
6-3. Using the storage
features
List of storage features ......365
• Glove box ......................366
• Console box ..................366
• Cup holders ...................367
• Bottle holders ................368
• Auxiliary box ..................369
• Card holder....................369
Trunk features....................370
6-4. Other interior features
Other interior features........372
• Sun visors......................372
• Vanity mirrors ................372
• Clock .............................373
• Armrest..........................374
• Coat hooks ....................374
• Assist grips ....................375
• Power outlet ..................376
• Wireless charger............377
7-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle exterior.......... 384
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle interior........... 389
7-2. Maintenance
Maintenance
requirements ................... 392
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Do-it-yourself service
precautions ..................... 394
Hood.................................. 397
Positioning a floor jack ...... 398
Motor compartment ........... 400
12-volt battery ................... 404
Tires .................................. 408
Replacing the tire .............. 424
Tire inflation pressure........ 432
Wheels .............................. 434
Air conditioning filter.......... 437
Electronic key battery........ 439
Checking and replacing
fuses ............................... 442
Light bulbs......................... 446
6Interior features 7Maintenance and care
5
1
7
8
6
5
4
3
2
9
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
8-1. Essential information
Emergency flashers ...........452
If your vehicle has to
be stopped in
an emergency..................453
If the vehicle is trapped
in rising water ..................454
8-2. Steps to take in
an emergency
If your vehicle needs to
be towed ..........................455
If you think something is
wrong...............................461
If a warning light turns on
or a warning buzzer
sounds .............................462
If a warning message is
displayed .........................469
If you have a flat tire ..........477
If the fuel cell system will
not start............................493
If the electronic key does
not operate properly ........495
If the 12-volt battery is
discharged .......................498
If your vehicle overheats....504
If the vehicle becomes
stuck ................................510
9-1. Specifications
Maintenance data
(fuel, fluid level, etc.) ....... 514
9-2. Customization
Customizable features ...... 520
9-3. Initialization
Items to initialize................ 530
What to do if...
(Troubleshooting) .................... 532
Alphabetical index...................... 536
8When trouble arises 9Vehicle specifications
Index
For information regarding the equipment listed below, refer to the
“Navigation system Owner’s manual”.
• Navigation system
• Audio system
• Rear view monitor system
• Hands-free system
(for cellular phone)
Toyota Motor Europe NV/SA, Avenue du Bourget 60 - 1140 Brussels,
Belgium www.toyota-europe.com
6
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
For your information
Please note that this manual applies to all models and all equipment, includ-
ing options. Therefore, you may find some explanations for equipment not
installed on your vehicle.
All specifications provided in this manual are current at the time of printing.
However, because of the Toyota policy of continual product improvement, we
reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.
Depending on specifications, the vehicle shown in the illustrations may differ
from your vehicle in terms of equipment.
Both genuine Toyota and a wide variety of other spare parts and accessories
for Toyota vehicles are currently available in the market. Should it be deter-
mined that any of the genuine Toyota parts or accessories supplied with the
vehicle need to be replaced, Toyota recommends that genuine Toyota parts
or accessories, be used to replace them. Other parts or accessories of
matching quality can also be used. Toyota cannot accept any liability or guar-
antee spare parts and accessories which are not genuine Toyota products,
nor for replacement or installation involving such parts. In addition, damage
or performance problems resulting from the use of non-genuine Toyota spare
parts or accessories may not be covered under warranty.
Main Owner’s Manual
Accessories, spare parts and modification of your Toyota
7
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
The installation of an RF-transmitter system in your vehicle could affect elec-
tronic systems such as:
●Fuel cell system
●Anti-lock brake system
●SRS airbag system
●Seat belt pretensioner system
●Toyota Safety Sense
Be sure to check with any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized
repairer, or any reliable repairer for precautionary measures or special
instructions regarding installation of an RF-transmitter system.
Further information regarding frequency bands, power levels, antenna posi-
tions and installation provisions for the installation of RF-transmitters, is avail-
able on request at any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized
repairer, or any reliable repairer.
High voltage parts and cables on the fuel cell vehicles emit approximately the
same amount of electromagnetic waves as the conventional gasoline pow-
ered vehicles or home electronic appliances despite of their electromagnetic
shielding.
Unwanted noise may occur in the reception of the radio frequency transmitter
(RF-transmitter).
Installation of an RF-transmitter system
8
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
The vehicle is equipped with sophisticated computers that will record certain
data, such as:
The recorded data varies according to the vehicle grade level and options
with which it is equipped. These computers do not record conversations or
sounds, and only record images outside of the vehicle in certain situations.
• Engine speed /Electric motor speed (traction motor speed)
• Accelerator status
• Brake status
• Vehicle speed
• Operation status of the driving assist systems, such as the ABS and pre-
collision system
●Data usage
Toyota may use the data recorded in this computer to diagnose malfunc-
tions, conduct research and development, and improve quality.
Toyota will not disclose the recorded data to a third party except:
• With the consent of the vehicle owner or with the consent of the lessee if
the vehicle is leased
• In response to an official request by the police, a court of law or a govern-
ment agency
• For use by Toyota in a lawsuit
• For research purposes where the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or
vehicle owner
Vehicle data recording
9
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in your Toyota contain
explosive chemicals. If the vehicle is scrapped with the airbags and seat belt
pretensioners left as they are, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be
sure to have the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner
removed and disposed of by a qualified service shop or by any authorized
Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer before
you scrap your vehicle.
Scrapping of your Toyota
WARNING
■General precautions while driving
Driving under the influence: Never drive your vehicle when under the influ-
ence of alcohol or drugs that have impaired your ability to operate your vehi-
cle. Alcohol and certain drugs delay reaction time, impair judgment and
reduce coordination, which could lead to an accident that could result in
death or serious injury.
Defensive driving: Always drive defensively. Anticipate mistakes that other
drivers or pedestrians might make and be ready to avoid accidents.
Driver distraction: Always give your full attention to driving. Anything that
distracts the driver, such as adjusting controls, talking on a cellular phone or
reading can result in a collision with resulting death or serious injury to you,
your occupants or others.
■General precaution regarding children’s safety
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle, and never allow children to
have or use the key.
Children may be able to start the vehicle or shift the vehicle into neutral.
There is also a danger that children may injure themselves by playing with
the windows, or other features of the vehicle. In addition, heat build-up or
extremely cold temperatures inside the vehicle can be fatal to children.
10
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Reading this manual
WARNING:
Explains something that, if not obeyed, could cause death or
serious injury to people.
NOTICE:
Explains something that, if not obeyed, could cause damage to
or a malfunction in the vehicle or its equipment.
Indicates operating or working procedures. Follow the steps
in numerical order.
Indicates the action (push-
ing, turning, etc.) used to
operate switches and other
devices.
Indicates the outcome of an
operation (e.g. a lid opens).
Indicates the component or
position being explained.
Means “Do not”, “Do not do
this”, or “Do not let this hap-
pen”.
123
11
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
How to search
■Searching by name
• Alphabetical index ...... P. 536
■Searching by installation
position
• Pictorial index ............... P. 12
■Searching by symptom or
sound
• What to do if...
(Troubleshooting) ....... P. 532
■Searching by title
• Table of contents ............ P. 2
12 Pictorial index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Pictorial index
■Exterior
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 152
Locking/unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 152, 154
Opening/closing the side windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 203
Locking/unlocking by using the mechanical key . . . . . . . . . . . P. 495
Warning lights/warning messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 465, 469
Trunk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 158
Opening from inside the cabin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 158
Opening from outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 158
Warning lights/warning messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 465, 469
Outside rear view mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 199
Adjusting the mirror angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 199
Folding the mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 199
Driving position memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 189
Defogging the mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 354
Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 243
Precautions against winter season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 344
To prevent freezing (windshield wiper de-icer)* . . . . . . . . . . . P. 354
Precautions against car wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 386
13
Pictorial index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Fuel door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 246
Refueling method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 246
Fuel type/hydrogen tanks’ fuel capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 516
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 408
Tire size/inflation pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 519
Winter tires/tire chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 344
Checking/rotation/tire pressure warning system . . . . . . . . . . . P. 408
Coping with flat tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 477
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 397
Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 397
Coping with overheat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 504
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 234
Front position lights/daytime running lights . . . . . . . . . . . P. 234
Turn signal lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 231
Tail lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 234
License plate lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 234
Rear fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 242
Back-up light
Shifting the shift position to R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 225
Light bulbs of the exterior lights for driving
(Replacing method: P. 446, Watts: P. 519)
*:If equipped
14 Pictorial index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Instrument panel (left-hand drive vehicles)
Power switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 218
Starting the fuel cell system/changing the modes . . . . . . . . . . P. 218
Emergency stop of the fuel cell system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 453
When the fuel cell system will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 493
Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 469
Shift lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 225
Changing the shift position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 225
Precautions against towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 455
Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 131
Reading the meters/adjusting the meter light . . . . . . . . . P. 131, 133
Warning lights/indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 126
When the warning lights come on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 462
15
Pictorial index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Multi-information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 136
Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 136
Energy monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 137
When a warning message or indicator is displayed . . . . . . . . P. 469
Parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 232
Applying/releasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 232
Precautions against winter season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 345
Warning buzzer/message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 465, 469
Turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 231
Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 234
Headlights/front position lights/tail lights/
daytime running lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 234
Rear fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 242
Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 243
Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 243
Adding washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 403
Emergency flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 452
Fuel door opener switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 248
Trunk opener switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 158
Hood lock release lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 397
Tilt and telescopic steering control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 195
Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 195
Driving position memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 188
Air conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 350
Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 350
Rear window defogger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 354
Trunk opener main switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 159
Navigation/multimedia system*
*: Refer to “Navigation system Owner’s manual”.
16 Pictorial index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Switches (left-hand drive vehicles)
Automatic high beam switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 237
H2O switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 219
Instrument panel light control switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 133
17
Pictorial index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Power window switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 203
Window lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 203
Outside rear view mirror switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 199
Door lock switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 154
Driving position memory switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 189
18 Pictorial index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Odometer/trip meter and trip meter reset button . . . . . . . . P. 133
Audio remote control switches*
Meter control switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 137
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 298
Cruise control switch
Dynamic radar cruise control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 292
LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control)
switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 274
Talk switch*
Telephone switches*
*: Refer to the “Navigation system Owner’s manual”.
19
Pictorial index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
P position switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 219
“ECO MODE” switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 227
“POWER MODE” switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 227
VSC OFF switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 340
Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 376
20 Pictorial index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Interior (left-hand drive vehicles)
SRS airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 41
Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 32
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 186
Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 193
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 36
Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 366
Inside lock buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 154
Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 367
Assist grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 375
21
Pictorial index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Inside rear view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 197
Sun visors*1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 372
Vanity mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 372
Interior lights*2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 363
Personal lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 363
*1: NEVER use a rearward facing child
restraint on a seat protected by an
ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH
or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD
can occur. (P. 60 )
*2: The illustration shows the front, but they are also equipped in the rear.
22 Pictorial index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Instrument panel (right-hand drive vehicles)
Power switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 218
Starting the fuel cell system/changing the modes . . . . . . . . . . P. 218
Emergency stop of the fuel cell system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 453
When the fuel cell system will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 493
Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 469
Shift lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 225
Changing the shift position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 225
Precautions against towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 455
Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 131
Reading the meters/adjusting the meter light . . . . . . . . . P. 131, 133
Warning lights/indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 126
When the warning lights come on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 462
23
Pictorial index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Multi-information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 136
Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 136
Energy monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 137
When a warning message or indicator is displayed . . . . . . . . P. 469
Parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 232
Applying/releasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 232
Precautions against winter season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 345
Warning buzzer/message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 465, 469
Turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 231
Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 234
Headlights/front position lights/tail lights/
daytime running lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 234
Rear fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 242
Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 243
Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 243
Adding washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 403
Emergency flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 452
Trunk opener switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 158
Fuel door opener switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 248
Hood lock release lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 397
Tilt and telescopic steering control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 195
Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 195
Driving position memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 188
Air conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 350
Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 350
Rear window defogger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 354
Trunk opener main switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 159
Navigation/multimedia system*
*: Refer to “Navigation system Owner’s manual”.
24 Pictorial index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Switches (right-hand drive vehicles)
H2O switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 219
Instrument panel light control switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 133
Automatic high beam switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 237
25
Pictorial index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Door lock switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 154
Outside rear view mirror switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 199
Window lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 203
Power window switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 203
Driving position memory switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 189
26 Pictorial index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Odometer/trip meter and trip meter reset button . . . . . . . . P. 133
Audio remote control switches*
Meter control switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 137
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 298
Cruise control switch
Dynamic radar cruise control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 292
LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control)
switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 274
Talk switch*
Telephone switches*
*: Refer to the “Navigation system Owner’s manual”.
27
Pictorial index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
VSC OFF switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 340
“ECO MODE” switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 227
“POWER MODE” switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 227
P position switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 219
Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 376
28 Pictorial index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Interior (right-hand drive vehicles)
SRS airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 41
Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 32
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 186
Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 193
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 36
Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 366
Inside lock buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 154
Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 367
Assist grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 375
29
Pictorial index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Inside rear view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 197
Sun visors*1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 372
Vanity mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 372
Interior lights*2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 363
Personal lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 363
*1: NEVER use a rearward facing child
restraint on a seat protected by an
ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH
or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD
can occur. (P. 60 )
*2: The illustration shows the front, but they are also equipped in the rear.
30 Pictorial index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Rear interior
Rear seat heater switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 361
31
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
1-1. For safe use
Before driving.......................32
For safe driving ....................34
Seat belts.............................36
SRS airbags.........................41
Airbag manual on-off
system ...............................51
Safety information for
children ..............................53
Child restraint systems ........54
1-2. Theft deterrent system
Immobilizer system..............78
Alarm .................................102
32 1-1. For safe use
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Before driving
Use only floor mats designed specifically for vehicles of the same
model and model year as your vehicle. Fix them securely in place
onto the carpet.
Insert the retaining hooks (clips)
into the floor mat eyelets.
Turn the upper knob of each
retaining hook (clip) to secure
the floor mats in place.
*: Always align the marks.
The shape of the retaining hooks (clips) may differ from that shown in the
illustration.
Floor mat
1
*
2
33
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause the driver’s floor mat to slip, possibly interfering
with the pedals while driving. An unexpectedly high speed may result or it may
become difficult to stop the vehicle. This could lead to an accident, resulting in
death or serious injury.
■When installing the driver’s floor mat
●Do not use floor mats designed for other models or different model year
vehicles, even if they are Toyota Genuine floor mats.
●Only use floor mats designed for the driver’s seat.
●Always install the floor mat securely using the retaining hooks (clips) pro-
vided.
●Do not use two or more floor mats on top of each other.
●Do not place the floor mat bottom-side up or upside-down.
■Before driving
●Check that the floor mat is securely
fixed in the correct place with all the
provided retaining hooks (clips). Be
especially careful to perform this check
after cleaning the floor.
●With the fuel cell system stopped and
the shift position in P, fully depress each
pedal to the floor to make sure it does
not interfere with the floor mat.
34 1-1. For safe use
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
For safe driving
Adjust the angle of the seat-
back so that you are sitting
straight up and so that you do
not have to lean forward to
steer. (P. 186)
Adjust the seat so that you can
depress the pedals fully and so
that your arms bend slightly at
the elbow when gripping the
steering wheel. (P. 186, 195)
Lock the head restraint in place with the center of the head restraint
closest to the top of your ears. (P. 193)
Wear the seat belt correctly. (P. 3 6 )
Make sure that all occupants are wearing their seat belts before driv-
ing the vehicle. (P. 3 6 )
Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child until the child
becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt.
(P. 5 4 )
Make sure that you can see the rear of the vehicle clearly, by adjust-
ing the inside and outside rear view mirrors properly. (P. 197, 199)
For safe driving, adjust the seat and mirror to an appropriate
position before driving.
Correct driving posture
Correct use of the seat belts
Adjusting the mirrors
35
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
●Do not adjust the position of the driver’s seat while driving.
Doing so could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
●Do not place a cushion between the driver or passenger and the seatback.
A cushion may prevent correct posture from being achieved, and reduce
the effectiveness of the seat belt and head restraint.
●Do not place anything under the front seats.
Objects placed under the front seats may become jammed in the seat
tracks and stop the seat from locking in place. This may lead to an acci-
dent and the adjustment mechanism may also be damaged.
●Always observe the legal speed limit when driving on public roads.
●When driving over long distances, take regular breaks before you start to
feel tired.
Also, if you feel tired or sleepy while driving, do not force yourself to con-
tinue driving and take a break immediately.
36 1-1. For safe use
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Seat belts
●Extend the shoulder belt so that
it comes fully over the shoulder,
but does not come into contact
with the neck or slide off the
shoulder.
●Position the lap belt as low as
possible over the hips.
●Adjust the position of the seat-
back. Sit up straight and well
back in the seat.
●Do not twist the seat belt.
To fasten the seat belt, push the
plate into the buckle until a click
sound is heard.
To release the seat belt, press
the release button.
Make sure that all occupants are wearing their seat belts before
driving the vehicle.
Correct use of the seat belts
Fastening and releasing the seat belt
Release
button
37
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Push the seat belt shoulder
anchor down while pressing the
release button.
Push the seat belt shoulder
anchor up.
Move the height adjuster up and
down as needed until you hear a
click.
For children or smaller-than-aver-
age people, slide the seat belt
comfort guide forward so that the
shoulder belt does not sit close to
the person’s neck.
Return the seat belt by hand, after
it has been used, and check that
the belt is stored properly.
Return the comfort guide to its orig-
inal position.
The pretensioners help the seat
belts to quickly restrain the occu-
pants by retracting the seat belts
when the vehicle is subjected to
certain types of severe frontal col-
lision.
The front seat belt pretensioners
also activate when the vehicle is
subjected to certain types of
severe side collision.
The pretensioners do not activate in the event of a minor frontal impact, a
minor side impact, a rear impact or a vehicle rollover.
Adjusting the seat belt shoulder anchor height (front seats)
Release button
Seat belt comfort guide (rear seats)
Seat belt pretensioners
38 1-1. For safe use
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Emergency locking retractor (ELR)
The retractor will lock the belt during a sudden stop or on impact. It may also
lock if you lean forward too quickly. A slow, easy motion will allow the belt to
extend so that you can move around fully.
■Child seat belt usage
The seat belts of your vehicle were principally designed for persons of adult
size.
●Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child, until the child
becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt. (P. 5 4 )
●When the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat
belt, follow the instructions regarding seat belt usage. (P. 36)
■Replacing the belt after the pretensioner has been activated
If the vehicle is involved in multiple collisions, the pretensioner will activate for
the first collision, but will not activate for the second or subsequent collisions.
■Seat belt regulations
If seat belt regulations exist in the country where you reside, please contact
any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer for seat belt replacement or installation.
39
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of injury in the event of
sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
■Wearing a seat belt
●Ensure that all passengers wear a seat belt.
●Always wear a seat belt properly.
●Each seat belt should be used by one person only. Do not use a seat belt
for more than one person at once, including children.
●Toyota recommends that children be seated in the rear seat and always
use a seat belt and/or an appropriate child restraint system.
●To achieve a proper seating position, do not recline the seat more than
necessary. The seat belt is most effective when the occupants are sitting
up straight and well back in the seats.
●Do not wear the shoulder belt under your arm.
●Always wear your seat belt low and snug across your hips.
■Pregnant women
Obtain medical advice and wear the seat
belt in the proper way. (P. 36)
Women who are pregnant should posi-
tion the lap belt as low as possible over
the hips in the same manner as other
occupants, extending the shoulder belt
completely over the shoulder and avoid-
ing belt contact with the rounding of the
abdominal area.
If the seat belt is not worn properly, not
only the pregnant woman, but also the
fetus could suffer death or serious injury
as a result of sudden braking or a colli-
sion.
40 1-1. For safe use
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■People suffering illness
Obtain medical advice and wear the seat belt in the proper way. (P. 36)
■When children are in the vehicle
Do not allow children to play with the seat belt. If the seat belt becomes
twisted around a child’s neck, it may lead to choking or other serious injuries
that could result in death.
If this occurs and the buckle cannot be unfastened, scissors should be used
to cut the belt.
■Seat belt pretensioners
If the pretensioner has activated, the SRS warning light will come on. In that
case, the seat belt cannot be used again and must be replaced at any
authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer.
■Adjustable shoulder anchor (front seats)
Always make sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the center of your
shoulder. The belt should be kept away from your neck, but not falling off
your shoulder. Failure to do so could reduce the amount of protection in an
accident and cause death or serious injuries in the event of a sudden stop,
sudden swerve or accident. (P. 37)
■Seat belt damage and wear
●Do not damage the seat belts by allowing the belt, plate, or buckle to be
jammed in the door.
●Inspect the seat belt system periodically. Check for cuts, fraying, and loose
parts. Do not use a damaged seat belt until it is replaced. Damaged seat
belts cannot protect an occupant from death or serious injury.
●Ensure that the belt and plate are locked and the belt is not twisted.
If the seat belt does not function correctly, immediately contact any autho-
rized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
●Replace the seat assembly, including the belts, if your vehicle has been
involved in a serious accident, even if there is no obvious damage.
●Do not attempt to install, remove, modify, disassemble or dispose of the
seat belts. Have any necessary repairs carried out by any authorized
Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer. Inap-
propriate handling may lead to incorrect operation.
41
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
SRS airbags
◆SRS front airbags
SRS driver airbag/front passenger airbag
Can help protect the head and chest of the driver and front passen-
ger from impact with interior components
SRS knee airbag
Can help provide driver protection
SRS seat cushion airbag
Can help restrain the front passenger
The SRS airbags inflate when the vehicle is subjected to certain
types of severe impacts that may cause significant injury to the
occupants. They work together with the seat belts to help reduce
the risk of death or serious injury.
42 1-1. For safe use
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
◆SRS side and curtain shield airbags
SRS side airbags
Can help protect the torso and pelvis of the front seat occupants
SRS curtain shield airbags
Can help protect primarily the head of occupants
SRS airbag system components
Curtain shield airbags
Side airbags
Driver airbag
Side impact sensors (rear)
Side impact sensors (front)
Seat belt pretensioners and
force limiters
Side impact sensors (front
doors)
Driver’s seat belt buckle
switch
Driver’s seat position sensor
Front passenger’s seat belt
buckle switch
Passenger seat cushion
airbag
Knee airbag
Airbag sensor assembly
Front impact sensors
Airbag manual on-off switch
Front passenger airbag
SRS warning light
“PASSENGER AIR BAG” indi-
cator
43
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
The main SRS airbag system components are shown above. The
SRS airbag system is controlled by the airbag sensor assembly. As
the airbags deploy, a chemical reaction in the inflators quickly fills the
airbags with non-toxic gas to help restrain the motion of the occu-
pants.
WARNING
■SRS airbag precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the SRS airbags.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
●The driver and all passengers in the vehicle must wear their seat belts
properly.
The SRS airbags are supplemental devices to be used with the seat belts.
●The SRS driver airbag deploys with considerable force, and can cause
death or serious injury especially if the driver is very close to the airbag.
Since the risk zone for the driver’s airbag is the first 50 - 75 mm (2 - 3 in.)
of inflation, placing yourself 250 mm (10 in.) from your driver airbag pro-
vides you with a clear margin of safety. This distance is measured from
the center of the steering wheel to your breastbone. If you sit less than
250 mm (10 in.) away now, you can change your driving position in sev-
eral ways:
• Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the ped-
als comfortably.
• Slightly recline the back of the seat.
Although vehicle designs vary, many drivers can achieve the 250 mm
(10 in.) distance, even with the driver seat all the way forward, simply by
reclining the back of the seat somewhat. If reclining the back of your
seat makes it hard to see the road, raise yourself by using a firm, non-
slippery cushion, or raise the seat if your vehicle has that feature.
• If your steering wheel is adjustable, tilt it downward. This points the
airbag toward your chest instead of your head and neck.
The seat should be adjusted as recommended above, while still maintain-
ing control of the foot pedals, steering wheel, and your view of the instru-
ment panel controls.
●The SRS front passenger airbag also deploys with considerable force, and
can cause death or serious injury especially if the front passenger is very
close to the airbag. The front passenger seat should be as far from the
airbag as possible with the seatback adjusted, so the front passenger sits
upright.
44 1-1. For safe use
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■SRS airbag precautions
●Improperly seated and/or restrained infants and children can be killed or
seriously injured by a deploying airbag. An infant or child who is too small
to use a seat belt should be properly secured using a child restraint sys-
tem. Toyota strongly recommends that all infants and children be placed in
the rear seats of the vehicle and properly restrained. The rear seats are
safer for infants and children than the front passenger seat. (P. 54)
●Do not sit on the edge of the seat or
lean against the dashboard.
●Do not allow a child to stand in front of
the SRS front passenger airbag unit or
sit on the knees of a front passenger.
●Do not allow the front seat occupants to
hold items on their knees.
●Do not lean against the door, the roof
side rail or the front, side and rear pil-
lars.
●Do not allow anyone to kneel on the
passenger seat toward the door or put
their head or hands outside the vehicle.
45
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■SRS airbag precautions
●Do not hang coat hangers or other hard objects on the coat hooks. All of
these items could become projectiles and may cause death or serious
injury, should the SRS curtain shield airbags deploy.
●If a vinyl cover is put on the area where the SRS knee airbag will deploy,
be sure to remove it.
●Do not use seat accessories which cover the parts where the SRS side
airbags and SRS seat cushion airbag inflate as they may interfere with
inflation of the SRS airbags. Such accessories may prevent the side
airbags and SRS seat cushion airbag from activating correctly, disable the
system or cause the side airbags and SRS seat cushion airbag to inflate
accidentally, resulting in death or serious injury.
●Do not attach anything to or lean any-
thing against areas such as the dash-
board, steering wheel pad and lower
portion of the instrument panel.
These items can become projectiles
when the SRS driver, front passenger
and knee airbags deploy.
●Do not attach anything to areas such as
a door, windshield, side windows, front
or rear pillar, roof side rail and assist
grip.
(Except for the speed limit sticker
P. 480, 484)
46 1-1. For safe use
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■SRS airbag precautions
●Do not strike or apply significant levels of force to the area of the SRS
airbag components.
Doing so can cause the SRS airbags to malfunction.
●Do not touch any of the component parts immediately after the SRS
airbags have deployed (inflated) as they may be hot.
●If breathing becomes difficult after the SRS airbags have deployed, open a
door or window to allow fresh air in, or leave the vehicle if it is safe to do
so. Wash off any residue as soon as possible to prevent skin irritation.
●If the areas where the SRS airbags are stored, such as the steering wheel
pad and front and rear pillar garnishes, are damaged or cracked, have
them replaced by any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized
repairer, or any reliable repairer.
■Modification and disposal of SRS airbag system components
Do not dispose of your vehicle or perform any of the following modifications
without consulting any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized
repairer, or any reliable repairer. The SRS airbags may malfunction or
deploy (inflate) accidentally, causing death or serious injury.
●Installation, removal, disassembly and repair of the SRS airbags
●Repairs, modifications, removal or replacement of the steering wheel,
instrument panel, dashboard, seats or seat upholstery, front, side and rear
pillars or roof side rails
●Repairs or modifications of the front fender, front bumper, or side of the
occupant compartment
●Installation of a grille guard (bull bars, kangaroo bar, etc.), snow plows or
winches
●Modifications to the vehicle’s suspension system
●Installation of electronic devices such as mobile two-way radios (RF-trans-
mitter) and CD players
47
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■If the SRS airbags deploy (inflate)
●Slight abrasions, burns, bruising, etc., may be sustained from SRS airbags,
due to the extremely high speed deployment (inflation) by hot gases.
●A loud noise and white powder will be emitted.
●Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel hub, airbag cover and inflator) as
well as the front seats, parts of the front and rear pillars, and roof side rails
may be hot for several minutes. The airbag itself may also be hot.
●The windshield may crack.
■SRS airbag deployment conditions (SRS front airbags)
●The SRS front airbags will deploy in the event of an impact that exceeds the
set threshold level (the level of force corresponding to an approximately 20 -
30 km/h [12 - 18 mph] frontal collision with a fixed wall that does not move or
deform).
However, this threshold velocity will be considerably higher in the following
situations:
• If the vehicle strikes an object, such as a parked vehicle or sign pole,
which can move or deform on impact
• If the vehicle is involved in an underride collision, such as a collision in
which the front of the vehicle “underrides”, or goes under, the bed of a
truck
●Depending on the type of collision, it is possible that only the seat belt pre-
tensioners will activate.
●The SRS seat cushion airbag on the front passenger seat will not operate if
the occupant is not wearing a seat belt.
■SRS airbag deployment conditions (SRS side and curtain shield airbags)
●The SRS side and curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of an
impact that exceeds the set threshold level (the level of force corresponding
to the impact force produced by an approximately 1500 kg [3300 lb.] vehicle
colliding with the vehicle cabin from a direction perpendicular to the vehicle
orientation at an approximate speed of 20 - 30 km/h [12 - 18 mph]).
●The SRS side and curtain shield airbags may also deploy in the event of a
severe frontal collision.
48 1-1. For safe use
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Conditions under which the SRS airbags may deploy (inflate), other than
a collision
The SRS front airbags and SRS side and curtain shield airbags may also
deploy if a serious impact occurs to the underside of your vehicle. Some
examples are shown in the illustration.
■Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbags
(SRS front airbags)
The SRS front airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is involved in a
side or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a low-speed frontal
collision. But, whenever a collision of any type causes sufficient forward
deceleration of the vehicle, deployment of the SRS front airbags may occur.
■Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbags
(SRS side and curtain shield airbags)
The SRS side and curtain shield airbags may not activate if the vehicle is
subjected to a collision from the side at certain angles, or a collision to the
side of the vehicle body other than the passenger compartment.
●Hitting a curb, edge of pavement or hard
surface
●Falling into or jumping over a deep hole
●Landing hard or falling
●Collision from the side
●Collision from the rear
●Vehicle rollover
●Collision from the side to the vehicle
body other than the passenger compart-
ment
●Collision from the side at an angle
49
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
The SRS side and curtain shield airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle
is involved in a rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a low-speed
side or low-speed frontal collision.
■When to contact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized
repairer, or any reliable repairer
In the following cases, the vehicle will require inspection and/or repair. Con-
tact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reli-
able repairer as soon as possible.
●Any of the SRS airbags have been inflated.
●Collision from the rear
●Vehicle rollover
●The front of the vehicle is damaged or
deformed, or was involved in an acci-
dent that was not severe enough to
cause the SRS front airbags to inflate.
●A portion of a door or its surrounding
area is damaged or deformed, or the
vehicle was involved in an accident that
was not severe enough to cause the
SRS side and curtain shield airbags to
inflate.
●The pad section of the steering wheel,
dashboard near the front passenger air-
bag or lower portion of the instrument
panel is scratched, cracked, or other-
wise damaged.
50 1-1. For safe use
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
●The front passenger’s seat cushion sur-
face is scratched, cracked, or otherwise
damaged.
●The surface of the seats with the side
airbag is scratched, cracked, or other-
wise damaged.
●The portion of the front pillars, rear pil-
lars or roof side rail garnishes (padding),
containing the curtain shield airbags
inside, is scratched, cracked, or other-
wise damaged.
51
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Airbag manual on-off system
“PASSENGER AIR BAG” indi-
cator
This indicator light turns on when
the airbag system is on (only when
the power switch is in ON mode).
Airbag manual on-off switch
This system deactivates the front passenger airbag and seat
cushion airbag.
Only deactivate the airbag when using a child restraint system
on the front passenger seat.
52 1-1. For safe use
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Insert the mechanical key into the
cylinder and rotate to the “OFF”
position.
The “OFF” indicator light turns on.
(Only when the power switch is in
ON mode.)
■“PASSENGER AIR BAG” indicator information
If any of the following problems occur, it is possible that there is a malfunction
in the system. Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota retailer or
Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
●Neither “ON” nor “OFF” comes on.
●The indicator light does not change when the airbag manual on-off switch is
switched to “ON” or “OFF”.
Deactivating the airbags for the front passenger
WARNING
■When installing a child restraint system
For safety reasons, always install a child restraint system in a rear seat. In
the event that the rear seat cannot be used, the front seat can be used as
long as the airbag manual on-off system is set to “OFF”.
If the airbag manual on-off system is left on, the strong impact of the airbag
deployment (inflation) may cause serious injury or even death.
■When a child restraint system is not installed on the front passenger
seat
Ensure that the airbag manual on-off system is set to “ON”.
If it is left off, the airbag may not deploy in the event of an accident, which
may result in serious injury or even death.
53
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Safety information for children
●It is recommended that children sit in the rear seats to avoid acci-
dental contact with the shift lever, wiper switch, etc.
●Use the rear door child-protector lock or the window lock switch to
avoid children opening the door while driving or operating the
power window accidentally. (P. 155, 203)
●Do not let small children operate equipment which may catch or
pinch body parts, such as the power window, hood, trunk, seats,
etc.
Observe the following precautions when children are in the vehi-
cle.
Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child, until the
child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat
belt.
WARNING
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle, and never allow children to
have or use the key.
Children may be able to start the vehicle or shift the vehicle into neutral.
There is also a danger that children may injure themselves by playing with
the windows or other features of the vehicle. In addition, heat build-up or
extremely cold temperatures inside the vehicle can be fatal to children.
54 1-1. For safe use
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Child restraint systems
Points to remember.................................................................. P. 54
Child restraint system .............................................................. P. 56
When using a child restraint system on a passenger seat....... P. 59
When using a child restraint system on a rear seat ................. P. 62
Child restraint system installation method
• Fixed with a seat belt ........................................................... P. 63
• Fixed with an ISOFIX rigid anchors...................................... P. 69
• Using an anchor bracket (for top strap)................................ P. 76
●Prioritize and observe the warnings, as well as the laws and regula-
tions for child restraint systems.
●Choose a child restraint system that suits your vehicle and is appro-
priate to the age and size of the child.
●Use a child restraint system suitable for installation in the vehicle
which conforms to ECE R44* or ECE R129*.
●Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child until the child
becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt.
*: ECE R44 and ECE R129 are U.N. regulations for Child restraint systems.
Before installing a child restraint system in the vehicle, there are
precautions that need to be observed, different types of child
restraint systems, as well as installation methods, etc., written in
this manual.
●Use a child restraint system when riding with a small child that
cannot properly use a seat belt. For the child’s safety, install the
child restraint system to a rear seat. Be sure to follow the opera-
tion method that is in the instruction manual enclosed with the
restraint system.
●The use of a Toyota genuine child restraint system is recom-
mended, as it is safer to use in this vehicle. Toyota genuine child
restraint systems are made specifically for Toyota vehicles. They
can be purchased at a Toyota dealer.
Table of contents
Points to remember
55
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■When a child is riding
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
●For effective protection in automobile accidents and sudden stops, a child
must be properly restrained, using a seat belt or child restraint system
depending on the age and size of the child.
●Toyota strongly urges the use of a proper child restraint system that con-
forms to the size of the child, installed on the rear seat. According to acci-
dent statistics, the child is safer when properly restrained in the rear seat
than in the front seat.
●Holding a child in your or someone else’s arms is not a substitute for a
child restraint system. In an accident, the child can be crushed against the
windshield or between the holder and the interior of the vehicle.
●Place one child to a child restraint system and then secure the child with
the harness of the child restraint system.
■Handling the child restraint system
If the child restraint system is not properly fixed in place, the child or other
passengers may be seriously injured or even killed in the event of sudden
braking, sudden swerving, or an accident.
●If the vehicle were to receive a strong impact from an accident, etc., it is
possible that the child restraint system has damage that is not readily visi-
ble. In such cases, do not reuse the restraint system.
●Depending on the child restraint system, installation may be difficult or
impossible. In those cases, check whether the child restraint system is
suitable for installment in the vehicle. (P. 63, 69) Be sure to install and
observe the usage rules after carefully reading the child restraint system
fixing method in this manual, as well as the operation manual enclosed
with the child restraint system.
●Keep the child restraint system properly secured on the seat even if it is
not in use. Do not store the child restraint system unsecured in the pas-
senger compartment.
●If it is necessary to detach the child restraint system, remove it from the
vehicle or store it securely in the trunk.
56 1-1. For safe use
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Install the available child restraint system in vehicle upon confirming
the following items.
■Standards for child restraint systems
Use a child restraint system that conforms to ECE R44*1 or
ECE R129*1, 2.
The following approval mark is displayed on child restraint systems
which are conformed.
Check for an approval mark attached to the child restraint system.
Example of the displayed regu-
lation number
ECE R44 approval mark*3
The weight range of the child
who is applicable for an ECE
R44 approval mark is indi-
cated.
ECE R129 approval mark*3
The height range of the child
who is applicable as well as
available weights for an ECE
R129 approval mark is indi-
cated.
*1: ECE R44 and ECE R129 are U.N. regulations for child restraint sys-
tems.
*2: The child restraint systems mentioned in the table may not be available
outside of the EU area.
*3: The displayed mark may differ depending on the product.
Child restraint system
57
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Mass group (ECE R44 only)
This Mass group table is required when confirming the [Child
restraint system suitability for various seating positions]. Confirm in
accordance with the [Child restraint system suitability for various
seating positions] (P. 6 4 , 72).
The child restraint system which conforms to the standard of
ECE R44 is categorized into 5 groups according to the weight of the
child.
*: The age range is a standard approximation. Choose according to the
weight of the child.
Mass group Child weight Reference age*
Group 0 until 10 kg (22 lb.) about 9 months
Group 0+ until 13 kg (28 lb.) about 1.5 years
Group I 9 - 18 kg
(20 - 39 lb.) from 9 months - about 4 years
Group II 15 - 25 kg
(34 - 55 lb.) from 3 years - about 7 years
Group III 22 - 36 kg
(49 - 79 lb.) from 6 years - about 12 years
58 1-1. For safe use
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Types of child restraint system installation methods
Confirm with the operation manual enclosed with the child restraint
system about the installation of the child restraint system.
Installation method Page
Seat belt attachment P. 63
ISOFIX rigid anchors
attachment P. 6 9
Anchor brackets
(for top strap)
attachment
P. 7 6
59
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■When installing a child restraint system to a passenger seat
For the safety of a child, install child restraint systems to a rear
seats.
When installing child restraint system to a front passenger seat is
unavoidable, adjust the passenger seat as follows and install the
child restraint system.
●Adjust the seatback to the
most upright position
●Move the seat to the rear-
most position
●Adjust the seat to the upper
most position
●Lower the seat belt height to
the lowest position
●If the head restraint interferes
with the child restraint sys-
tem installation and the head
restraint can be removed,
remove the head restraint.
When using a child restraint system on a passenger seat
60 1-1. For safe use
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■When installing a child restraint system
Observe the following when installing child restraint system to the front pas-
senger seat if it is unavoidable. The front passenger SRS airbag inflates
with considerable speed and force that if not observed may lead to death or
serious injury to the child.
●Never use a rear-facing child restraint
system on the front passenger seat
when the airbag manual on-off switch is
“ON”. (P. 51)
The force of the rapid inflation of the
front passenger airbag can cause death
or serious injury to children in the event
of an accident.
●There is a label(s) on the passenger
side sun visor, indicating it is forbidden
to attach a rear-facing child restraint
system to the front passenger seat.
Details of the label(s) are shown in the
illustration below.
61
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■When installing a child restraint system
If the head restraint interferes with the child restraint system installation
and the head restraint can be removed, remove the head restraint.
●Do not allow the child to lean his/her head or any part of his/her body
against the door or the area of the seat, front pillars or roof side rails from
which the SRS side airbags or SRS curtain shield airbags deploy even if
the child is seated in the child restraint system. It is dangerous if the SRS
side and curtain shield airbags inflate, and the impact could cause death
or serious injury to the child.
●When a junior seat is installed, always ensure that the shoulder belt is
positioned across the center of the child’s shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from the child’s neck, but not so that it could fall off the child’s
shoulder.
●When installing a forward-facing child
restraint system to the front passenger
seat, move the seat to the rearmost
position, raise the seat to the upper
most position, and then install.
If the seat belt shoulder anchor is ahead
of the child seat belt guide, move the
seat cushion forward.
62 1-1. For safe use
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
When using a child restraint system on a rear seat
WARNING
■When installing a child restraint system
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
●Use child restraint system suitable to the age and size of the child and
install it to the rear seat.
●Do not allow the child to lean his/her head or any part of his/her body
against the door or the area of the seat, rear pillars or roof side rails from
which the SRS curtain shield airbag deploys even if the child is seated in
the child restraint system. It is dangerous if the SRS curtain shield airbag
inflates, and the impact could cause death or serious injury to the child.
●If the driver’s seat interferes with the
child restraint system and prevents it
from being attached correctly, attach the
child restraint system to the right-hand
rear seat (left-hand drive vehicles) or
the left-hand rear seat (right-hand drive
vehicles).
●Adjust the front passenger seat so that
it does not interfere with the child
restraint system.
63
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Child restraint system suitability for various seating positions
The child restraint system suitability table (P. 64), with symbols,
displays the types of usable child restraint systems and possible
seating position installation for the child restraint system owned by
the customer. Also, recommended child restraint systems suited for
infants can also be selected. Confirm also in accordance with [Con-
firming the possible installation seating positions and the Mass
Group for the seat belt installation type child restraint systems].
◆Confirming the possible installation seating positions and the
Mass Group for the seat belt installation type child restraint
systems.
Confirm the corresponding [Mass group] from the weight of the
child (P. 57)
(Ex. 1) When the weight is 12 kg (27 lb.), [Mass group 0+]
(Ex. 2) When the weight is 15 kg (34 lb.), [Mass group I]
Select the appropriate possible seating position for the child
restraint system and the corresponding type of system from the
[Child restraint system suitability for various seating positions].
(P. 6 4 )
Child restraint system fixed with a seat belt
1
2
64 1-1. For safe use
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
◆Child restraint system suitability for various seating positions
(Installed using seat belts)
Information provided in the table shows your child restraint system
suitability for various seating positions.
Front passenger seat
Airbag manual on-off
switch Recommended Child
Restraint Systems
ON
OFF
0
Up to 10 kg
(22 lb.)
(0 - 9 months)
X
U*1, 3 “TOYOTA G 0+,
BABYSAFE PLUS”
“TOYOTA MINI”
L*1, 3
“TOYOTA G 0+,
BABYSAFE PLUS with
SEAT BELT FIXATION,
BASE PLATFORM”
0+
Up to 13 kg
(28 lb.)
(0 - 2 years)
X
U*1, 3 “TOYOTA G 0+,
BABYSAFE PLUS”
“TOYOTA MINI”
L*1, 3
“TOYOTA G 0+,
BABYSAFE PLUS with
SEAT BELT FIXATION,
BASE PLATFORM”
I
9 to 18 kg
(20 to 39 lb.)
(9 months -
4 years)
Rearward-facing —
X
U*1, 3 “TOYOTA DUO+”
Forward-facing —
UF*1, 3
II, III
15 to 36 kg
(34 to 79 lb.)
(4 - 12 years)
UF*1, 3 U*1, 3 “TOYOTA KID”
“TOYOTA KIDFIX”
Seating
positions
Mass groups
65
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Rear seats
Key of letters inserted in the above table:
U: Suitable for “universal” category child restraint systems approved
for use in this mass group.
UF: Suitable for forward-facing “universal” category child restraint
systems approved for use in this mass group.
L: Suitable for “specific vehicles”, “restricted”, or “semi-universal”,
category child restraint systems approved for use in this mass
group.
X: Seat position not suitable for children in this mass group.
Right-hand Left-hand Recommended Child
Restraint Systems
0
Up to 10 kg (22 lb.)
(0 - 9 months)
UU
“TOYOTA G 0+,
BABYSAFE PLUS”
LL
“TOYOTA G 0+,
BABYSAFE PLUS with
SEAT BELT FIXATION,
BASE PLATFORM”
0+
Up to 13 kg (28 lb.)
(0 - 2 years)
UU
“TOYOTA G 0+,
BABYSAFE PLUS”
LL
“TOYOTA G 0+,
BABYSAFE PLUS with
SEAT BELT FIXATION,
BASE PLATFORM”
I
9 to 18 kg (20 to 39 lb.)
(9 months - 4 years)
U*2U*2“TOYOTA DUO+”
II, III
15 to 36 kg
(34 to 79 lb.)
(4 - 12 years)
U*2U*2
“TOYOTA KID”
“TOYOTA KIDFIX”
(Can be fitted to the
vehicle’s ISOFIX
mountings.)
Mass groups
Seating positions
66 1-1. For safe use
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
*1: Adjust the front seatback to the most upright position. Move the
front seat to the rearmost position.
If the head restraint interferes with your child restraint system,
and the head restraint can be removed, remove the head
restraint.
If the passenger seat is equipped with a vertical height adjuster, it
must be placed in the upper most position.
Follow these procedures:
• For installing a baby seat with support base
If the baby seat interferes with the seatback when latching the
baby seat into the support base, adjust the seatback until there
is no interference.
• For installing a forward-facing child seat
If there is gap between the child seat and the seatback, tilt the
seatback until good contact is achieved.
If the seat belt shoulder anchor is ahead of the child seat belt
guide, move the seat cushion forward.
• For installing a junior seat
If the child in your child restraint system is in a very upright
position, adjust the seatback to the most comfortable position.
If the seat belt shoulder
anchor is ahead of the
child seat belt guide, move
the seat cushion forward.
*2: If the head restraint interferes with your child restraint system,
and the head restraint can be removed, remove the head
restraint.
*3: Adjust the seat belt shoulder anchor height to the lowest position.
If there is gap between the child seat and the seatback, adjust
the seatback until good contact is achieved.
67
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
●Adjust the front seat so that it does not interfere with the child or
child restraint system.
●The child restraint systems mentioned in the table may not be avail-
able outside of the EU area.
●Other child restraint systems which are different from the systems
mentioned in the table can be used, but the suitability of the sys-
tems must be carefully checked with the child restraint system man-
ufacturer concerned and the seller of those seats.
◆Installing child restraint system using a seat belt
Install the child restraint system in accordance to the operation
manual enclosed with the child restraint system.
If the head restraint interferes
with the child restraint sys-
tem installation and the head
restraint can be removed,
remove the head restraint.
(P. 194)
Place the child restraint sys-
tem on the seat.
1
2
68 1-1. For safe use
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Run the seat belt through the
child restraint system and
insert the plate into the
buckle. Make sure that the
belt is not twisted. Securely
fix the seat belt to the child
restraint system in accor-
dance to the directions
enclosed with the child
restraint system.
If your child restraint system
is not equipped with a lock-
off (a seat belt locking fea-
ture), secure the child
restraint system using a lock-
ing clip.
After installing the child restraint system, rock it back and forth to
ensure that it is installed securely.
◆Removing a child restraint system installed with a seat belt
Press the buckle release button
and fully retract the seat belt.
When releasing the buckle, the
child restraint system may
spring up due to the rebound of
the seat cushion. Release the
buckle while holding down the
child restraint system.
Since the seat belt automatically
reels itself, slowly return it to the
stowing position.
3
4
5
69
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■When installing a child restraint system
You may need a locking clip to install the child restraint system. Follow the
instructions provided by the manufacturer of the system. If your child restraint
system does not provide a locking clip, you can purchase the following item
from any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reli-
able repairer:
Locking clip for child restraint system
(Part No. 73119-22010)
■ISOFIX rigid anchors (ISOFIX child restraint system)
Lower anchors are provided for
each rear seats. (Tags display-
ing the location of the anchors
are attached to the seats.)
WARNING
■When installing a child restraint system
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
●Do not allow children to play with the seat belt. If the seat belt becomes
twisted around a child’s neck, it may lead to choking or other serious inju-
ries that could result in death.
If this occurs and the buckle cannot be unfastened, scissors should be
used to cut the belt.
●Ensure that the belt and plate are securely locked and the seat belt is not
twisted.
●Shake the child restraint system left and right, and forward and backward
to ensure that it has been securely installed.
●After securing a child restraint system, never adjust the seat.
●When a junior seat is installed, always ensure that the shoulder belt is
positioned across the center of the child’s shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from the child’s neck, but not so that it could fall off the child’s
shoulder.
●Follow all installation instructions provided by the child restraint system
manufacturer.
Child restraint system fixed with an ISOFIX rigid anchors
70 1-1. For safe use
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Use a child restraint system that conforms to ECE R44* or
ECE R129*
Approval marks are displayed on child restraint systems which
have conformed. (P. 56 )
*: ECE R44 and ECE R129 are U.N. regulations for child restraint systems.
■Child restraint system suitability for various seating positions
The child restraint system suitability table (P. 72), with symbols,
displays the types of usable child restraint systems and possible
seating position installation for the child restraint system owned by
the customer. Also, recommended child restraint systems suited for
infants can also be selected.
Confirm in accordance with the listed Size class, Anchor, as well as
[Confirming the Mass group and Size class for ECE R44 ISOFIX
corresponding child restraint systems].
■ECE R44 child restraint system size classes and anchors
Class Code which represents the child restraint system and the
accompanying installation anchor code.
*: Carrycot is a seat for babies which can be attached sideways and orien-
tated to allow the infant to sleep. For further details, inquire with the child
restraint system manufacturer or dealer.
Size class Anchor Shape/Size Directional
usage Child size
A ISO/F3 Full-Height Forward-facing Small child
BISO/F2 Reduced-
Height Forward-facing Small child
B1 ISO/F2X Reduced-
Height Forward-facing Small child
CISO/R3 Full-Size Rearward-facing Small child
DISO/R2 Reduced-Size Rearward-facing Small child
EISO/R1 — Rearward-facing Infant
FISO/L1 Carrycot*Left-facing Infant
GISO/L2 Carrycot*Right-facing Infant
71
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Confirming the Mass group and Size class for ECE R44 ISOFIX
corresponding child restraint systems
Confirm the corresponding [Mass group] from the weight of the
child (P. 57)
(Ex. 1) When the weight is 12 kg (27 lb.), [Mass group 0+]
(Ex. 2) When the weight is 15 kg (34 lb.), [Mass group I]
Confirming Size class
Select the Size class corresponding to [Mass group] confirmed in
step from the [Child restraint system suitability for various
seating positions] (P. 72)*.
(Ex. 1) When [Mass group 0+], the corresponding size class is
[C], [D], [E].
(Ex. 2) When [Mass group I], the corresponding size class is [A],
[B], [B1], [C], [D].
*: However, listings that are marked with [X] cannot be selected, despite
having the corresponding size class in the suitability table of the [Vehicle
ISOFIX position]. Also, select the product designated by [Recom-
mended Child Restraint Systems] (P. 72), if the listing is marked with
[IL].
1
2
1
72 1-1. For safe use
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Child restraint system suitability for various seating positions
(Installed using ISOFIX [Child restraint system conforms with
ECE R44])
Information provided in the table shows your child restraint system
suitability for various seating positions.
Rear seats
Mass
groups
Size
class Fixture
Vehicle ISOFIX
positions Recommended Child
Restraint Systems
Right-
hand
Left-
hand
Carrycot FISO/L1X X —
GISO/L2X X —
0
Up to 10 kg
(22 lb.)
(0 - 9 months)
EISO/R1IL IL
“TOYOTA MINI”
“TOYOTA MIDI”
0+
Up to 13 kg
(28 lb.)
(0 - 2 years)
EISO/R1IL IL
“TOYOTA MINI”DISO/R2IL IL
CISO/R3IL IL
I
9 to 18 kg
(20 to 39 lb.)
(9 months -
4 years)
DISO/R2IL IL —
CISO/R3IL IL —
BISO/F2IUF
*IUF*—
B1 ISO/F2X IUF*IUF*“TOYOTA DUO+”
AISO/F3IUF
*IUF*—
73
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Key of letters inserted in the above table:
IUF: Suitable for ISOFIX forward-facing child restraint systems of uni-
versal category approved for use in this mass group.
IL: Suitable for ISOFIX child restraint systems of the categories for
“specific vehicles”, “restricted”, or “semi-universal”, approved for
use in this mass group.
X: ISOFIX position not suitable for ISOFIX child restraint systems in
this mass group and/or this size class.
*: If the head restraint interferes with your child restraint system,
and the head restraint can be removed, remove the head
restraint.
When using a “TOYOTA MINI” or “TOYOTA MIDI”, adjust the support
leg and ISOFIX connectors as follows:
Lock the ISOFIX connectors
where numbers 4 and 5 can be
seen.
Lock the support leg where 5th
hole can be seen.
●Adjust the front seat so that it does not interfere with the child or
child restraint system.
●The child restraint systems mentioned in the table may not be avail-
able outside of the EU area.
●Other child restraint systems different from the systems mentioned
in the table can be used, but the suitability of the systems must be
carefully checked with the child restraint system manufacturer and
retailer.
74 1-1. For safe use
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Child restraint system suitability for various seating positions
(Installed using ISOFIX [Child restraint system conforms with
ECE R129])
Key of letters inserted in the above table:
i-U: Suitable for i-Size “universal” child restraint systems forward and
rearward facing.
X: Seating position not suitable for i-Size “universal” child restraint
systems.
●If the head restraint interferes with your child restraint system, and
the head restraint can be removed, remove the head restraint.
●Adjust the front seat so that it does not interfere with the child or
child restraint system.
■Installation with ISOFIX rigid anchors (ISOFIX child restraint
system)
Install the child restraint system in accordance to the operation
manual enclosed with the child restraint system.
If the head restraint interferes
with the child restraint sys-
tem installation and the head
restraint can be removed,
remove the head restraint.
(P. 194)
Seating positions
Front seat Rear seats
Passenger seat
Right-hand Left-hand
i-Size child
restraint systems Xi-Ui-U
1
75
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Check the positions of the
exclusive fixing bars, and
install the child restraint sys-
tem to the seat.
The bars are installed in the
clearance between the seat
cushion and seatback.
After installing the child restraint system, rock it back and forth to
ensure that it is installed securely.
2
WARNING
■When installing a child restraint system
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
●Shake the child restraint system left and right, and forward and backward
to ensure that it has been securely installed.
●When using the lower anchors, be sure that there are no foreign objects
around the anchors and that the seat belt is not caught behind the child
restraint system.
●Follow all installation instructions provided by the child restraint system
manufacturer.
3
76 1-1. For safe use
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Anchor brackets (for top strap)
Anchor brackets are provided for each rear seat.
Use anchor brackets when fix-
ing the top strap.
■Fixing the top strap to the anchor bracket
Install the child restraint system in accordance to the operation
manual enclosed with the child restraint system.
Adjust the head restraint to
the upmost position.
If the head restraint interferes
with the child restraint system or
top strap installation and the
head restraint can be removed,
remove the head restraint.
(P. 194)
Open the anchor bracket
cover, latch the hook onto the
anchor bracket and tighten
the top strap.
Make sure the top strap is
securely latched.
When installing the child
restraint system with the head
restraint being raised, be sure to
have the top strap pass under-
neath the head restraint.
Using an anchor bracket (for top strap)
Top strap
Anchor brackets
1
Hook
Top strap
2
77
1-1. For safe use
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■When installing a child restraint system
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
●Firmly attach the top strap and make sure that the belt is not twisted.
●Do not attach the top strap to anything other than the anchor bracket.
●Shake the child restraint system left and right, and forward and backward
to ensure that it has been securely installed.
●Follow all installation instructions provided by the child restraint system
manufacturer.
●When installing the child restraint system with the head restraint being
raised, after the head restraint has been raised and then the anchor
bracket has been fixed, do not lower the head restraint.
NOTICE
■Anchor brackets (for top strap)
When not in use, make certain to close the lid. If it remains open, the lid
may be damaged.
78 1-2. Theft deterrent system
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Immobilizer system
The indicator flashes after the
power switch has been turned off
to indicate that the system is oper-
ating.
The indicator stops flashing after
the power switch has been turned
to ACCESSORY or ON mode to
indicate that the system has been
canceled.
■System maintenance
The vehicle has a maintenance-free type immobilizer system.
■Conditions that may cause the system to malfunction
●If the grip portion of the key is in contact with a metallic object
●If the key is in close proximity to or touching a key registered to the security
system (key with a built-in transponder chip) of another vehicle
The vehicle’s keys have built-in transponder chips that prevent
the fuel cell system from starting if a key has not been previ-
ously registered in the vehicle’s on-board computer.
Never leave the keys inside the vehicle when you leave the vehi-
cle.
This system is designed to help prevent vehicle theft but does
not guarantee absolute security against all vehicle thefts.
79
1-2. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Certification for the immobilizer system
80 1-2. Theft deterrent system
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
81
1-2. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
82 1-2. Theft deterrent system
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
83
1-2. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
84 1-2. Theft deterrent system
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
85
1-2. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
86 1-2. Theft deterrent system
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
87
1-2. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
88 1-2. Theft deterrent system
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
89
1-2. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
90 1-2. Theft deterrent system
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
91
1-2. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
92 1-2. Theft deterrent system
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
93
1-2. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
94 1-2. Theft deterrent system
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
95
1-2. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
96 1-2. Theft deterrent system
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
97
1-2. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
98 1-2. Theft deterrent system
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
99
1-2. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
100 1-2. Theft deterrent system
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
101
1-2. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
NOTICE
■To ensure the system operates correctly
Do not modify or remove the system. If modified or removed, the proper
operation of the system cannot be guaranteed.
102 1-2. Theft deterrent system
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Alarm
The alarm uses light and sound to give an alert when an intrusion is
detected.
The alarm is triggered in the following situations when the alarm is
set:
●A locked door or trunk is unlocked or opened in any way other than
using the entry function or wireless remote control. (The doors will
lock again automatically.)
●The hood is opened.
Close the doors, trunk and hood,
and lock all the doors using the
entry function or wireless remote
control. The system will be set
automatically after 30 seconds.
The indicator changes from being
on to flashing when the system is
set.
Do one of the following to deactivate or stop the alarm:
●Unlock the doors or open the trunk using the entry function or wire-
less remote control.
●Start the fuel cell system. (The alarm will be deactivated or stopped
after a few seconds.)
The alarm
Setting the alarm system
Deactivating or stopping the alarm
103
1-2. Theft deterrent system
1
For safety and security
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■System maintenance
The vehicle has a maintenance-free type alarm system.
■Items to check before locking the vehicle
To prevent unexpected triggering of the alarm and vehicle theft, make sure of
the following:
●Nobody is in the vehicle.
●The windows are closed before the alarm is set.
●No valuables or other personal items are left in the vehicle.
■Triggering of the alarm
The alarm may be triggered in the following situations:
(Stopping the alarm deactivates the alarm system.)
●The doors or trunk are unlocked using
the mechanical key.
●A person inside the vehicle opens a
door, the trunk or hood, or unlocks the
vehicle using an inside lock button.
●The 12-volt battery is recharged or
replaced when the vehicle is locked.
(P. 501)
104 1-2. Theft deterrent system
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Alarm-operated door lock
In the following cases, depending on the situation, the door may automatically
lock to prevent improper entry into the vehicle:
●When a person remaining in the vehicle unlocks the door and the alarm is
activated.
●While the alarm is activated, a person remaining in the vehicle unlocks the
door.
●When recharging or replacing the 12-volt battery
■Customization
The alarm can be set to deactivate when the mechanical key is used to
unlock. (Customizable features: P. 528)
NOTICE
■To ensure the system operates correctly
Do not modify or remove the system. If modified or removed, the proper
operation of the system cannot be guaranteed.
105
2
Fuel cell system
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
2. Fuel cell vehicle
Fuel cell vehicle
characteristics..................106
Fuel cell vehicle
precautions ......................110
Advice for driving fuel cell
vehicles............................123
106 2. Fuel cell vehicle
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Fuel cell vehicle characteristics
This diagram is for illustrative purposes only and may differ from the
actual vehicle.
Fuel cell vehicles efficiently use electricity, which is generated
by a chemical reaction between hydrogen and oxygen in a fuel
cell stack, and electricity charged in a traction battery to drive
the electric motor (traction motor).
The fuel is H2 (compressed hydrogen gas), so the exhaust is
only water and water vapor. As they do not release emissions
such as CO2 (Carbon Dioxide) and NOx (Nitrogen Oxides), fuel
cell vehicles are environmentally friendly vehicles.
Fuel cell vehicle components
Fuel cell stack
Hydrogen tanks
Traction battery
Tailpipe
Fuel cell converter
Electric motor (traction motor)
107
2. Fuel cell vehicle
2
Fuel cell system
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
The electric motor (traction motor) allows smooth, powerful takeoff
and acceleration. This vehicle drives similarly to a gasoline vehicle
without any special actions by the driver. (P. 208) As there are no
engine sounds and the vehicle is quiet, operation noises unique to
fuel cell vehicle components may be heard. (P. 108)
The system may behave differently on cold days. It is performing a
special cold-start process to improve start-up performance. (P. 221)
Operation noises (P. 108), purge process (P. 221), etc., differ from
usual. However, this is not a malfunction.
Compressed hydrogen gas fuel can be filled at hydrogen stations.
Opening the fuel door (P. 246)
Driving the vehicle
Fuel cell system
Fuel filling
108 2. Fuel cell vehicle
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Sounds unique to the fuel cell vehicle
Due to the design of your fuel cell vehicle, there are various relays, valves
and pumps which under normal driving conditions will produce sounds. This
is a normal characteristic of the vehicle and does not indicate a malfunction.
Furthermore, way of hearing may differ based on usage environment or con-
dition.
Noticeable sounds Source of the sounds
Clunking, clicking and clack-
ing
Operation of relays and hydrogen tank
valves
Sounds may come from under the floor or
behind the rear seats.
(Sounds may be heard when starting the
fuel cell system.)
Knocking The parking lock is engaged
Sounds may come from the motor
compartment.
(Sounds may be heard when press the P
position switch or stopping the fuel cell
system.)
Whooshing, squealing Gas is flowing through the nozzle and
valves
Sounds may come from behind the rear
seats, or from the dispenser hose/nozzle.
(Sounds may be heard when filling the
fuel.)
• High pitch sound
• Gurgle sound
• Pulsing sound
Operation of the pumps
Sounds may come from the motor com-
partment or under the front seats.
(In particular, sounds may be heard when
starting the fuel cell system, accelerating
from a stop, or press the H2O switch. The
sound may be louder when in Br mode or
when the vehicle decelerates during
dynamic radar cruise control.)
Humming sound Operation of the pumps are speeding up
Sounds may come from the motor com-
partment or under the front seats.
(In particular, sounds may be heard when
accelerating or decelerating.)
Whooshing sound Operation of the hydrogen injector
Sounds may come from under the front
seats or behind the rear seats.
(In particular, sounds may be heard when
starting the fuel cell system, driving at low
speeds, or charging the traction battery.)
109
2. Fuel cell vehicle
2
Fuel cell system
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Regenerative braking
In the following situations, the vehicle generates electricity from the decelera-
tion of the vehicle while driving.
●The accelerator pedal is released while driving with the shift position in D.
●The brake pedal is depressed while driving with the shift position in D.
■Charging the traction battery
Because electricity generated by the fuel cell stack and regenerative braking
charges the traction battery, the battery does not need to be charged from an
outside source. However, if the vehicle is left parked for a long time, the trac-
tion battery will slowly discharge. For this reason, be sure to drive the vehicle
at least once every few months for at least 30 minutes or 16 km (10 miles).
If the traction battery becomes fully discharged and you are unable to start
the fuel cell system, contact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota autho-
rized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
■Charging the 12-volt battery
P. 500
■Parking
Because there is no engine sound or vibration, it is easy to mistake the fuel
cell vehicle for being off when it is actually still running, as indicated by the
“READY” indicator being illuminated. For safety, make sure to always shift the
shift position to P and apply the parking brake when parked.
■Maintenance, repair, recycling, and disposal
Contact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any
reliable repairer regarding maintenance, repair, recycling, and disposal. Do
not dispose of the vehicle or any of its components yourself.
• Humming sound
• High pitch sound
Operation of the motor
Sounds may come from the motor com-
partment.
(In particular, sounds may be heard when
accelerating or decelerating.)
Blowing and draining sound Exhaust water or air is being purged
Sounds may come from the rear of the
vehicle.
May also occur periodically while parked
when it is cold to prevent freezing.
(Sounds may be heard when vehicle is
stopped, fuel cell system is stopped, park-
ing.)
Noticeable sounds Source of the sounds
110 2. Fuel cell vehicle
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Fuel cell vehicle precautions
The fuel cell vehicle has hydrogen tanks (70 MPa [714 kgf/cm2,
700 bar, 10150 psi]), fuel cell stack, and hydrogen pipelines as hydro-
gen-related components. Pay attention to all warning labels attached
to the vehicle.
This diagram is for illustrative purposes only and may differ from the
actual vehicle.
Hydrogen-related components
Warning label
Hydrogen detectors
Fuel cell stack
Hydrogen tanks
Hydrogen tank valves
Hydrogen pipelines
111
2. Fuel cell vehicle
2
Fuel cell system
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
The fuel cell vehicle has high-voltage components (about 650 V maxi-
mum) such as a fuel cell stack, traction battery, power control unit,
high-voltage cables (which are distinguished from low-voltage cables
by their orange covers), electric motor (traction motor), etc., and high-
temperature parts such as the radiator for cooling. Pay attention to all
warning labels attached to the vehicle.
This diagram is for illustrative purposes only and may differ from the
actual vehicle.
High-voltage and high-temperature components
Warning label
Power control unit
High-voltage cables (orange)
Fuel cell stack
Traction battery
Service plug
Fuel cell converter
Electric motor (traction motor)
Air conditioning compressor
Radiator for inverter cooling
Radiator for fuel cell stack
cooling
Auxiliary inverter
Cabin coolant heater
112 2. Fuel cell vehicle
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
When a certain level of impact from an accident is detected, the fuel
cell system is shut down and the system shuts out the high voltage.
Also, the fuel supply is stopped from the hydrogen tank valves. If the
emergency shut off system activates, your vehicle will not restart. To
restart the fuel cell system, contact any authorized Toyota retailer or
Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
A message is automatically displayed when a malfunction occurs in
the fuel cell system or an improper operation is attempted.
If a warning message is shown on
the multi-information display, read
the message and follow the
instructions. (P. 469)
There is an air intake vent beside
the rear left seat for the purpose
of cooling the traction battery. If
the air intake vent is blocked, it
could lead to a reduction in trac-
tion battery output.
Emergency shut off system
Fuel cell warning message
Traction battery air intake vent
113
2. Fuel cell vehicle
2
Fuel cell system
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■If a warning light comes on, a warning message is displayed, or the 12-
volt battery connection is disconnected
The fuel cell system may not be able to restart.
If the “READY” indicator does not come on, even when the start procedure is
repeated, contact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized
repairer, or any reliable repairer.
■If “Hydrogen Leakage Detected Visit Your Dealer” is displayed on the
multi-information display
A small amount of hydrogen gas may be leaking. Have the vehicle inspected
immediately at the nearest authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized
repairer, or any reliable repairer.
■If “FC System Shutdown due to Hydrogen Leakage Stop Your Vehicle in
a Safe Place and Contact Your Dealer” is displayed on the multi-informa-
tion display
●Hydrogen gas may be leaking.
When hydrogen gas is leaking or some other malfunction is detected:
P. 11 8
●The air conditioning system will shut off automatically.
■Running out of fuel
When the vehicle has run out of fuel and the fuel cell system cannot be started,
refuel the vehicle until the low fuel level warning light (P. 465) turns off before
trying to restart. It may not be able to restart if the refueled amount is too low
(less than about 1.2 kg [2.7 lb.]).
114 2. Fuel cell vehicle
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Fuel cell stack
●Depending on the usage environment, the fuel cell power output may
decline over the life of the vehicle. However, this will have almost no effect
on driving performance.
●In the following situations, the fuel cell power output may decline faster than
normal driving:
• Extended use in areas with high amounts of dust
• Extended use in areas with high levels of sulfur (such as volcanoes or hot
springs).
• Extended use in areas with high concentrations of the following
substances:
-Organic solvents, such as paint and thinner
-Amine-related materials such as ammonia
-Chlorinated substances such as salt air and snow-melting agent
However, upon returning to normal environment, the fuel cell power output
will recover over time.
• Salt water gets into the air cleaner filter
It is recommended to replace the air cleaner filter and clean the surround-
ing components. Have the vehicle inspected at any authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer
• The number of times the fuel cell system is started and stopped is exces-
sively high
• Extended use in freezing temperatures
■Hydrogen tanks
●The hydrogen tanks are the high-pressure storage containers that are filled
with compressed hydrogen gas. The vehicle can be refueled at hydrogen
stations.
●The hydrogen-related components (such as the tanks, pipelines, etc.) have
expiration dates established by law. Vehicles with expired hydrogen-related
components must not be used. The hydrogen-related components must be
replaced with new ones if their expiration dates have passed. The expiration
date is written on the inside of the fuel door as the limit date of filling.
Consult any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any
reliable repairer.
●When disposing of the hydrogen tanks or the hydrogen tank valves, consult
any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer for details.
115
2. Fuel cell vehicle
2
Fuel cell system
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Fuel cell stack coolant
●Fuel cell stack coolant uses a specifically-designed fluid with high electrical
insulation properties, in order to safely cool the high-voltage fuel cell stack.
●Never add water or other coolants to the fuel cell stack cooling system, as
they will cause permanent damage.
●Consult any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any
reliable repairer for replenishing or changing the fuel cell stack coolant.
■Ion filter
●An ion filter is installed in the coolant lines for the fuel cell stack, in order to
maintain the normal insulation properties of the coolant.
●It is necessary to periodically change the ion filter. (P. 472) Contact any
authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer for this periodic maintenance.
■Tailpipe
●When the power switch is turned off and the fuel cell system is stopped
(P. 219) after driving, exhaust water is discharged. Be careful when
standing behind the vehicle to avoid dripping or spraying.
●It is possible to manually purge the exhaust. This may be desirable, for
instance, before parking in a garage. This is done by pressing the H2O
switch. (P. 219)
●On cold days, water vapor in the exhaust may appear as a white mist emit-
ted from the tailpipe. This is not a malfunction.
●If the tailpipe is blocked, the fuel cell system will stop.
■Hydrogen detectors
When the power switch is turned to ON mode, the hydrogen detectors are
activated.
116 2. Fuel cell vehicle
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Power output restriction
When the power output is restricted, the vehicle may fail to accelerate or even
decelerate, even though the accelerator pedal is depressed. If a safe driving
speed cannot be maintained, stop the vehicle in a safe place away from the
traffic. This may be caused by the following conditions:
●The coolant temperature may be too high. This can be caused by driving
conditions such as repeated sudden acceleration and deceleration, continu-
ous driving on an incline, continuous driving at high altitudes with a high
load, etc. In such situations, the power output restriction indicator (amber) is
displayed on the main display, “High FC Temperature Reduced Power” is
displayed on the multi-information display, and the power output is
restricted. Once the coolant returns to normal temperature, the power out-
put will return to normal. (P. 471)
●The remaining fuel may be low. After the low fuel warning indicator comes
on, the output power will be gradually restricted in order to extend the possi-
ble driving distance. Once getting to this point, the remaining driving dis-
tance possible is short. Immediately refill the vehicle with hydrogen.
●On cold days, the low fuel warning indicator comes on faster than usual and
the output power is restricted.
■Electromagnetic waves (EMF)
●High-voltage parts and cables in fuel cell vehicles have an electromagnetic
shielding configuration, and therefore emit approximately the same amount
of electromagnetic waves as conventional gasoline-powered vehicles or
home electronic appliances.
●Your vehicle may cause sound interference in some third party-produced
radio parts.
■Traction battery
The traction battery has a limited service life. The lifespan of the traction bat-
tery can change according to driving style and driving conditions.
■Declaration of conformity (Traction battery)
This model conforms to hydrogen emissions according to regulation ECE100
(Battery electric vehicle safety).
117
2. Fuel cell vehicle
2
Fuel cell system
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Hydrogen Gas Characteristics
●Hydrogen gas ignites more easily than gasoline. However, it is lighter than
air and disperses quickly. So even if hydrogen were to leak from the system,
it would quickly dilute until it is no longer flammable.
●As with gasoline and natural gas, hydrogen gas is not dangerous if it is han-
dled properly. Thoroughly read and understand the characteristics shown in
the table below.
Hydrogen gas
LPG
(Liquid Petroleum
Gas)
Gasoline
Normal state Gaseous
(Lighter than air)
Gaseous
(Heavier than air)
Volatile liquid
(evaporates
easily)
(Heavier than air)
Ease of
ignition
Easier than
gasoline
At the same level
as gasoline —
Ease of
accumulation
• Disperses
upward and is
diluted to safe
concentrations
in open air
• Does not
adhere to
clothing
• Spreads on the
ground or floor
• Does not
adhere to
clothing
• Spreads on the
ground or floor
• Adheres to
clothing
Detectability
• Due to its
colorless and
odorless state,
difficult to detect
by sight or smell
• Vehicle
hydrogen
detectors will
display a
warning on the
multi-
information
display
• Detectable by
odor and gas
leaking noise
• Detectable by
color and odor
118 2. Fuel cell vehicle
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Basic concepts of hydrogen safety
●Prevent leakage
The pipe joints of the hydrogen pipelines are designed to prevent leaks.
The joints are checked for gas leakage at every official vehicle inspection.
●Detect to stop leakage
• The vehicle is equipped with hydrogen detectors. If the hydrogen detec-
tors detect a leak, the hydrogen tank valves automatically close to pre-
vent more hydrogen from escaping.
• The vehicle is equipped with a collision sensor. If the collision sensor
detects a collision, the hydrogen tank valves automatically close to pre-
vent hydrogen gas from leaking from any damaged components.
●Disperse the leaked hydrogen gas
The hydrogen tanks and pipelines are located outside of the passenger
compartment, so any leaked gas will disperse into the atmosphere by
design.
●Eliminate sources of fire
No source of fire is located near the hydrogen pipelines by design.
WARNING
■Hydrogen-related components
●Never alter, customize, or disassemble any hydrogen-related parts.
●The hydrogen tanks, fuel cell stack, hydrogen pipelines, and connecting
components are filled with hydrogen gas. Do not remove or disassemble
these parts. Doing so can cause a hydrogen gas leak, resulting in fire or
explosion of the vehicle, which may result in death or serious injury.
■When hydrogen gas leak or other malfunction is detected
●If a large amount of hydrogen gas leaking is noticed, turn off the power
switch, exit the vehicle, and stay far away from it. Display warning signs
and keep sources of fire away from the vehicle. If possible, get assistance.
When the above is done, immediately contact any authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
●If you notice gas leaking or any other malfunction, immediately stop the
vehicle in a safe and well-ventilated place, exit the vehicle, and stay far
away from it.
●If a warning message is shown on the multi-information display, immedi-
ately stop the vehicle in a safe, well-ventilated place.
119
2. Fuel cell vehicle
2
Fuel cell system
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■Tailpipe
●Do not directly touch the water or steam coming out of the tailpipe. Doing
so may cause low-temperature burns.
●The fuel cell vehicle generates water during power generation. The gener-
ated water discharged from the tailpipe is not suitable for drinking. Never
drink the water coming out of the tailpipe.
●You may notice a strange odor from the tailpipe for a while after the pur-
chase of a new vehicle or after an extended period of non-use, but this is
not a malfunction. Also, the odor is harmless but it may be unpleasant, so
do not breathe in the exhaust.
■High-voltage and high-temperature precautions
This vehicle is equipped with a high-voltage system. Follow the instructions
below as high-voltages can cause severe burns and electric shock that may
result in death or serious injury.
●Never touch, disassemble, remove, or replace the high-voltage parts,
cables (orange), or connectors.
●The components inside the motor compartment will become hot during
operation. Be careful of both the high-voltage and high-temperature, and
always obey the warning labels on the vehicle.
●Never touch the service plugs that are
installed on the fuel cell stack and the
traction battery. The service plugs are
used to block high-voltages from the
fuel cell stack and the traction battery
during maintenance or repair at any
authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota
authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer.
120 2. Fuel cell vehicle
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■Precautions in case of an accident
In the event of an accident, observe the following precautions. Failure to do
so can cause fire or electric shocks, resulting in death or serious injury.
●Stop the vehicle in a safe place to prevent subsequent accidents. Shift the
shift position to P and apply the parking brake.
●Check for hydrogen gas leakage.
Hydrogen leaks will cause a warning message to be shown on the multi-
information display. Larger leaks may also be audible.
●If a large amount of hydrogen gas leaking is noticed, turn off the power
switch, exit the vehicle, and stay far away from it. Display warning signs
and keep sources of fire away from the vehicle. If possible, get assistance.
When the above is done, immediately contact any authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
●Do not touch the high-voltage parts, cables (orange), or connectors.
●If electric wires are exposed inside or outside your vehicle, an electric
shock may occur. Never touch exposed electric wires.
●If a fluid leak occurs, do not touch the fluid as it may be the strong alkaline
electrolyte from the traction battery. If it comes into contact with your skin
or eyes, wash it off immediately with a large amount of water, and seek
immediate medical attention.
●In case of a vehicle fire, the hydrogen gas in the hydrogen tanks is
released via the hydrogen tank valves toward the rear of the vehicle
angled downward, in order to reduce the damage to the hydrogen tanks.
Keep away from the vehicle.
●If a vehicle fire occurs, it can be extinguished with a Class A, B, or C fire
extinguisher. If using water, apply a large amount from a hydrant.
●If your vehicle needs to be towed, do so with the front wheels lifted. If the
wheels are touching the ground, the electric motor (traction motor) may
continue to generate electricity. This may cause a fire.
121
2. Fuel cell vehicle
2
Fuel cell system
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■Traction battery
●Never resell, transfer, or modify the traction battery. To prevent accidents,
traction batteries that have been removed from disposed vehicle are col-
lected through any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer,
or any reliable repairer. Do not dispose of the traction battery yourself.
If the traction battery is not properly collected, the following may occur,
resulting in death or serious injury:
• The traction battery may be illegally disposed or dumped, and it is haz-
ardous to the environment. Additionally, someone may touch a high-
voltage part, resulting in an electric shock.
• The traction battery is intended to be used exclusively with your fuel cell
vehicle. If the traction battery is used outside of your vehicle or modified
in any way, accidents, such as electric shock, heat generation, smoke
generation, ignition, explosion and electrolyte leakage may occur.
In particular, reselling or transferring the traction battery exposes the
receiving party to risks of accidents as they may not be aware of these
dangers. Make sure to inform them of the contents of this Owner’s Man-
ual.
●If your vehicle is disposed without the traction battery having been
removed, there is a danger of serious electric shock in case high-voltage
parts, cables, or their connectors are touched. When disposing of your
vehicle, the traction battery must be disposed by any authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer, or a qualified
service shop. If the traction battery is not disposed of properly, it may
cause electric shock that can result in death or serious injury.
122 2. Fuel cell vehicle
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
NOTICE
■Traction battery air intake vent
●If the traction battery output decreases due to the entry of dust or debris,
foreign material, a warning message is shown on the multi-information dis-
play. Have the vehicle inspected at any authorized Toyota retailer or
Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
●Do not place objects where the air intake vent will be obstructed. This may
lead to a reduction in traction battery power output and damage.
●Clean the air intake vent regularly to prevent clogging.
●Do not allow water or objects to enter the air intake vent, as this may dam-
age the traction battery.
■Traction Battery
Do not spill a large amount of water near the traction battery in the vehicle.
If water spills onto the traction battery, have the vehicle inspected at any
authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer.
123
2
2. Fuel cell vehicle
Fuel cell system
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Advice for driving fuel cell vehicles
◆Fuel cell system indicator usage
Maintaining the fuel cell system indicator to Eco area on the multi-
information display can extend your driving range. (P. 139)
◆Accelerator pedal/brake pedal operation
Drive the vehicle smoothly. Avoid abrupt acceleration and decelera-
tion.
Mild acceleration and deceleration can help curb wasteful fuel con-
sumption.
◆When braking
Make sure to depress the brake gently and allow for a long stopping
distance. This enables collection of more electrical energy gener-
ated during deceleration.
◆Heavy traffic
Repeated acceleration and deceleration as well as long stops at
traffic lights, will decrease fuel economy. Check traffic reports
ahead of time and avoid traffic jams as much as possible. If caught
in a traffic jam, gently release the brake pedal to allow the vehicle to
move forward slowly while avoiding overuse of the accelerator
pedal to help curb wasteful fuel consumption.
◆Driving with high power output
Similar to an electric vehicle, a fuel cell vehicle uses the most fuel in
high output driving such as driving on a steep uphill or at high
speeds. Moderate the vehicle speed and maintain a steady speed.
To maximize fuel economy and range, pay attention to the fol-
lowing:
124 2. Fuel cell vehicle
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
◆Using Eco drive mode
Using Eco drive mode (P. 227) makes torque generation less
aggressive than normal when stepping on the accelerator pedal,
leading to improvement in fuel economy.
Also, is displayed on the air conditioning screen, indicating
the switch to Climate Preference (P. 353).
◆Air conditioning system on/off
●Turn off the air conditioning system operation switch except
when necessary to help curb fuel consumption.
In summer: When the ambient temperature is high, use the recircu-
lated air mode. This decreases the load on the air con-
ditioning system.
In winter: Avoid excess heating. Use the seat heater to minimize
the need for cabin heating (P. 361).
●By pushing , Climate Preference is turned on. This helps
curb fuel consumption even with the air conditioning system turned
on.
◆Checking tire inflation pressure
Make sure to check the tire inflation pressure frequently. Improper
tire inflation pressure can cause poor fuel economy.
Additionally, snow tires have more rolling friction and their use on
dry roads lead to poor fuel economy. Use tires that are appropriate
for the season.
◆Luggage
Avoid carrying unnecessary luggage and unload excess weight in
order avoid poor fuel economy. Installing a large roof rack will also
reduce fuel economy.
125
3
Instrument cluster
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
3. Instrument cluster
Warning lights and
indicators .........................126
Gauges and meters ...........131
Multi-information
display .............................136
126 3. Instrument cluster
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Warning lights and indicators
This illustration is for a left-hand drive vehicles. The positions of the
indicators and displays, etc., are reversed for right-hand drive vehi-
cles.
The warning lights and indicators inform the driver of the status
of the vehicle’s various systems.
For the purpose of explanation, the following illustration dis-
plays all warning lights and indicators illuminated.
127
3. Instrument cluster
3
Instrument cluster
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Warning lights inform the driver of malfunctions in the indicated vehi-
cle’s systems.
Warning lights
*1
Hydrogen leak warning
light (P. 462)
*1
(Flashes)
PKSB OFF indicator
(P. 464)
*1
(Red)
Brake system warning
light (P. 462)
*1
(Flashes
or illumi-
nates)
PCS warning light
(P. 464)
Charging system
warning light (P. 462)
*1, 2
Slip indicator (P. 464)
*1High coolant
temperature warning
light (P. 462)
Parking brake warning
light (P. 465)
*1
(Yellow)
Brake system warning
light (P. 463)
Open door warning light
(P. 465)
*1
SRS warning light
(P. 463)
Low fuel level warning
light (P. 465)
*1
ABS warning light
(P. 463)
Driver’s and front
passenger’s seat belt
reminder light (P. 465)
*1
(Red/
Yellow)
Electric power steering
system warning light
(P. 463)
Rear passengers’ seat
belt reminder lights
(P. 465)
(Yellow)
LDA indicator (P. 463)
*1
Master warning light
(P. 465)
128 3. Instrument cluster
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
*1: These lights turn on when the power switch is turned to ON mode to indi-
cate that a system check is being performed. They will turn off after the fuel
cell system is on, or after a few seconds. There may be a malfunction in a
system if the lights do not come on, or turn off. Have the vehicle inspected
by any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reli-
able repairer.
*2: The light comes on to indicate a malfunction.
*3: This light illuminates on the multi-information display.
*4: This light illuminates on the main display.
The indicators inform the driver of the operating state of the vehicle’s
various systems.
*1
Tire pressure warning
light (P. 465)
*4
(Blue)
Power restriction
indicator (P. 132)
*3Brake Override System/
Drive-Start Control/Park-
ing Support Brake func-
tion (for static objects)
(P. 466)
*4
(Yellow)
Power restriction
indicator (P. 132, 471)
Indicators
Turn signal indicator
(P. 231)
“READY” indicator
(P. 218)
Tail light indicator
(P. 234)
Dynamic radar
cruise control
indicator (P. 292)
Headlight high beam
indicator (P. 234)
Cruise control “SET”
indicator (P. 292)
Automatic High
Beam indicator
(P. 237)
Cruise control
indicator (P. 292)
Rear fog light
indicator (P. 242)
*1
(Green)
LDA indicator
(P. 280)
129
3. Instrument cluster
3
Instrument cluster
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
*1: Depending on the operating condition, the color and illuminating state of
the light change.
*2: The light turns on when the system is off.
*3: These lights turn on when the power switch is turned to ON mode to indi-
cate that a system check is being performed. They will turn off after the fuel
cell system is on, or after a few seconds. There may be a malfunction in a
system if the lights do not come on, or turn off. Have the vehicle inspected
by any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reli-
able repairer.
*1Steering control
indicator (P. 280)
Security indicator
(P. 78, 102)
*2, 3 PKSB OFF indicator
(P. 316)
Shift position
indicator
(P. 225)
Toyota parking
assist-sensor
indicator (P. 307)
*7
ECO MODE
indicator (P. 227)
*3, 4
Slip indicator
(P. 339)
*7POWER MODE
indicator (P. 227)
*2, 3 VSC OFF indicator
(P. 340)
Br mode indicator
(P. 227)
*2, 3 PCS warning light
(P. 266)
H2O indicator
(P. 219)
BSM indicators
(P. 327)
*3“PASSENGER AIR
BAG” indicator
(P. 5 1)
*5, 6 BSM outside rear
view mirror
indicators (P. 326)
130 3. Instrument cluster
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
*4: The light flashes to indicate that the system is operating.
*5: In order to confirm operation, the BSM outside rear view mirror indicators
illuminate in the following situations:
• When the power switch is turned to ON mode while the BSM settings are
set to ON.
• When the BSM settings are set to ON while the power switch is in ON
mode.
If the system is functioning correctly, the BSM outside rear view mirror indi-
cators will turn off after a few seconds.
If the BSM outside rear view mirror indicators do not illuminate or do not
turn off, there may be a malfunction in the system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota retailer
or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
*6: This light illuminates on the outside rear view mirrors.
*7: This light illuminates on the main display.
WARNING
■If a safety system warning light does not come on
Should a safety system light such as the ABS and SRS warning light not
come on when you start the fuel cell system, this could mean that these
systems are not available to help protect you in an accident, which could
result in death or serious injury. Have the vehicle inspected by any autho-
rized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer
immediately if this occurs.
131
3. Instrument cluster
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
3
Instrument cluster
Gauges and meters
This illustration is for a left-hand drive vehicles. The positions of the
indicators and displays, etc., are reversed for right-hand drive vehi-
cles.
The units used on the meter may differ depending on the target
region.
Main display
Displays the speedometer, fuel gauge, etc. (P. 132)
Multi-information display
Presents the driver with a variety of vehicle data.
Displays warning messages in case of a malfunction. (P. 469)
Shift position indicator
Displays the selected shift position. (P. 225)
Clock
P. 373
132 3. Instrument cluster
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Fuel gauge
Displays the quantity of fuel
remaining in the hydrogen
tanks.
ECO MODE indicator and POWER MODE indicator
Displays the selected driving mode. (P. 227)
Power restriction indicator
Blue: The fuel cell system output power is restricted, because the
coolant temperature is low.
Amber: The fuel cell system output power is restricted, because the
coolant temperature is high.
Outside temperature
Displays the outside temperature within the range of -40C (-40F)
to 50C (122F).
Low outside temperature indicator flashes when the ambient tem-
perature is 3C (37F) or lower.
Driving range distance
Displays the estimated maximum distance that can be driven with
the quantity of fuel remaining.
• Displays the possible driving distance computed from the fuel
consumption studied from the driving history and the current
remaining amount of fuel. The actual possible driving distance
may differ as fuel consumption changes, depending on driving
environment (weather, traffic, etc.) and conditions (sudden accel-
eration, air conditioning, etc.).
• When only a small amount of fuel is added to the hydrogen
tanks, the display may not be updated.
Speedometer
Displays the vehicle speed.
Main display
133
3. Instrument cluster
3
Instrument cluster
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Odometer and trip meter
Odometer:
Displays the total distance the vehicle has been driven.
Trip meter:
Displays the distance the vehicle has been driven since the
meter was last reset.
Trip meters “A” and “B” can be used to record and display differ-
ent distances independently.
Distance after start:
Displays the distance driven after the fuel cell system was
started.
Blank:
A blank is displayed.
Switches between odometer and
trip meter displays. When the trip
meter is displayed, pressing and
holding the button will reset the
trip meter.
The brightness of the Instrument panel lights can be adjusted.
Brighter
Darker
Changing the display
Instrument panel light control
134 3. Instrument cluster
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
For split screen on the main display, turn off the RSA function.
(P. 289)
To toggle through the items, while in split screen, press or of
the meter control switches (P. 137), select on the main dis-
play, and press or .
Fuel cell system indicator
Power meter
Current fuel consumption
Setting split screen on the main display
135
3. Instrument cluster
3
Instrument cluster
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Traction battery status
■The meters and display illuminate when
The power switch is in ON mode.
■Instrument panel brightness adjustment
The instrument panel brightness levels when the tail lights are on and off can
be adjusted individually. However, when the surroundings are bright (daytime,
etc.), turning on the tail lights will not change the instrument panel brightness.
At this time, any adjustments made to the instrument panel brightness levels
will be applied to both settings at once.
■Outside temperature display
●In the following situations, the correct outside temperature may not be dis-
played, or the display may take longer than normal to change.
• When stopped, or driving at low speeds (less than 25 km/h [16 mph])
• When the outside temperature has changed suddenly (at the entrance/
exit of a garage, tunnel, etc.)
●When “--” or “E” is displayed, the system may be malfunctioning.
Take your vehicle to any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized
repairer, or any reliable repairer.
■Liquid crystal display
Small spots or light spots may appear on the display. This phenomenon is
characteristic of liquid crystal displays, and there is no problem continuing to
use the display.
■Customization
The meter display can be customized on the multi-information display.
(Customizable features: P. 525)
NOTICE
■To prevent damage to the fuel cell system and its components
This vehicle is equipped with high coolant temperature warning light (
P. 462),
instead of, coolant temperature gauge.
The fuel cell system may be overheating if the high coolant temperature warning
light flashes or comes on. In this case, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe
place, and check the fuel cell system after it has cooled completely.
136 3. Instrument cluster
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Multi-information display
Displays the following informa-
tion when an icon is selected.
(P. 137)
Some of the information may be
displayed automatically
depending on the situation.
Drive information
Select to display various drive data. (P. 137)
Navigation system-linked display
Select to display the following navigation system-linked information.
• Route guidance
• Compass display (north-up display/heading-up display)
Audio system-linked display
Select to enable selection of an audio source or track on the display
using the meter control switches.
Driving assist systems display
Displays when each driving assistance system is used.
• Dynamic radar cruise control (P. 292)
• LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) (P. 274)
Warning message display
Select to display warning messages and measures to be taken if a
malfunction is detected. (P. 469)
Settings display
Select to change the meter display settings and the operation set-
tings of some vehicle functions. (P. 143)
The multi-information display presents the driver with a variety
of vehicle data.
137
3. Instrument cluster
3
Instrument cluster
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
The multi-information display is
operated using the meter control
switches.
Select an item/change pages
Enter/Set
Return to the previous
screen
To toggle through the items, press or of the meter control
switches (P. 137), select [drive information] on the multi-
information display, and press or .
■Energy monitor
Displays fuel cell system status.
Operating the meter control switches
Drive information
When the vehicle is powered by the fuel cell
stack
When the vehicle is powered by the traction
battery
When the vehicle is powered by the fuel cell
stack and traction battery
138 3. Instrument cluster
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
These images are examples only, and may vary slightly from actual
conditions.
When the vehicle is charging the traction bat-
tery
When there is no energy flow
Traction battery status
Low Full
139
3. Instrument cluster
3
Instrument cluster
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Fuel cell system indicator and ECO Score
The output power of the fuel cell system, regeneration level display,
and the ECO driving is scored and displayed.
Charge area
Shows that energy is being
recovered via the regenera-
tive brake.
Eco area
Shows that the vehicle is
being driven in an Eco-
friendly manner.
Power area
Shows that an Eco-friendly driving range is being exceeded.
ECO Score
Displays the driving conditions in 5 stages, which are separated
in the 3 patterns of ECO Start, ECO Cruise and ECO Stop. Also,
each time the vehicle is stopped, that number is displayed. (The
number for each take off is reset and not counted)
●By maintaining the indicator display in the ECO area or Charge
area, Eco-friendly driving is possible.
●Charge area indicates regeneration* status. Regenerated energy
will be used to charge the traction battery.
*: When used in this manual, “regeneration” refers to the conversion of
energy created by the movement of the vehicle into electrical energy.
140 3. Instrument cluster
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Fuel consumption record
To toggle through the items, press on the meter control switches
(P. 137) to select the tab and then press either or .
1-minute fuel consumption
Average fuel consumption in the
past 15 minutes, displayed in
1-minute intervals
5-minute fuel consumption
Average fuel consumption in the
past 30 minutes, displayed in
5-minute intervals
Monthly fuel consumption
Average fuel consumption over
the past 6 months
The scale of the vertical axis can
be changed by pressing or
of the meter control switches.
Press on the meter control
switches (P. 137) to return.
141
3. Instrument cluster
3
Instrument cluster
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Drive monitor
Driving time
Displays the amount of time
since starting*1 the fuel cell
system or resetting*2.
Average vehicle speed
Displays the average vehicle
speed since starting*1 the
fuel cell system or reset-
ting*2.
Average fuel consumption
Displays the average fuel consumption since starting*1 the fuel
cell system or resetting*2.
*1: When the odometer, traveled distance since starting, or blank is dis-
played in the odometer and trip meter of the main display
*2: When trip meter A or trip meter B is displayed in the odometer and
trip meter of the main display
142 3. Instrument cluster
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■ECO diary
To toggle through the items, press on the meter control switches
(P. 137) to select the tab and then press either or .
Daily history
Press either or of the
meter control switches to scroll
through the days displayed.
Monthly history
Press either or of the
meter control switches to scroll
through the months displayed.
Press on the meter control switches (P. 137) to return.
■Power meter
Displays the output power and
regeneration level of the fuel cell
system.
143
3. Instrument cluster
3
Instrument cluster
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
The settings of the following items can be changed, refer to P. 520.
For functions that can be enabled or disabled, the function switches
between on and off each time is pressed.
●Clock (P. 373)
• Rounds to the nearest hour
• Time adjustment
●LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) (P. 274)
Select to set up the following items.
• Steering assist function
• Alert sensitivity
• Vehicle sway warning function
• Sway sensitivity
●PCS (Pre-Collision System) (P. 262)
Select to set up the following items.
• PCS on/off
• PCS sensitivity
● BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) (P. 326)
Select to set up the BSM and RCTA function on/off.
● RSA (Road Sign Assist) (P. 285)
Select to set up RSA (Road Sign Assist) on/off.
● Dynamic Radar Cruise Control with Road Sign Assist
(P. 301)
Select to set up the Dynamic Radar Cruise Control with Road Sign
Assist function on/off.
● Parking Support Brake function (for static objects) (P. 314)
Select to set up the Parking Support Brake function (for static
objects) on/off.
Setting display
144 3. Instrument cluster
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
●Toyota parking assist-sensor (P. 306)
Select to set up the following items.
• Toyota parking assist-sensor on/off
• Toyota parking assist-sensor buzzer volume
● Units (if equipped)
Select to change the unit.
● Meter settings
Select the menu to set up the following items (P. 525)
• RSA notification method
Select to change the RSA notification method.
• RSA notification level
Select to change the RSA notification level.
• Time for exchanging the ion filter
Select to initialize the time for exchanging the ion filter.
• Tire pressure warning system
Select to initialize the Tire pressure warning system.
• Language
Select to change the language on the display.
• Interruption display
Select to set the Interruption displays (navigation system route guid-
ance, Instrument panel brightness adjustment), which may appear in
some situations, on/off.
• Return to initial settings
Registered or changed meter settings will be deleted or returned to
their default setting.
• Monthly history of fuel economy history
Select to clear the history.
• Daily history of ECO log
Select to clear the log.
• Monthly history of ECO log
Select to clear the log.
• Calendar date
Select to set the date.
• Erase screen
Select to display a blank screen.
145
3. Instrument cluster
3
Instrument cluster
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Setting items
● [Meter settings] items are not selectable while driving and cannot be
operated.
Also, the settings screen is temporarily canceled in the following situations.
• A warning message is displayed.
• The vehicle starts off.
●Settings for functions not equipped to the vehicle are not displayed.
●When a function is turned off, the related settings for that function are not
selectable.
■When the 12-volt battery terminal is disconnected and reconnected
The following data is reset when the 12-volt battery terminal is disconnected
and reconnected.
●1-minute fuel consumption
●5-minute fuel consumption
●Driving time
●Average vehicle speed
●Average fuel consumption
■Liquid crystal display
P. 135
NOTICE
■During setting up the display
To prevent 12-volt battery discharge, ensure that the fuel cell system is
operating while setting up the display features.
146 3. Instrument cluster
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
147
4
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Operation of
each component
4-1. Key information
Keys...................................148
4-2. Opening, closing and
locking the doors
Doors .................................152
Trunk..................................158
Smart entry & start
system .............................163
4-3. Adjusting the seats
Front seats.........................186
Driving position memory ....188
Head restraints ..................193
4-4. Adjusting the steering
wheel and mirrors
Steering wheel ...................195
Inside rear view mirror .......197
Outside rear view mirrors...199
4-5. Opening and closing the
windows
Power windows..................203
148 4-1. Key information
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Keys
The following keys are provided with the vehicle.
Electronic keys
• Operating the smart entry &
start system (P. 163)
• Operating the wireless remote
control function
Mechanical keys
Key number plate
Locks all the doors (P. 152)
Closes the windows*
Unlocks all the doors (P. 152)
Opens the windows*
Opens the trunk (P. 158)
*: These settings must be custom-
ized at any authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized
repairer, or any reliable repairer.
(P. 523)
The keys
Wireless remote control
149
4-1. Key information
4
Operation of each component
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
To take out the mechanical key,
push the release button and take
the key out.
The mechanical key can only be
inserted in one direction, as the
key only has grooves on one side.
If the key cannot be inserted in a
lock cylinder, turn it over and re-
attempt to insert it.
After using the mechanical key, store it in the electronic key. Carry the
mechanical key together with the electronic key. If the electronic key bat-
tery is depleted or the entry function does not operate properly, you will
need the mechanical key. (P. 495)
■When required to leave the vehicle’s key with a parking attendant
Set the luggage security system (P. 159) on and lock the glove box (P. 3 6 6 )
as circumstances demand.
Remove the mechanical key for your own use and provide the attendant with
the electronic key only.
■If you lose your mechanical keys
New genuine mechanical keys can be made by any authorized Toyota retailer
or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer using the other mechan-
ical key and the key number stamped on your key number plate. Keep the
plate in a safe place such as your wallet, not in the vehicle.
■When riding in an aircraft
When bringing an electronic key onto an aircraft, make sure you do not press
any button on the electronic key while inside the aircraft cabin. If you are car-
rying an electronic key in your bag, etc., ensure that the buttons are not likely
to be pressed accidentally. Pressing a button may cause the electronic key to
emit radio waves that could interfere with the operation of the aircraft.
Using the mechanical key
150 4-1. Key information
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Electronic key battery depletion
●The standard battery life is 1 to 2 years.
●If the battery becomes low, an alarm will sound in the cabin when the fuel
cell system stops. (P. 469)
●As the electronic key always receives radio waves, the battery will become
depleted even if the electronic key is not used. The following symptoms indi-
cate that the electronic key battery may be depleted. Replace the battery
when necessary. (P. 439)
• The smart entry & start system or the wireless remote control does not
operate.
• The detection area becomes smaller.
• The LED indicator on the key surface does not turn on.
●To avoid serious deterioration, do not leave the electronic key within 1 m
(3 ft.) of the following electrical appliances that produce a magnetic field:
•TVs
• Personal computers
• Cellular phones, cordless phones and battery chargers
• Recharging cellular phones or cordless phones
• Table lamps
• Induction cookers
■Replacing the battery
P. 439
■Confirmation of the registered key number
The number of keys already registered to the vehicle can be confirmed. Ask
any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer for details.
■If a wrong key is used
The key cylinder rotates freely to isolate inside mechanism.
151
4-1. Key information
4
Operation of each component
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
NOTICE
■To prevent key damage
●Do not drop the keys, subject them to strong shocks or bend them.
●Do not expose the keys to high temperatures for long periods of time.
●Do not get the keys wet or wash them in an ultrasonic washer, etc.
●Do not attach metallic or magnetic materials to the keys or place the keys
close to such materials.
●Do not disassemble the keys.
●Do not attach a sticker or anything else to the surface of the electronic key.
●Do not place the keys near objects that produce magnetic fields, such as
TVs, audio systems and induction cookers, or medical electrical equip-
ment, such as low-frequency therapy equipment.
■Carrying the electronic key on your person
Carry the electronic key 10 cm (3.9 in.) or more away from electric appli-
ances that are turned on. Radio waves emitted from electric appliances
within 10 cm (3.9 in.) of the electronic key may interfere with the key, caus-
ing the key to not function properly.
■In case of a smart entry & start system malfunction or other key-related
problems
Take your vehicle with all the electronic keys provided with your vehicle to
any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer.
■When an electronic key is lost
If the electronic key remains lost, the risk of vehicle theft increases signifi-
cantly. Visit any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or
any reliable repairer immediately with all remaining electronic keys that
were provided with your vehicle.
152 4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Doors
◆Smart entry & start system
Carry the electronic key to enable this function.
Grip the door handle to
unlock the doors.*
Make sure to touch the sensor
on the back of the handle.
The doors cannot be unlocked
for 3 seconds after the doors are
locked.
*: The door unlock settings can be
changed. (P. 156)
Touch the lock sensor (the indentation on the surface of the door
handle) to lock the doors.
Check that the door is securely locked.
◆Wireless remote control
Locks all the doors
Check that the door is securely
locked.
Press and hold to close the win-
dows.*
Unlocks all the doors
Press and hold to open the win-
dows.*
*: These settings must be customized at any authorized Toyota retailer or
Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
The vehicle can be locked and unlocked using the entry func-
tion, wireless remote control or door lock switch.
Unlocking and locking the doors from the outside
153
4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
4
Operation of each component
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Operation signals
Doors:
The emergency flashers flash to indicate that the doors have been locked/
unlocked. (Locked: once; Unlocked: twice)
Windows:
A buzzer sounds to indicate that the windows are operating.
■Security feature
If a door is not opened within approximately 30 seconds after the vehicle is
unlocked, the security feature automatically locks the vehicle again.
■When the door cannot be locked by the lock sensor on the surface of the
door handle
■Door lock buzzer
If an attempt to lock the doors is made when a door is not fully closed, a
buzzer sounds continuously for 5 seconds. Fully close the door to stop the
buzzer, and lock the vehicle once more.
■Setting the alarm
Locking the doors will set the alarm system. (P. 102)
■If the smart entry & start system or the wireless remote control does not
operate properly
Use the mechanical key to lock and unlock the doors. (P. 495)
Replace the key battery with a new one if it is depleted. (P. 439)
When the door cannot be locked even if
the lock sensor on the surface of the door
handle is touched by a finger, touch the
lock sensor with the palm.
When gloves are being worn, remove the
gloves.
154 4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
◆Door lock switches
Locks all the doors
Unlocks all the doors
◆Inside lock buttons
Lock the door
Unlock the door
The front doors can be opened
by pulling the inside handle
even if the lock buttons are in
the lock position.
Move the inside lock button to the lock position.
Close the door while pulling the door handle.
The door cannot be locked if the power switch is in ACCESSORY or
ON mode, or the electronic key is left inside the vehicle.
If the key is not detected correctly, the door may be locked.
Unlocking and locking the doors from the inside
Locking the front doors from the outside without a key
1
2
155
4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
4
Operation of each component
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
The door cannot be opened from
inside the vehicle when the lock is
set.
Unlock
Lock
These locks can be set to pre-
vent children from opening the
rear doors. Push down on each
rear door switch to lock both
rear doors.
The following functions can be set or canceled:
For instructions on customizing, refer to P. 521.
Rear door child-protector lock
Automatic door locking and unlocking systems
Function Operation
Speed linked door locking
function
All the doors are automatically locked when
the vehicle speed is approximately 20 km/h
(12 mph) or higher.
Shift position linked door
locking function
All the doors are automatically locked when
shifting the shift position to any positions
other than P.
Shift position linked door
unlocking function
All the doors are automatically unlocked
when shifting the shift position to P.
Driver’s door linked door
unlocking function
All the doors are automatically unlocked
when the driver’s door is opened.
156 4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Switching the door unlock function
It is possible to set which doors the entry function unlocks using the wireless
remote control.
Turn the power switch off.
When the indicator light on the key surface is not on, press and hold or
for approximately 5 seconds while pressing and holding .
The setting changes each time an operation is performed, as shown below.
(When changing the setting continuously, release the buttons, wait for at least
5 seconds, and repeat step .)
To prevent unintended triggering of the alarm, unlock the doors using the
wireless remote control and open and close a door once after the settings
have been changed. (If a door is not opened within 30 seconds after is
pressed, the doors will be locked again and the alarm will automatically be
set.)
In a case that the alarm is triggered, immediately stop the alarm. (P. 102)
1
2
2
Multi-information
display Unlocking function Beep
(Left-hand drive
vehicles)
(Right-hand drive
vehicles)
Holding the driver’s door
handle unlocks only the
driver’s door.
Exterior: Beeps 3 times
Interior: Pings once
Holding the front passen-
ger’s door handle unlocks
all the doors.
Holding either front door
handle unlocks all the
doors.
Exterior: Beeps twice
Interior: Pings once
157
4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
4
Operation of each component
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Impact detection door lock release system
In the event that the vehicle is subject to a strong impact, all the doors are
unlocked. Depending on the force of the impact or the type of accident, how-
ever, the system may not operate.
■Using the mechanical key
The doors can also be locked and unlocked with the mechanical key.
(P. 495)
■Open door warning buzzer
If the vehicle speed reaches 5 km/h (3 mph), the master warning light flashes
and a buzzer sounds to indicate that door(s) or the hood is not fully closed.
The open door(s) or hood is displayed on the multi-information display.
■Conditions affecting the operation of the smart entry & start system or
wireless remote control
P. 166
■Customization
Settings (e.g. unlocking function using a key) can be changed.
(Customizable features: P. 521)
WARNING
■To prevent an accident
Observe the following precautions while driving the vehicle.
Failure to do so may result in a door opening and an occupant falling out,
resulting in death or serious injury.
●Ensure that all doors are properly closed.
●Do not pull the inside handle of the doors while driving.
Be especially careful for the front doors, as the doors may be opened
even if the inside lock buttons are in locked position.
●Set the rear door child-protector locks when children are seated in the rear
seats.
■When opening or closing a door
Check the surroundings of the vehicle such as whether the vehicle is on an
incline, whether there is enough space for a door to open and whether a
strong wind is blowing.
When opening or closing the door, hold the door handle tightly to prepare
for any unpredictable movement.
■When using the wireless remote control and operating the power win-
dows
Operate the power window after checking to make sure that there is no pos-
sibility of any passenger having any of their body parts caught in the win-
dow. Also, do not allow children to operate the wireless remote control. It is
possible for children and other passengers to get caught in the power win-
dow.
158 4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Trunk
Press the trunk opener switch.
◆Smart entry & start system
While carrying the electronic
key, press the button on the
trunk lid.
When all the doors are unlocked
with the power door lock sys-
tem, the trunk can be opened
without carrying the electronic
key.
◆Wireless remote control
Press and hold the switch.
The trunk can be opened using the trunk opener, entry function
or wireless remote control.
Opening the trunk from inside the vehicle
Opening the trunk from outside the vehicle
159
4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
4
Operation of each component
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Using the trunk grip, lower the
trunk without applying force to the
side and push the trunk down
from the outside to close it.
To protect luggage stored in the trunk against theft, the luggage secu-
rity system can be set to on.
To disable the trunk opener
switch, turn the main switch in the
glove box off.
On
Off
When the main switch is off, the
trunk lid cannot be opened even
with the wireless remote control or
the entry function.
When closing the trunk
Luggage security system
160 4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Trunk light
The trunk light turns on when the trunk is opened.
■Function to prevent the trunk being locked with the electronic key inside
●When all doors are locked, closing the trunk lid with the electronic key left
inside the trunk will sound an alarm.
In this case, the trunk lid can be opened by pressing the trunk release but-
ton on the trunk lid.
●If the spare electronic key is put in the trunk with all the doors locked, the
key confinement prevention function is activated so the trunk can be
opened. In order to prevent theft, take all electronic keys with you when
leaving the vehicle.
●If the electronic key is put in the trunk with all the doors locked, the key may
not be detected depending on the location of the key and the surrounding
radio wave conditions. In this case, the key confinement prevention function
cannot be activated, causing the doors to lock when the trunk is closed.
Make sure to check where the key is before closing the trunk.
●The key confinement prevention function cannot be activated if any one of
the doors is unlocked. In this case, open the trunk using the trunk opener
switch.
■Using the mechanical key
The trunk can be also opened using the mechanical key. (P. 495)
■Open trunk warning buzzer
If the vehicle speed reaches 5 km/h (3 mph), the master warning light flashes
and a buzzer sounds to indicate that the trunk is not fully closed.
■If the smart entry & start system or the wireless remote control does not
operate properly
Use the mechanical key to unlock the trunk. (P. 495)
Replace the key battery with a new one if it is depleted. (P. 439)
■When leaving a key to the vehicle with a parking attendant
P. 149
■Customization
The trunk unlocking operation can be changed.
(Customizable features: P. 522)
161
4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
4
Operation of each component
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■Before driving
●Make sure that the trunk lid is fully closed. If the trunk lid is not fully closed,
it may open unexpectedly while driving and hit near-by objects or luggage
in the trunk may be thrown out, causing an accident.
●Do not allow children to play in the trunk.
If a child is accidentally locked in the trunk, they could suffer from heat
exhaustion, suffocation or other injuries.
●Do not allow a child to open or close the trunk lid.
Doing so may cause the trunk lid to open unexpectedly, or cause the
child’s hands, head, or neck to be caught by the closing trunk lid.
■Important points while driving
Never let anyone sit in the trunk. In the event of sudden braking or a colli-
sion, they are susceptible to death or serious injury.
162 4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■Using the trunk
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause parts of the body to be caught, resulting in seri-
ous injury.
●Remove any heavy loads, such as snow and ice, from the trunk lid before
opening it. Failure to do so may cause the trunk lid to suddenly shut again
after it is opened.
●When opening or closing the trunk lid, thoroughly check to make sure the
surrounding area is safe.
●If anyone is in the vicinity, make sure they are safe and let them know that
the trunk is about to open or close.
●Use caution when opening or closing the trunk lid in windy weather as it
may move abruptly in strong wind.
●Do not attach any accessories other than genuine Toyota parts to the trunk
lid. Such additional weight on the trunk lid may cause the lid to suddenly
shut again after it is opened.
●The trunk lid may suddenly shut if it is
not opened fully. It is more difficult to
open or close the trunk lid on an incline
than on a level surface, so beware of
the trunk lid unexpectedly opening or
closing by itself. Make sure that the
trunk lid is fully open and secure before
using the trunk.
●When closing the trunk lid, take extra
care to prevent your fingers, etc., from
being caught.
●When closing the trunk lid, make sure to
press it lightly on its outer surface. If the
trunk handle is used to fully close the
trunk lid, it may result in hands or arms
being caught.
163
4
4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
Operation of each component
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Smart entry & start system
●Locks and unlocks the doors (P. 152)
●Opens the trunk (P. 158)
●Starts and stops the fuel cell system (P. 218)
■Antenna location
The following operations can be performed simply by carrying
the electronic key on your person, for example in your pocket.
The driver should always carry the electronic key.
Antennas outside the cabin
Antennas inside the cabin
Antenna inside the trunk
Antenna outside the trunk
164 4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Effective range (areas within which the electronic key is detected)
When starting the fuel cell system or changing power switch modes
The system can be operated when the electronic key is inside the vehi-
cle.
■Alarms and warning indicators
A combination of exterior and interior alarms as well as warning messages
shown on the multi-information display are used to prevent theft of the vehicle
and accidents resulting from erroneous operation. Take appropriate mea-
sures in response to any warning message on the multi-information display.
(P. 469)
The following table describes circumstances and correction procedures when
only alarms are sounded.
When locking or unlocking the doors
The system can be operated when
the electronic key is within about
0.7 m (2.3 ft.) of an outside door han-
dle. (Only the doors detecting the key
can be operated.)
When opening the trunk
The system can be operated when
the electronic key is within about
0.7 m (2.3 ft.) of the trunk release but-
ton.
Alarm Situation Correction procedure
Exterior alarm sounds
once for 5 seconds
The trunk was closed
while the electronic key
was still inside the trunk
and all the doors were
locked.
Retrieve the electronic
key from the trunk and
close the trunk lid.
An attempt was made
to lock the vehicle while
a door was open.
Close all of the doors
and lock the doors
again.
Interior alarm sounds
continuously
The power switch was
turned to ACCESSORY
mode while the driver’s
door was open (or the
driver’s door was
opened while the
power switch was in
ACCESSORY mode).
Turn the power switch
off and close the
driver’s door.
165
4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
4
Operation of each component
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■When “Smart Entry & Start System Malfunction See Owner’s Manual”
will be displayed on the multi-information display
The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by any autho-
rized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer
immediately.
■Battery-saving function
The battery-saving function will be activated in order to prevent the electronic
key battery and the vehicle 12-volt battery from being discharged while the
vehicle is not in operation for a long time.
●In the following situations, the smart entry & start system may take some
time to unlock the doors.
• The electronic key has been left in an area of approximately 2 m (6 ft.) of
the outside of the vehicle for 10 minutes or longer.
• The smart entry & start system has not been used for 5 days or longer.
●If the smart entry & start system has not been used for 14 days or longer,
the doors cannot be unlocked at any doors except the driver’s door. In this
case, take hold of the driver’s door handle, or use the wireless remote con-
trol or the mechanical key, to unlock the doors.
■Electronic Key battery-Saving Function
When battery-saving mode is set, battery depletion is minimized by stopping
the electronic key from receiving radio waves.
Press twice while pressing and
holding . Confirm that the electronic
key indicator flashes 4 times.
While the battery-saving mode is set, the
smart entry & start system cannot be
used. To cancel the function, press any of
the electronic key buttons.
166 4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Conditions affecting operation
The smart entry & start system uses weak radio waves. In the following situa-
tions, the communication between the electronic key and the vehicle may be
affected, preventing the smart entry & start system, wireless remote control
and immobilizer system from operating properly. (Ways of coping: P. 495)
●When the electronic key battery is depleted
●Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large dis-
play, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves or electrical
noise
●When the electronic key is in contact with, or is covered by the following
metallic objects
• Cards to which aluminum foil is attached
• Cigarette boxes that have aluminum foil inside
• Metallic wallets or bags
• Coins
• Hand warmers made of metal
• Media such as CDs and DVDs
●When other wireless keys (that emit radio waves) are being used nearby
●When carrying the electronic key together with the following devices that
emit radio waves
• Portable radio, cellular phone, cordless phone or other wireless commu-
nication devices
• Another vehicle’s electronic key or a wireless key that emits radio waves
• Personal computers or personal digital assistants (PDAs)
• Digital audio players
• Portable game systems
●If window tint with a metallic content or metallic objects are attached to the
rear window
●When the electronic key is placed near a battery charger or electronic
devices
167
4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
4
Operation of each component
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Note for the entry function
●Even when the electronic key is within the effective range (detection areas),
the system may not operate properly in the following cases:
• The electronic key is too close to the window or outside door handle, near
the ground, or in a high place when the doors are locked or unlocked.
• The electronic key is near the ground or in a high place, or too close to
the rear bumper center when the trunk is opened.
• The electronic key is on the instrument panel, rear package tray or floor,
or in the door pockets or glove box when the fuel cell system is started or
power switch modes are changed.
●Do not leave the electronic key on top of the instrument panel or near the
door pockets when exiting the vehicle. Depending on the radio wave recep-
tion conditions, it may be detected by the antenna outside the cabin and the
door will become lockable from the outside, possibly trapping the electronic
key inside the vehicle.
●As long as the electronic key is within the effective range, the doors may be
locked or unlocked by anyone. However, only the doors detecting the elec-
tronic key can be used to unlock the vehicle.
●Even if the electronic key is not inside the vehicle, it may be possible to start
the fuel cell system if the electronic key is near the window.
●The doors may unlock or lock if a large amount of water splashes on the
door handle, such as in the rain or in a car wash when the electronic key is
within the effective range. (The doors will automatically be locked after
approximately 30 seconds if the doors are not opened and closed.)
●If the wireless remote control is used to lock the doors when the electronic
key is near the vehicle, there is a possibility that the door may not be
unlocked by the entry function. (Use the wireless remote control to unlock
the doors.)
●Touching the door lock or unlock sensor while wearing gloves may prevent
lock or unlock operation.
●If the door handle becomes wet while the electronic key is within the effec-
tive range, the door may lock and unlock repeatedly. In that case, follow the
following correction procedures to wash the vehicle:
• Place the electronic key in a location 2 m (6 ft.) or more away from the
vehicle. (Take care to ensure that the key is not stolen.)
• Set the electronic key to battery-saving mode to disable the smart entry &
start system. (P. 165)
●If the electronic key is inside the vehicle and a door handle becomes wet
during a car wash, a message may be shown on the multi-information dis-
play and a buzzer will sound outside the vehicle. To turn off the alarm, lock
all the doors.
168 4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
●The lock sensor may not work properly if it comes into contact with ice,
snow, mud, etc. Clean the lock sensor and attempt to operate it again.
●A sudden approach to the effective range or door handle may prevent the
doors from being unlocked. In this case, return the door handle to the origi-
nal position and check that the doors unlock before pulling the door handle
again.
●If there is another electronic key in the detection area, it may take slightly
longer to unlock the doors after the door handle is gripped.
■When the vehicle is not driven for extended periods
●To prevent theft of the vehicle, do not leave the electronic key within 2 m
(6 ft.) of the vehicle.
●The smart entry & start system can be deactivated in advance. (P. 522)
■To operate the system properly
●Make sure to carry the electronic key when operating the system. Do not get
the electronic key too close to the vehicle when operating the system from
the outside of the vehicle.
Depending on the position and holding condition of the electronic key, the
key may not be detected correctly and the system may not operate properly.
(The alarm may go off accidentally, or the door lock prevention function may
not operate.)
●Do not leave the electronic key inside the trunk.
The key confinement prevention function may not operate, depending on
the location of the key (close to the emergency tire puncture repair kit, the
inside edge of the trunk), conditions (inside a metal bag, close to metallic
objects) and the radio waves in the surrounding area.
(P. 160)
■If the smart entry & start system does not operate properly
●Locking and unlocking the doors and opening the trunk: Use the mechanical
key. (P. 495)
●Starting the fuel cell system: P. 496
■Customization
Settings (e. g. smart entry & start system) can be changed.
(Customizable features: P. 522)
■If the smart entry & start system has been deactivated in a customized
setting
●Locking and unlocking the doors and opening the trunk:
Use the wireless remote control or mechanical key. (P. 152, 158, 495)
●Starting the fuel cell system and changing power switch modes: P. 496
●Stopping the fuel cell system: P. 219
169
4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
4
Operation of each component
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Certification for the smart entry & start system
170 4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
171
4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
4
Operation of each component
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
172 4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
173
4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
4
Operation of each component
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
174 4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
175
4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
4
Operation of each component
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
176 4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
177
4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
4
Operation of each component
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
178 4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
179
4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
4
Operation of each component
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
180 4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
181
4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
4
Operation of each component
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
182 4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
183
4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
4
Operation of each component
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
184 4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
185
4-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
4
Operation of each component
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■Caution regarding interference with electronic devices
●People with implantable cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization
therapy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibrillators should main-
tain a reasonable distance between themselves and the smart entry &
start system antennas. (P. 164)
The radio waves may affect the operation of such devices. If necessary,
the entry function can be disabled. Ask any authorized Toyota retailer or
Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer for details, such as the
frequency of radio waves and timing of the emitted radio waves. Then,
consult your doctor to see if you should disable the entry function.
●Users of any electrical medical device other than implantable cardiac
pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization therapy-pacemakers or implant-
able cardioverter defibrillators should consult the manufacturer of the
device for information about its operation under the influence of radio
waves.
Radio waves could have unexpected effects on the operation of such
medical devices.
Ask any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reli-
able repairer for details on disabling the entry function.
186 4-3. Adjusting the seats
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Front seats
■Power easy access system
The driver’s seat and steering wheel move in accordance with power
switch mode and the driver’s seat belt condition. (P. 188)
■Adjusting the seat
Be careful to not allow the head restraint to touch the ceiling.
Adjustment procedure
Seat position adjustment
Seatback angle adjustment
Seat cushion (front) angle
adjustment
Vertical height adjustment
Lumbar support adjustment
187
4-3. Adjusting the seats
4
Operation of each component
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■When adjusting the seat position
●Take care when adjusting the seat position to ensure that other passen-
gers are not injured by the moving seat.
●Do not put your hands under the seat or near the moving parts to avoid
injury.
Fingers or hands may become jammed in the seat mechanism.
●Make sure to leave enough space around the feet so they do not get stuck.
■Seat adjustment
To reduce the risk of sliding under the lap belt during a collision, do not
recline the seat more than necessary.
If the seat is too reclined, the lap belt may slide past the hips and apply
restraint forces directly to the abdomen, or your neck may contact the
shoulder belt, increasing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of an
accident.
Adjustments should not be made while driving as the seat may unexpect-
edly move and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
188 4-3. Adjusting the seats
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Driving position memory
The seat and steering wheel are automatically adjusted to allow the
driver to enter and exit the vehicle easily.
When all of the following have
been performed, the driver’s seat
and steering wheel are automati-
cally adjusted to a position that
allows driver to enter and exit the
vehicle easily.
• The power switch has been
turned off.
• The driver’s seat belt has been
unfastened.
When any of the following has been performed, the driver’s seat and
steering wheel automatically return to their original positions.
• The power switch has been turned to ACCESSORY mode or ON
mode.
• The driver’s seat belt has been fastened.
■Operation of the power easy access system
When exiting the vehicle, the power easy access system may not operate if
the seat is already close to the rearmost position, etc.
■Customization
The seat movement amount settings of the power easy access system can
be customized.
(Customizable features: P. 523)
This feature automatically adjusts the front seats, steering wheel
and outside rear view mirrors to make entering and exiting the
vehicle easier or to suit your preferences.
Power easy access system
189
4-3. Adjusting the seats
4
Operation of each component
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Your preferred driving position (the position of the driver’s seat, steer-
ing wheel and outside rear view mirrors) can be recorded and recalled
by pressing a button.
Two different driving positions can be recorded into memory.
■Recording procedure
Turn the power switch to ON mode.
Check that the shift position is in P.
Adjust the driver’s seat, steering wheel and outside rear view
mirrors to the desired positions.
While pressing the “SET”
button, or within 3 seconds
after the “SET” button is
pressed, press button “1” or
“2” until the buzzer sounds.
If the selected button has
already been preset, the previ-
ously recorded position will be
overwritten.
■Recall procedure
Turn the power switch to ON mode.
Check that the shift position is in P.
Press one of the buttons for
the driving position you want
to recall until the buzzer
sounds.
Driving position memory
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
190 4-3. Adjusting the seats
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■To stop the position recall operation part-way through
Perform any of the following:
●Press the “SET” button.
●Press button “1” or “2”.
●Operate any of the seat adjustment switches (only cancels seat position
recall).
●Operate the tilt and telescopic steering control switch (only cancels steering
wheel position recall).
■Seat positions that can be memorized (P. 186)
The adjusted positions other than the position adjusted by lumbar support
switch can be recorded.
■Operating the driving position memory after turning the power switch off
Recorded seat positions can be activated up to 180 seconds after the driver’s
door is opened and another 60 seconds after it is closed again.
■In order to correctly use the driving position memory function
If a seat position is already in the furthest possible position and the seat is
operated in the same direction, the recorded position may be slightly different
when it is recalled.
Each electronic key can be registered to recall your preferred driving
position.
■Registering procedure
Record your driving position to button “1” or “2” before performing
the following:
Carry only the key you want to register, and then close the driver’s
door.
If 2 or more keys are in the vehicle, the driving position cannot be
recorded properly.
Turn the power switch to ON mode.
Check that the shift position is in P.
Recall the driving position that you want to record.
Memory recall function
1
2
3
191
4-3. Adjusting the seats
4
Operation of each component
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
While pressing the recalled
button, press and hold the
door lock switch (either lock
or unlock) until the buzzer
sounds.
If the button could not be regis-
tered, the buzzer sounds contin-
uously for approximately
3 seconds.
■Recall procedure
Make sure that the doors are locked before recalling the driving
position. Carry the electronic key that has been registered to the
driving position, and then unlock and open the driver’s door using
the smart entry & start system or wireless remote control.
The driving position will move to the recorded position (not including the
steering wheel). However, the seat will move to a position slightly
behind the recorded position in order to make entering the vehicle eas-
ier.
If the driving position is in a position that has already been recorded, the
seat and outside rear view mirrors will not move.
Turn the power switch to ACCESSORY mode or ON mode, or
fasten a seat belt.
The seat and steering wheel will move to the recorded position.
■Cancelation procedure
Carry only the key you want to cancel and then close the driver’s
door.
If 2 or more keys are in the vehicle, the driving position cannot be
canceled properly.
Turn the power switch to ON mode.
While pressing the “SET” button, press and hold the door lock
switch (either lock or unlock) until the buzzer sounds twice.
If it could not be canceled, the buzzer sounds continuously for approxi-
mately 3 seconds.
4
1
2
1
2
192 4-3. Adjusting the seats
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Recalling the driving position using the memory recall function
●Different driving positions can be registered for each electronic key. There-
fore, the driving position that is recalled may be different depending on the
key being carried.
●If a door other than the driver’s door is unlocked with the smart entry & start
system, the driving position cannot be recalled. In this case, press the driv-
ing position button which has been set.
■Customization
The unlock door settings of the memory recall function can be customized.
(Customizable features: P. 523)
WARNING
■Seat adjustment caution
Take care during seat adjustment so that the seat does not strike the rear
passenger or squeeze your body against the steering wheel.
193
4
4-3. Adjusting the seats
Operation of each component
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Head restraints
Vertical adjustment
Up
Pull the head restraint up.
Down
Push the head restraint down while
pressing the lock release button.
Horizontal adjustment
The position of the head
restraint can be adjusted for-
ward in 4 stages.
If the head restraint is pulled for-
ward from the foremost position, it
will return to the rearmost position.
Up
Pull the head restraint up.
Down
Push the head restraint down while
pressing the lock release button.
Head restraints are provided for all seats.
Front seats
Lock release button
Rear seats
Lock release button
194 4-3. Adjusting the seats
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Removing the head restraints
■Installing the head restraints
■Adjusting the height of the head restraints (front seat)
■Adjusting the rear seat head restraint
Always raise the head restraint from the stowed position when using.
Pull the head restraint up while pressing
the lock release button.
If the head restraint touches the ceiling,
making the removal difficult, change the
seat height or angle. (P. 186)
Align the head restraint with the installa-
tion holes and push it down to the lock
position.
Press and hold the lock release button
when lowering the head restraint.
Make sure that the head restraints are
adjusted so that the center of the head
restraint is closest to the top of your ears.
WARNING
■Head restraint precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the head restraints.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
●Use the head restraints designed for each respective seat.
●Adjust the head restraints to the correct position at all times.
●After adjusting the head restraints, push down on them and make sure
they are locked in position.
●Do not drive with the head restraints removed.
195
4
4-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
Operation of each component
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Steering wheel
Operating the switch moves the steering wheel in the following direc-
tions:
Up
Down
Toward the driver
Away from the driver
To sound the horn, press on or
close to the mark.
■The steering wheel can be adjusted when
The power switch is in ACCESSORY or ON mode*.
*: If the driver’s seat belt is fastened, the steering wheel can be adjusted
regardless of power switch mode.
■Automatic adjustment of the steering wheel position
A desired steering wheel position can be entered to memory and recalled
automatically by the driving position memory system. (P. 189)
■Power easy access system
The steering wheel and driver’s seat move in accordance with power switch
mode and the driver’s seat belt condition. (P. 188)
Adjustment procedure
Horn
196 4-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving.
Doing so may cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and cause an acci-
dent, resulting in death or serious injury.
197
4
4-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
Operation of each component
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Inside rear view mirror
The height of the rear view mirror can be adjusted to suit your driving
posture.
Adjust the height of the rear view
mirror by moving it up and down.
Responding to the level of brightness of the headlights of vehicles
behind, the reflected light is automatically reduced.
Changing automatic anti-glare
function mode
ON/OFF
When the automatic anti-glare
function is in ON mode, the indica-
tor illuminates.
The function will set to ON mode
each time the power switch is
turned to ON mode.
Pressing the button turns the function to OFF mode. (The indicator also
turns off.)
The rear view mirror’s position can be adjusted to enable suffi-
cient confirmation of the rear view.
Adjusting the height of rear view mirror
Anti-glare function
Indicator
198 4-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■To prevent sensor error
To ensure that the sensors operate prop-
erly, do not touch or cover them.
WARNING
Do not adjust the position of the mirror while driving.
Doing so may lead to mishandling of the vehicle and cause an accident,
resulting in death or serious injury.
199
4
4-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
Operation of each component
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Outside rear view mirrors
To select a mirror to adjust, turn
the switch.
Left
Right
To adjust the mirror, operate the
switch.
Up
Right
Down
Left
Folds the mirrors
Extends the mirrors
Putting the outside rear view mirror
folding switch in the neutral posi-
tion sets the mirrors to automatic
mode. Automatic mode allows the
folding or extending of the mirrors
to be linked to locking/unlocking of
the doors.
Adjustment procedure
1
2
Folding and extending the mirrors
200 4-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
When the mirror select switch is in the “L” or “R” position, the outside
rear view mirrors will automatically angle downwards when the vehicle
is reversing in order to give a better view of the ground.
To disable this function, move the mirror select switch to the neutral
position (between “L” or “R”)
■Adjusting the mirror angle when the vehicle is reversing
With the shift position in R, adjust the mirror angle at a desired posi-
tion.
The adjusted angle will be memorized and the mirror will automati-
cally tilt to the memorized angle whenever the shift position is
shifted to R from next time.
The memorized downward tilt position of the mirror is linked to the nor-
mal position (angle adjusted with the shift position in other than R).
Therefore, if the normal position is changed after adjustment, the tilt
position will also change.
When the normal position is changed, readjust the angle in reversing.
■Mirror angle can be adjusted when
The power switch is in ACCESSORY or ON mode.
■Rain clearing mirrors
The coating on the mirror has the rain clearing (hydrophilic) effect to make the
rear view clearer in raining. When water droplets collect on the mirror surface,
this effect causes the droplets to be spread out into a film.
●The rain clearing effect will be reduced temporarily, when the dirt is adhered
to the mirror or after your vehicle is parked for a long time in underground or
indoor parking lots, etc., where there is no direct sunlight.
However, the effect will gradually recover after 1- or 2-day exposure to direct
sunlight.
●If you want to restore the rain clearing effect immediately, conduct the resto-
ration work. (P. 3 8 5 )
■When the mirrors are fogged up
The outside rear view mirrors can be cleared using the mirror defoggers. Turn
on the rear window defogger to turn on the outside rear view mirror defog-
gers. (P. 354)
■Automatic adjustment of the mirror angle
A desired mirror face angle can be entered to memory and recalled automati-
cally by the driving position memory. (P. 189)
Linked mirror function when reversing
201
4-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
4
Operation of each component
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Using automatic mode in cold weather
When automatic mode is used in cold weather, the door mirror could freeze
up and automatic stowing and return may not be possible. In this event,
remove any ice and snow from the door mirror, then either operate the mirror
using manual mode or move the mirror by hand.
■Customization
The automatic mirror folding and extending operation can be changed.
(Customizable features: P. 523)
WARNING
■Important points while driving
Observe the following precautions while driving.
Failure to do so may result in loss of control of the vehicle and cause an
accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
●Do not adjust the mirrors while driving.
●Do not drive with the mirrors folded.
●Both the driver and passenger side mirrors must be extended and properly
adjusted before driving.
■When a mirror is moving
To avoid personal injury and mirror malfunction, be careful not to get your
hand caught by the moving mirror.
■When the mirror defoggers are operating
Do not touch the rear view mirror surfaces, as they can become very hot
and burn you.
202 4-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
NOTICE
■Handling the rain clearing mirror
The rain clearing effect is finite. Observe the following precautions in order
to retain the rain-clearing properties of the mirrors:
●When using water repellent, oil film remover, wax, or any other car mainte-
nance product that contains silicone, pay full attention not to adhere it to
the mirror surface.
●Do not wipe the mirror surface by using any cloth smeared with sand, oil
film remover, abrasive agent, or any other thing that may scratch the mir-
ror surface.
●When the mirrors become iced up, remove the ice by applying warm
water, or operating the outside rear view mirror defoggers.
But, do not attempt to scrape the ice off by using the plastic plate, etc.
●When washing your vehicle using car shampoo with water repellent effect,
rinse the mirror surface with a lot of water, and remove the water drops by
using a clean and soft cloth.
203
4
4-5. Opening and closing the windows
Operation of each component
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Power windows
The power windows can be opened and closed using the switches.
Operating the switch moves the windows as follows:
Closing
One-touch closing*
Opening
One-touch opening*
*: To stop the window partway, oper-
ate the switch in the opposite direc-
tion.
Press the switch to lock the pas-
senger window switches.
Use this switch to prevent children
from accidentally opening or clos-
ing a passenger window.
■The power windows can be operated when
The power switch is in ON mode.
■Operating the power windows after turning the fuel cell system off
The power windows can be operated for approximately 45 seconds even
after the power switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off. They
cannot, however, be operated once either front door is opened.
■Jam protection function
If an object becomes jammed between the window and the window frame
while the window is closing, window movement is stopped and the window is
opened slightly.
■Catch protection function
If an object becomes caught between the door and window while the window
is opening, window movement is stopped.
Opening and closing procedures
Window lock switch
204 4-5. Opening and closing the windows
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■When the window cannot be opened or closed
When the jam protection function or catch protection function operates
unusually and the door window cannot be opened or closed, perform the fol-
lowing operations with the power window switch of that door.
●Stop the vehicle. With the power switch in ON mode, within 4 seconds of the
jam protection function or catch protection function activating, continuously
operate the power window switch in the one-touch closing direction or one-
touch opening direction so that the door window can be opened and closed.
●If the door window cannot be opened and closed even when performing the
above operations, perform the following procedure for function initialization.
Turn the power switch to ON mode.
Pull and hold the power window switch in the one-touch closing direction
and completely close the door window.
Release the power window switch for a moment, resume pulling the
switch in the one-touch closing direction, and hold it there for approxi-
mately 6 seconds or more.
Press and hold the power window switch in the one-touch opening direc-
tion. After the door window is completely opened, continue holding the
switch for an additional 1 second or more.
Release the power window switch for a moment, resume pushing the
switch in the one-touch opening direction, and hold it there for approxi-
mately 4 seconds or more.
Pull and hold the power window switch in the one-touch closing direction
again. After the door window is completely closed, continue holding the
switch for a further 1 second or more.
If you release the switch while the window is moving, start again from the
beginning. If the window reverses and cannot be fully closed or opened, have
the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized
repairer, or any reliable repairer.
■Door lock linked window operation
●The power windows can be opened and closed using the mechanical key.*
(P. 496)
●The power windows can be opened and closed using the wireless remote
control.* (P. 152)
*: These settings must be customized at any authorized Toyota retailer or
Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
■Power windows open warning buzzer
The buzzer sounds and a message is shown on the multi-information display
in the instrument cluster when the power switch is turned off and the driver’s
door is opened with the power windows open.
1
2
3
4
5
6
205
4-5. Opening and closing the windows
4
Operation of each component
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Customization
Setting (e.g. linked door lock operation) can be changed.
(Customizable features: P. 523)
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■Closing the windows
●The driver is responsible for all the power window operations, including the
operation for the passengers. In order to prevent accidental operation,
especially by a child, do not let a child operate the power windows. It is
possible for children and other passengers to have body parts caught in
the power window. Also, when riding with a child, it is recommended to use
the window lock switch. (P. 203)
●Check to make sure that all passengers do not have any part of their body
in a position where it could be caught when a window is being operated.
●When using the wireless remote control or mechanical key and operating
the power windows, operate the power window after checking to make
sure that there is no possibility of any passenger having any of their body
parts caught in the window. Also do not let a child operate window by the
wireless remote control or mechanical key. It is possible for children and
other passengers to get caught in the power window.
●When exiting the vehicle, turn the power switch off, carry the key and exit
the vehicle along with the child. There may be accidental operation, due to
mischief, etc., that may possibly lead to an accident.
■Jam protection function
●Never use any part of your body to intentionally activate the jam protection
function.
●The jam protection function may not work if something gets jammed just
before the window is fully closed. Be careful not to get any part of your
body jammed in the window.
■Catch protection function
●Never use any part of your body or clothing to intentionally activate the
catch protection function.
●The catch protection function may not work if something gets caught just
before the window is fully opened. Be careful not to get any part of your
body or clothing caught in the window.
206 4-5. Opening and closing the windows
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
207
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
5-1. Before driving
Driving the vehicle .............208
Cargo and luggage ............216
Trailer towing .....................217
5-2. Driving procedures
Power switch .....................218
Transmission .....................225
Turn signal lever ................231
Parking brake ....................232
5-3. Operating the lights and
wipers
Headlight switch ................234
Automatic High Beam........237
Rear fog light switch ..........242
Windshield wipers and
washer.............................243
5-4. Refueling
Opening the fuel door ........246
5-5. Using the driving support
systems
Toyota Safety Sense .........251
PCS
(Pre-Collision System).....262
LDA (Lane Departure Alert
with steering control) .......274
RSA (Road Sign Assist).....285
Dynamic radar cruise
control..............................292
Toyota parking
assist-sensor ...................306
Parking Support Brake
function
(for static objects) ............314
BSM
(Blind Spot Monitor).........326
• The Blind Spot Monitor
function..........................332
• The Rear Crossing
Traffic Alert function ......335
Driving assist systems .......338
5-6. Driving tips
Winter driving tips ..............344
208 5-1. Before driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Driving the vehicle
P. 2 1 8
With the brake pedal depressed, shift the shift position to D.
(P. 225)
Check that the shift position indicator shows D.
Release the parking brake. (P. 232)
Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelera-
tor pedal to accelerate the vehicle.
With the shift position in D, depress the brake pedal.
If necessary, set the parking brake.
If the vehicle is to be stopped for an extended period of time, shift the shift
position to P. (P. 226)
With the shift position in D, depress the brake pedal.
Set the parking brake. (P. 232)
Shift the shift position to P. (P. 226)
Check that the shift position indicator shows P.
Press the power switch to stop the fuel cell system.
Lock the door, making sure that you have the key on your person.
If parking on a hill, block the wheels as needed.
Firmly set the parking brake and then shift the shift position to D.
Gently depress the accelerator pedal.
Release the parking brake.
The following procedures should be observed to ensure safe
driving:
Starting the fuel cell system
Driving
Stopping
Parking the vehicle
Starting off on a steep uphill
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
209
5-1. Before driving
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■When starting off on an uphill
The hill-start assist control is available. (P. 338)
■For fuel-efficient driving
Keep in mind that fuel cell vehicles are similar to conventional vehicles, and it
is necessary to refrain from activities such as sudden acceleration. (P. 123)
■Driving in the rain
●Drive carefully when it is raining, because visibility will be reduced, the win-
dows may become fogged-up, and the road will be slippery.
●Drive carefully when it starts to rain, because the road surface will be espe-
cially slippery.
●Refrain from high speeds when driving on an expressway in the rain,
because there may be a layer of water between the tires and the road sur-
face, preventing the steering and brakes from operating properly.
■Restraining the fuel cell system output (Brake Override System)
●When the accelerator and brake pedals are depressed at the same time, the
fuel cell system output may be restrained.
●A warning message is displayed on the multi-information display while the
system is operating. If a warning message is shown on the multi-information
display, read the message and follow the instructions.
■Restraining sudden start (Drive-Start Control)
●When the following unusual operation is performed, the fuel cell system out-
put may be restrained.
• When the shift lever is shifted from R to D, D to R, N to R, P to D, or P to
R with the accelerator pedal depressed, a warning message appears on
the multi-information display. If a warning message is shown on the multi-
information display, read the message and follow the instructions.
• When the accelerator pedal is depressed too while the vehicle is in
reverse.
●While Drive-Start Control is being activated, your vehicle may have trou-
ble escaping from the mud or fresh snow. In such case, deactivate TRC
(P. 340) to cancel Drive-Start Control so that the vehicle may become
able to escape from the mud or fresh snow.
210 5-1. Before driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Breaking in your new Toyota
To extend the life of the vehicle, observing the following precautions is recom-
mended:
●For the first 300 km (200 miles):
Avoid sudden stops.
●For the first 2000 km (1200 miles):
• Do not drive at extremely high speeds.
• Avoid sudden acceleration.
• Do not drive at a constant speed for extended periods.
■Drum-in-disc type parking brake system
Your vehicle has a drum-in-disc type parking brake system. This type of brake
system needs bedding-down of the brake shoes periodically or whenever the
parking brake shoes and/or drum are replaced. Have any authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer, perform the
bedding down operation.
■Operating your vehicle in a foreign country
Comply with the relevant vehicle registration laws and confirm the availability
of the correct fuel. (P. 516)
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■When starting the vehicle
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal while stopped with the “READY”
indicator is illuminated. This prevents the vehicle from creeping.
■When driving the vehicle
●Do not drive if you are unfamiliar with the location of the brake and accel-
erator pedals to avoid depressing the wrong pedal.
• Accidentally depressing the accelerator pedal instead of the brake
pedal will result in sudden acceleration that may lead to an accident.
• When backing up, you may twist your body around, leading to difficulty
in operating the pedals. Make sure to operate the pedals properly.
• Make sure to keep a correct driving posture even when moving the
vehicle only slightly. This allows you to depress the brake and accelera-
tor pedals properly.
• Depress the brake pedal using your right foot. Depressing the brake
pedal using your left foot may delay response in an emergency, result-
ing in an accident.
●The driver should pay extra attention to pedestrians when the fuel cell sys-
tem is on. As there are no engine sounds, pedestrians may misjudge the
vehicle’s movement.
211
5-1. Before driving
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■When driving the vehicle
●During normal driving, do not turn off the fuel cell system. Turning the fuel
cell system off while driving will not cause loss of steering or braking con-
trol, however, power assist to the steering will be lost. This will make it
more difficult to steer smoothly, so you should pull over and stop the vehi-
cle as soon as it is safe to do so.
In the event of an emergency, such as if it becomes impossible to stop the
vehicle in the normal way: P. 453
●Do not adjust the positions of the steering wheel, the seat, or the inside or
outside rear view mirrors while driving.
Doing so may result in a loss of vehicle control.
●Always check that all passengers’ arms, heads or other parts of their body
are not outside the vehicle.
■When driving on slippery road surfaces
●Sudden braking, acceleration and steering may cause tire slippage and
reduce your ability to control the vehicle.
●Sudden acceleration or regenerative braking due to shifting could cause
the vehicle to skid.
●After driving through a puddle, lightly depress the brake pedal to make
sure that the brakes are functioning properly. Wet brake pads may prevent
the brakes from functioning properly. If the brakes on only one side are wet
and not functioning properly, steering control may be affected.
■When changing the shift position
●Do not let the vehicle roll backwards while a forward driving position is
selected, or roll forward while the shift position is in R.
Doing so result in an accident or damage to the vehicle.
●Do not shift the shift position to P while the vehicle is moving.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
●Do not shift the shift position to R while the vehicle is moving forward.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
●Do not shift the shift position to a driving position while the vehicle is mov-
ing backward.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
212 5-1. Before driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■When changing the shift position
●Shifting the shift position to N while the vehicle is moving will disengage
the fuel cell system. Regenerative braking is not available with the fuel cell
system disengaged.
●Be careful not to shift the shift position with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
Shifting the shift position to any position other than P or N may lead to
unexpected rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may cause an accident
and result in death or serious injury.
After shifting the shift position, make sure to check the current shift posi-
tion using the shift position indicator. (P. 225)
■If you hear a squealing or scraping noise (brake pad wear indicators)
Have the brake pads checked and replaced by any authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer as soon as
possible.
Rotor damage may result if the pads are not replaced when needed.
It is dangerous to drive the vehicle when the wear limits of the brake pads
and/or those of the brake discs are exceeded.
■When the vehicle is stopped
●Do not depress the accelerator pedal unnecessarily.
If the shift position is in any position other than P or N, the vehicle may
accelerate suddenly and unexpectedly, causing an accident.
●In order to prevent accidents due to the vehicle rolling away, always keep
depressing the brake pedal while stopped with the “READY” indicator is
illuminated, and apply the parking brake as necessary.
●If the vehicle is stopped on an incline, in order to prevent accidents caused
by the vehicle rolling forward or backward, always depress the brake pedal
and securely apply the parking brake as needed.
213
5-1. Before driving
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■When the vehicle is parked
●Do not leave glasses, cigarette lighters, spray cans, or soft drink cans in
the vehicle when it is in the sun.
Doing so may result in the following:
• Gas may leak from a cigarette lighter or spray can, and may lead to a
fire.
• The temperature inside the vehicle may cause the plastic lenses and
plastic material of glasses to deform or crack.
• Soft drink cans may rupture, causing the contents to spray over the
interior of the vehicle, and may also cause a short circuit in the vehicle’s
electrical components.
●Do not leave cigarette lighters in the vehicle. If a cigarette lighter is in a
place such as the glove box or on the floor, it may be lit accidentally when
luggage is loaded or the seat is adjusted, causing a fire.
●Do not attach adhesive discs to the windshield or windows. Do not place
containers such as air fresheners on the instrument panel or dashboard.
Adhesive discs or containers may act as lenses, causing a fire in the vehi-
cle.
●Do not leave a door or window open if the curved glass is coated with a
metallized film such as a silver-colored one. Reflected sunlight may cause
the glass to act as a lens, causing a fire.
●Always apply the parking brake, shift the shift position to P, stop the fuel
cell system and lock the vehicle.
Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the “READY” indicator is illumi-
nated.
If the vehicle is parked with the shift position in P but the parking brake is
not set, the vehicle may start to move, possibly leading to an accident.
214 5-1. Before driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■When taking a nap in the vehicle
Always turn the fuel cell system off. Otherwise, if you accidentally move the
shift lever or depress the accelerator pedal, causing the vehicle to uninten-
tionally move, which can lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious
injury.
■When braking
●When the brakes are wet, drive more cautiously.
Braking distance increases when the brakes are wet, and this may cause
one side of the vehicle to brake differently than the other side. Also, the
parking brake may not securely hold the vehicle.
●If the electronically controlled brake system does not operate, do not fol-
low other vehicles closely and avoid hills or sharp turns that require brak-
ing.
In this case, braking is still possible, but the brake pedal should be
depressed more firmly than usual. Also, the braking distance will increase.
Have your brakes fixed immediately.
●The brake system consists of 2 or more individual hydraulic systems; if
one of the systems fails, the other(s) will still operate. In this case, the
brake pedal should be depressed more firmly than usual and the braking
distance will increase. Have your brakes fixed immediately.
NOTICE
■When driving the vehicle
●Do not depress the accelerator and brake pedals at the same time during
driving, as this may restrain the fuel cell system output.
●Do not use the accelerator pedal or depress the accelerator and brake
pedals at the same time to hold the vehicle on a hill.
■When parking the vehicle
Always set the parking brake, and shift the shift position to P. Failure to do
so may cause the vehicle to move or the vehicle may accelerate suddenly if
the accelerator pedal is accidentally depressed.
■Avoiding damage to vehicle parts
●Do not turn the steering wheel fully in either direction and hold it there for
an extended period of time.
Doing so may damage the power steering motor.
●When driving over bumps in the road, drive as slowly as possible to avoid
damaging the wheels, underside of the vehicle, etc.
215
5-1. Before driving
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
NOTICE
■If you get a flat tire while driving
A flat or damaged tire may cause the following situations. Hold the steering
wheel firmly and gradually depress the brake pedal to slow down the vehi-
cle.
●It may be difficult to control your vehicle.
●The vehicle will make abnormal sounds or vibrations.
●The vehicle will lean abnormally.
Information on what to do in case of a flat tire (P. 477)
■When encountering flooded roads
Do not drive on a road that has flooded after heavy rain, etc. Doing so may
cause the following serious damage to the vehicle:
●Fuel cell system stalling
●Short in electrical components
●Fuel cell system damage caused by water immersion
In the event that you drive on a flooded road and the vehicle is flooded, be
sure to have any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or
any reliable repairer check the following:
●Fuel cell system
●Brake function
●Changes in quantity and quality of transmission fluid, etc.
●Lubricant condition for the bearings and suspension joints (where possi-
ble), and the function of all joints, bearings, etc.
If the shift control system is damaged by flooding, it may not be possible to
shift the shift position to P, or from P to other positions. When the shift posi-
tion cannot be changed from P to any other position, the front wheels will
lock, and you will be unable to tow the vehicle with the front wheels on the
ground, as the front wheels may be locked. In this case, transport the vehi-
cle with both front wheels or all four wheels lifted.
■If the vehicle will not shift out of the P position
There is a possibility that the 12-volt battery is discharged. Check the 12-
volt battery in this situation.
216 5-1. Before driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Cargo and luggage
Take notice of the following information about storage precau-
tions, cargo capacity and load.
WARNING
■Things that must not be carried in the trunk
The following things may cause a fire if loaded in the trunk:
●Vehicle receptacle containing gasoline
●Aerosol cans
■Storage precautions
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may prevent the pedals from being depressed properly,
may block the driver’s vision, or may result in items hitting the driver or pas-
sengers, possibly causing an accident.
●Stow cargo and luggage in the trunk whenever possible.
●Do not place cargo or luggage in or on the following locations.
• At the feet of the driver
• On the front passenger or rear seats (when stacking items)
• On the package tray
• On the instrument panel
• On the dashboard
●Secure all items in the occupant compartment.
■Load and distribution
●Do not overload your vehicle.
●Do not apply loads unevenly.
Improper loading may cause deterioration of steering or braking control
which may cause death or serious injury.
217
5
5-1. Before driving
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Trailer towing
Toyota does not recommend towing a trailer with your vehicle.
Toyota also does not recommend the installation of a tow hitch
or the use of a tow hitch carrier for a wheelchair, scooter, bicy-
cle, etc. Your vehicle is not designed for trailer towing or for the
use of tow hitch mounted carriers.
218 5-2. Driving procedures
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Power switch
Check that the parking brake is set.
Firmly depress the brake pedal.
will be displayed on the multi-information display.
If it is not displayed, the fuel cell system cannot be started.
When shift position N is selected, the fuel cell system cannot start. Select
the P position when starting the fuel cell system. (P. 226)
Press the power switch shortly
and firmly.
When operating the power switch,
one short, firm press is enough.
It is not necessary to press and
hold the switch.
If the “READY” indicator turns on,
the fuel cell system will operate
normally.
Continue depressing the brake
pedal until the “READY” indicator
is illuminated.
The fuel cell system can be started
from any power switch mode.
Check that the “READY” indicator is illuminated.
The vehicle will not move when the “READY” indicator is off.
Performing the following operations when carrying the elec-
tronic key on your person starts the fuel cell system or changes
power switch modes.
Starting the fuel cell system
1
2
3
4
219
5-2. Driving procedures
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Stop the vehicle completely.
Set the parking brake. (P. 232)
Press the P position switch.
(P. 226)
Check that the shift position indica-
tor shows P. (P. 225)
Press the power switch.
The meter display will turn off, indicating the fuel cell system has stopped.
(The shift position indicator is displayed for several seconds)
The H2O indicator will illuminate, indicating exhaust water is being purged.
Release the brake pedal and check that the meter display is off.
When the fuel cell system is stopped, water is automatically purged
from the tailpipe. To minimize water accumulation at parking garages,
etc., purge can be done manually before parking.
While the “READY” indicator is on, press the H2O switch.
The H2O indicator on the meter turns on.
Press the switch again to stop the purge.
Remember that water is being generated as long as the fuel cell system is
operating. So a small amount of water will be generated after manual purg-
ing and before parking.
Stopping the fuel cell system
1
2
3
Water release (H2O switch)
4
5
Left-hand drive vehicles Right-hand drive vehicles
220 5-2. Driving procedures
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Modes can be changed by pressing the power switch with brake pedal
released. (The mode changes each time the switch is pressed.)
Off
The emergency flashers can be
used.
ACCESSORY mode
Some electrical components such
as the audio system can be used.
“Accessory” will be displayed on
the main display.
ON mode
All electrical components can be
used.
“Ignition On” will be displayed on
the main display.
■Auto power off function
If the vehicle is left in ACCESSORY mode for more than 20 minutes or ON
mode (the fuel cell system is not operating) for more than an hour with the
shift position in P, the power switch will automatically turn off. However, this
function cannot entirely prevent 12-volt battery discharge. Do not leave the
vehicle with the power switch in ACCESSORY or ON mode for long periods
of time when the fuel cell system is not operating.
■Sounds and vibrations specific to a fuel cell vehicle
P. 108
■Electronic key battery depletion
P. 150
Changing power switch modes
221
5-2. Driving procedures
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Starting the fuel cell system in cold temperatures
●When the power switch is pressed and the fuel cell system starts (P. 218)
during cold temperatures, the fuel cell stack is quickly warmed up using the
waste heat during power generation.
●When the temperatures is cold, it may take some time until the “READY”
indicator turns on.
●When starting the fuel cell system during cold weather, “FC System Shut-
down due to Freezing conditions Stop Your Vehicle in a Safe Place and
Contact Your Dealer” may be displayed in the multi-information display. The
fuel cell system is frozen and cannot be started. Contact any authorized
Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer immedi-
ately.
●The power output will be temporarily limited until the fuel cell system
reaches full operating temperature.
●The fuel cell system noises may become louder when the temperature is
cold. This is the normal warm-up operation and is not a malfunction. In
some cases, operation noises may continue for a some time even after the
“READY” indicator has turned on. (P. 108)
■Stopping the fuel cell system in cold temperatures
●When the power switch is pressed and the fuel cell system is stopped
(P. 219) during cold temperatures, the time for water purge from the tail-
pipe may be longer than usual to prevent liquid in the fuel cell stack from
freezing.
●The water purge time may also be long if the system is stopped before fuel
cell system warm-up is completed.
●It is normal to hear hissing and other sounds during purge. (P. 108)
●The H2O indicator on the meter will illuminate during purge.
●In extremely cold temperatures, the
“READY” indicator may take more than
10 seconds to illuminate. In this case,
the status progression of the fuel cell
system startup is displayed on the multi-
information display.
222 5-2. Driving procedures
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Parking the vehicle during cold weather
●Water may automatically purge from the tailpipe, even when the fuel cell
system is off, in order to prevent liquid in the fuel cell stack, hydrogen pipe-
lines, etc., from freezing.
●It is normal to hear hissing and other sounds during purge. (P. 108)
●The H2O indicator on the meter will illuminate during purge.
■Water release function during cold weather
In the following cases, the fuel cell system automatic drainage may not oper-
ate. It may not be possible to start the fuel cell system due to the fuel cell
stack, hydrogen pipes, etc., being frozen.
• When transporting or towing the vehicle in frozen areas
• When the 12-volt battery terminals are disconnected and remain as such
in frozen areas
Operate the water release function with the following procedure beforehand
to prevent water from freezing in the system.
Turn the power switch to ON mode and press the H2O switch.
Check that the H2O indicator on the meter turns on.
While depressing the brake, press the power switch to start the fuel cell
system.
Check that the “READY” indicator turns on.
Press the power switch to stop the fuel cell system.
The water release is automatically performed. During water purge, the
H2O indicator turns on. (Longer than normal water purge)
■Conditions affecting operation
P. 166
■Notes for the entry function
P. 167
■If the fuel cell system does not start
●The immobilizer system may not have been deactivated. (P. 7 8 )
Contact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any
reliable repairer.
●Check that the shift position is P. (P. 225)
The fuel cell system cannot be started when the shift position is N.
If P position is not selected, “Shift to P position to start” will be displayed on
the multi-information display.
●Check that the fuel door is closed.
When the fuel door is open, the fuel cell system cannot be started.
Close the fuel door before starting the system. (P. 249)
1
2
3
223
5-2. Driving procedures
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■If “Smart Entry & Start System malfunction See owner’s manual” is dis-
played on the multi-information display
The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by any autho-
rized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer
immediately.
■If the “READY” indicator does not come on
In the event that the “READY” indicator does not come on even after perform-
ing the proper procedures for starting the vehicle, contact any authorized
Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer immedi-
ately.
■If the fuel cell system is malfunctioning
P. 469
■If the electronic key battery is depleted
P. 439
■Operation of the power switch
If the switch is not pressed shortly and firmly, the power switch mode may not
change or the fuel cell system may not start.
■Automatic P position selection function
●When the shift position is other than P, pressing the power switch with the
vehicle stopped completely will cause the shift position to change to P auto-
matically, and then the power switch will turn off.
●When turning the power switch off with the shift position other than P, firmly
depress the brake pedal and confirm that the shift position* has changed to
P before slowly releasing the brake pedal.
*: Even after the instrument panel display has been turned off, the shift
position indicator will continue to be displayed for several seconds.
■If the shift control system malfunctions
The power switch will not be able to be turned off. In this occurs, the switch
can be turned off by applying the parking brake.
If the system malfunctions, have your vehicle serviced by any authorized
Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer immedi-
ately.
■If the smart entry & start system has been deactivated in a customized
setting
P. 522
224 5-2. Driving procedures
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■When starting the fuel cell system
Always start the fuel cell system while sitting in the driver’s seat. Do not
depress the accelerator pedal while starting the fuel cell system under any
circumstances.
Doing so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
■Stopping the fuel cell system in an emergency
If you want to stop the fuel cell system in an emergency while driving the
vehicle, press and hold the power switch for more than 2 seconds, or press
it briefly 3 times or more in succession. (P. 453)
However, do not touch the power switch while driving except in an emer-
gency. Turning the fuel cell system off while driving will not cause loss of
steering or braking control, however, power assist to the steering will be
lost. This will make it more difficult to steer smoothly, so you should pull over
and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
NOTICE
■To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
Do not leave the power switch in ACCESSORY or ON mode for long peri-
ods if the fuel cell system is off.
■When starting the fuel cell system
If the fuel cell system becomes difficult to start, have your vehicle checked
by any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reli-
able repairer immediately.
■Symptoms indicating a malfunction with the power switch
If the power switch seems to be operating somewhat differently than usual,
such as the switch sticking slightly, there may be a malfunction. Contact any
authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer immediately.
225
5
5-2. Driving procedures
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Transmission
Shift lever
Operate the shift lever gently
and ensure correct shifting
operation.
Release the shift lever after
each shifting operation to allow
it return to the position.
When shifting to the D
or R positions, move
the shift lever along the
shift gate.
To shift to the N posi-
tion, slide the shift lever
to the left and hold it.
The shift position will
change to N.
To shift to the Br mode, pull the shift lever to the rear along
the shift gate. Shifting to Br mode is only possible when the
shift position D is selected.
When shifting from P to N, D or R, from D to R, or from R to D,
ensure that the brake pedal is being depressed and that the vehicle
is stationary.
Shift position indicator
When selecting a shift position, make sure that the shift position
has been changed to the desired position by checking the shift
position indicator provided on the instrument panel.
Shifting the shift lever
226 5-2. Driving procedures
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
The shift position can be changed to P through the use of the P posi-
tion switch.
Fully stop the vehicle and keep
depressing the brake pedal, and
then press the P position switch.
When the shift position is changed
to P, the switch indicator comes on.
Check that the P position indicator
is illuminated on the shift position
indicator.
■Shifting the shift position from P to other positions
While depressing the brake pedal firmly, operate the shift lever. If
the shift lever is operated without depressing the brake pedal, a
buzzer will sound and the shifting operation will be disabled.
Shift position purpose
Shift position Objective or function
PParking the vehicle/starting the fuel cell system
RReversing
NNeutral
DNormal driving
P position switch
227
5-2. Driving procedures
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
The following modes can be selected to suit driving conditions.
■Eco drive mode/Power mode
Eco drive mode
Suitable for improving the
fuel economy, because the
torque corresponding to the
accelerator pedal depres-
sion amount can be gener-
ated more smoothly than it is
in normal conditions.
is displayed on the air conditioning screen and the system
goes into Climate Preference. (P. 353)
When the “ECO MODE” switch is pressed, the “ECO MODE”
indicator will illuminate on the main display.
To cancel Eco drive mode, press the “ECO MODE” switch again.
The Climate Preference may change depending on the current
setting.
Power mode
Use when high levels of response and feeling are desirable, such
as when driving in mountainous regions or when overtaking.
When the “POWER MODE” switch is pressed, the POWER
MODE indicator will illuminate on the main display.
To cancel power mode, press the “POWER MODE” switch again.
■Br mode
Suitable for driving that requires
strong regenerative braking,
such as down-hill driving, etc.
To select Br mode, shift the shift
lever down. (P. 225)
The Br mode indicator will illumi-
nate on the meter.
To return to normal driving mode, depress the accelerator pedal or
select the D position again with the shift lever.
Selecting a driving mode
228 5-2. Driving procedures
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■For the shift positions
●When the power switch is off, the shift position cannot be changed.
●When the power switch is in ON mode (the fuel cell system is not operating),
the shift position can only be changed to N. The shift position will be
changed to N even if the shift position is shifted to D or R and held in that
position.
●When the “READY” indicator is on, the shift position can be changed from P
to D, N or R.
●When the “READY” indicator is flashing, the shift position cannot be
changed from P to another position even if the shift lever is operated.
Wait until the “READY” indicator changes from a flashing to a solid light, and
then operate the shift lever again.
In addition, if an attempt is made to change the shift position by moving the
shift lever or by pressing the P position switch in any of the following situa-
tions, a buzzer will sound and the shifting operation will be disabled or the
shift position will automatically change to N. When this happens, select an
appropriate shift position.
●When attempting to change the shift position from P without depressing the
brake pedal, the shift position change is invalidated.
●Situations where the shift position will automatically change to N:
• When the P position switch is pressed while the vehicle is running.*1
• When an attempt is made to select the R position by moving the shift
lever when the vehicle is moving forward.*2
• When an attempt is made to select the D position by moving the shift
lever when the vehicle is moving in reverse.*3
• When an attempt is made to change the shift position from R to Br mode
by moving the shift lever.
*1: Shift position may be changed to P when driving at extremely low speeds.
*2: Shift position may be changed to R when driving at low speeds.
*3: Shift position may be changed to D when driving at low speeds.
■Br mode
Depending on the condition of the traction battery, Br mode may not
be available.
In that case, a message is displayed on the multi-information display.
■Sounds when in Br mode
P. 108
■Restraining sudden start (Drive-Start Control)
P. 209
229
5-2. Driving procedures
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Reverse warning buzzer
When shifting into R, a buzzer will sound to inform the driver that the shift
position is in R.
■Regenerative Braking
When the shift position is in D, regenerative braking is engaged when the foot
is released from the accelerator pedal.
■Climate Preference operation for Eco drive mode
●When the “ECO MODE” switch is pressed, the system switches over to Cli-
mate Preference. (P. 356) During the use of Eco drive mode, the Climate
Preference can be changed.
●When it is desired to improve the effectiveness of the air conditioning sys-
tem, perform the following operations.
• Adjust the temperature settings and airflow mode.
• Press the of the air conditioning operation panel (P. 350) and
change the Climate Preference, or cancel the Eco drive mode (P. 227).
■Power mode automatic deactivation
Power mode is automatically deactivated if the power switch is turned off after
driving in power mode.
■Shifting from P on a slope
When changing to another position from P when parked on a slope in the P
position, vibrations may be felt.
WARNING
■When driving on slippery road surfaces
Do not accelerate or shift the shift position suddenly.
Sudden changes in regenerative braking may cause the vehicle to spin or
skid, resulting in an accident.
■For the shift lever
Do not remove the shift lever knob or use anything but a genuine Toyota
shift lever knob. Also, do not hang anything on the shift lever.
Doing so could prevent the shift lever from returning to position, causing
unexpected accidents to occur when the vehicle is in motion.
■P position switch
Do not press the P position switch while the vehicle is moving.
If the P position switch is pressed when driving at very low speeds (for
example, directly before stopping the vehicle), the vehicle may stop sud-
denly when the shift position switches to P, which could lead to an accident.
230 5-2. Driving procedures
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
NOTICE
■Situations where shift control system malfunctions are possible
If any of the following situations occurs, shift control system malfunctions
are possible.
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place on level ground, apply the park-
ing brake, and then contact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota autho-
rized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
●When a warning message indicating malfunction appears on the multi-
information display. (P. 469)
●When the shift position indicator remains off.
■If the vehicle cannot be shifted out of P
There is a possibility that the 12-volt battery is discharged. Check the 12-
volt battery in this situation.
■Notes regarding shift lever and P position switch operation
Avoid repeatedly operating the shift lever and P position switch in quick suc-
cession.
The system protection function may activate and it will not be temporarily
possible to shift the shift position other than P. If this happens, please wait
for a while before attempting to change the shift position again.
231
5
5-2. Driving procedures
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Turn signal lever
Right turn
Lane change to the right (move
the lever partway and release
it)
The right hand signals will flash 3
times.
Lane change to the left (move
the lever partway and release
it)
The left hand signals will flash 3
times.
Left turn
■Turn signals can be operated when
The power switch is in ON mode.
■If the indicator flashes faster than usual
Check that a light bulb in the front or rear turn signal lights has not burned
out.
Operating instructions
232 5-2. Driving procedures
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Parking brake
To set the parking brake, fully
depress the parking brake pedal
with your left foot while depress-
ing the brake pedal with your right
foot.
(Depressing the pedal again
releases the parking brake.)
■Parking the vehicle
P. 208
■Parking brake engaged warning buzzer
A buzzer will sound if the vehicle is driven with the parking brake engaged.
“Release Parking Brake” is displayed on the multi-information display.
■Warning messages and buzzers
Warning messages and buzzers are used to indicate a system malfunction or
to inform the driver of the need for caution. If a warning message is shown on
the multi-information display, read the message and follow the instructions.
■If the brake system warning light comes on
P. 462, 463
■Usage in winter time
P. 345
Operating instructions
233
5-2. Driving procedures
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
NOTICE
■When parking the vehicle
Before you leave the vehicle, shift the shift position to P, set the parking
brake and make sure that the vehicle does not move.
■Before driving
Fully release the parking brake.
Driving the vehicle with the parking brake set will lead to brake components
overheating, which may affect braking performance and increase brake
wear.
234 5-3. Operating the lights and wipers
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Headlight switch
Operating the switch turns on the lights as follows.
The front position, tail,
license plate and instru-
ment panel lights turn
on.
The headlights and all
lights listed above turn
on.
The headlights, day-
time running lights
(P. 235) and all the
lights listed above turn
on and off automati-
cally (when the power
switch is in ON mode).
With the headlights on, push
the lever away from you to turn
on the high beams.
Pull the lever toward you to the
center position to turn the high
beams off.
Pull the lever toward you and
release it to flash the high
beams once.
You can flash the high beams with the headlights on or off.
The headlights can be operated manually or automatically.
Operating instructions
Turning on the high beam headlights
235
5-3. Operating the lights and wipers
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Daytime running light system
To make your vehicle more visible to other drivers during daytime driving, the
daytime running lights turn on automatically whenever the fuel cell system is
started and the parking brake is released with the headlight switch in the
position. (Illuminate brighter than the front position lights.) Daytime run-
ning lights are not designed for use at night.
■Headlight control sensor
■Automatic light off system
●When the light switch is in or : The headlights turn off automati-
cally if the power switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or off.
●When the light switch is in the : The headlights and all lights turn off
automatically if the power switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or off.
To turn the lights on again, turn the power switch to ON mode, or turn the light
switch position once and then back to the or position.
■Automatic headlight leveling system
The level of the headlights is automatically adjusted according to the number
of passengers and the loading condition of the vehicle to ensure that the
headlights do not interfere with other road users.
■Light reminder buzzer
A buzzer sounds when the power switch is turned off or turned to ACCES-
SORY mode and the driver’s door is opened while the lights are turned on.
The sensor may not function properly if an
object is placed on the sensor, or anything
that blocks the sensor is affixed to the
windshield.
Doing so interferes with the sensor
detecting the level of ambient light and
may cause the automatic headlight sys-
tem to malfunction.
236 5-3. Operating the lights and wipers
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■12-volt battery-saving function
In order to prevent the 12-volt battery of the vehicle from discharging, if the
light switch is in the position when the power switch is turned off the
battery saving function will operate and automatically turn off all the lights
after approximately 20 minutes. When the power switch is turned to ON
mode, the 12-volt battery-saving function will be disabled.
When any of the following are performed, the 12-volt battery-saving function
is canceled once and then reactivated. All the lights will turn off automatically
20 minutes after the 12-volt battery-saving function has been reactivated:
●When the headlight switch is operated
●When a door is opened or closed
■Customization
Settings (e.g. light sensor sensitivity) can be changed.
(Customizable features: P. 523)
NOTICE
■To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
Do not leave the lights on longer than necessary when the fuel cell system
is off.
237
5
5-3. Operating the lights and wipers
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Automatic High Beam
Push the lever away from you
with the headlight switch in
or position.
Press the Automatic High
Beam switch.
The Automatic High Beam indica-
tor will come on when the head-
lights are turned on automatically
to indicate that the system is
active.
The Automatic High Beam uses an in-vehicle camera sensor to
assess the brightness of streetlights, the lights of oncoming and
preceding vehicles, etc., and automatically turns high beam on
or off as necessary.
Activating the Automatic High Beam system
1
2
238 5-3. Operating the lights and wipers
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
When all of the following conditions are fulfilled, high beam will be
automatically turned on:
●Vehicle speed is above approximately 40 km/h (25 mph).
●The area ahead of the vehicle is dark.
●There are no oncoming or preceding vehicles with headlights or tail
lights turned on.
●There are few streetlights on the road ahead.
If any of the following conditions are fulfilled, high beam will be auto-
matically turned off:
●Vehicle speed drops below approximately 30 km/h (19 mph).
●The area ahead of the vehicle is not dark.
●Oncoming or preceding vehicles have headlights or tail lights
turned on.
●There are many streetlights on the road ahead.
■Switching to low beam
Pull the lever to original posi-
tion.
The Automatic High Beam indi-
cator will turn off.
Push the lever away from you to
activate the Automatic High
Beam system again.
High beam automatic turning on or off conditions
Turning the high beam on/off manually
239
5-3. Operating the lights and wipers
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Switching to high beam
Press the Automatic High
Beam switch.
The Automatic High Beam indi-
cator will turn off and the high
beam indicator will turn on.
Press the switch to activate the
Automatic High Beam system
again.
■The Automatic High Beam can be operated when
The power switch is in ON mode.
■Camera sensor detection information
●High beam may not be automatically turned off in the following situations:
• When oncoming vehicles suddenly appear from a curve
• When the vehicle is cut in front of by another
• When oncoming or preceding vehicles are hidden from sight due to
repeated curves, road dividers or roadside trees
●High beam may be turned off if an oncoming vehicle that is using fog lights
without using the headlights is detected.
●House lights, street lights, red traffic signals, and illuminated billboards or
signs may cause the high beam to turn off.
●The following factors may affect the amount of time taken to turn high beam
on or off:
• The brightness of headlights, fog lights, and tail lights of oncoming and
preceding vehicles
• The movement and direction of oncoming and preceding vehicles
• When an oncoming or preceding vehicle only has operational lights on
one side
• When an oncoming or preceding vehicle is a two-wheeled vehicle
• The condition of the road (gradient, curve, condition of the road surface,
etc.)
• The number of passengers and amount of luggage
●High beam may be turned on or off when unexpected by the driver.
240 5-3. Operating the lights and wipers
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
●In the situations below, the system may not be able to correctly detect the
surrounding brightness levels, and may flash or expose nearby pedestrians
to the high beam. Therefore, you should consider turning the high beams on
or off manually rather than relying on the Automatic High Beam system.
• In bad weather (rain, snow, fog, sandstorms, etc.).
• The windshield is obscured by fog, mist, ice, dirt, etc.
• The windshield is cracked or damaged.
• The camera sensor is deformed or dirty.
• The camera sensor temperature is extremely high.
• Surrounding brightness levels are equal to those of headlights, tail lights
or fog lights.
• Vehicles ahead have headlights that are either switched off, dirty, are
changing color, or are not aimed properly.
• When driving through an area of intermittently changing brightness and
darkness.
• When frequently and repeatedly driving ascending/descending roads, or
roads with rough, bumpy or uneven surfaces (such as stone-paved
roads, gravel tracks, etc.).
• When frequently and repeatedly taking curves or driving on a winding
road.
• There is a highly reflective object ahead of the vehicle, such as a sign or
a mirror.
• The back of a vehicle ahead is highly reflective, such as a container on a
truck.
• The vehicle’s headlights are damaged or dirty.
• The vehicle is listing or tilting, due to a flat tire, a trailer being towed, etc.
• The driver believes that the high beam may be causing problems or dis-
tress to other drivers or pedestrians nearby.
WARNING
■Limitations of the Automatic High Beam
Do not rely on the Automatic High Beam. Always drive safely, taking care to
observe your surroundings and turning high beam on or off manually if nec-
essary.
241
5-3. Operating the lights and wipers
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
NOTICE
■Notes when using the Automatic High Beam system
Observe the following to ensure that the Automatic High Beam functions
correctly.
●Do not place items on the dashboard. There is a possibility that the cam-
era sensor will mistake items reflected in the windshield for streetlights,
the headlights of other vehicles, etc.
●Do not install a parking tag or any other accessories near or around the
camera sensor.
●Do not overload the vehicle.
●Do not modify the vehicle.
●If the windshield needs to be replaced, contact any authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
●Do not touch the camera sensor.
●Do not subject the camera sensor to a
strong impact.
●Do not disassemble the camera sensor.
●Do not spill liquid onto the camera sen-
sor.
●Do not apply window tinting or stickers
to the camera sensor or the area of
windshield near the camera sensor.
242 5-3. Operating the lights and wipers
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Rear fog light switch
Turns the rear fog lights
off
Turns the rear fog lights
on
■Rear fog lights can be used when
The headlights are turned on.
■Rear fog light
●When the rear fog light are turned on, an amber colored indicator on the
meter turns on.
●When used at times other than poor visibility, it may cause trouble to follow-
ing vehicles. Do not use other than when necessary.
Informs following vehicles of the existence of this vehicle, when
visibility is poor due to rain, fog, snow, etc.
243
5
5-3. Operating the lights and wipers
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Windshield wipers and washer
Operating the lever operate the wipers or washer as follows.
When “AUTO” is selected, the wipers will operate automatically when
the sensor detects falling rain. The system automatically adjusts wiper
timing in accordance with rain volume and vehicle speed.
Off
Rain-sensing operation
Low speed operation
High speed operation
Temporary operation
The sensor sensitivity can be adjusted when “AUTO” is selected.
Increases the sensitivity
Decreases the sensitivity
Operating the wiper lever
244 5-3. Operating the lights and wipers
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Washer/wiper dual oper-
ation
Pulling the lever operates the wip-
ers and washer.
Wipers will automatically operate a
couple of times after the washer
squirts.
■The windshield wipers and washer can be operated when
The power switch is in ON mode.
■Effects of vehicle speed on wiper operation
Vehicle speed affects the Intermittent wiper interval.
■Raindrop sensor
●If the wiper switch is turned to the “AUTO” position while the power switch is
in ON mode, the wipers will operate once to show that “AUTO” mode is acti-
vated.
●If the temperature of the raindrop sensor is 90C (194F) or higher, or -15C
(5F) or lower, automatic operation may not occur. In this case, operate the
wipers in any mode other than “AUTO” mode.
■If no windshield washer fluid sprays
Check that the washer nozzles are not blocked, if there is washer fluid in the
windshield washer fluid reservoir.
●The raindrop sensor judges the amount
of raindrops.
An optical sensor is adopted. It may not
operate properly when sunlight from the
rising or setting of the sun intermittently
strikes the windshield, or if bugs, etc.,
are present on the windshield.
245
5-3. Operating the lights and wipers
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■Caution regarding the use of windshield wipers in “AUTO” mode
The windshield wipers may operate unexpectedly if the sensor is touched or
the windshield is subject to vibration in “AUTO” mode. Take care that your
fingers, etc., do not become caught in the windshield wipers.
■Caution regarding the use of washer fluid
When it is cold, do not use the washer fluid until the windshield becomes
warm. The fluid may freeze on the windshield and cause low visibility. This
may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
NOTICE
■When the windshield is dry
Do not use the wipers, as they may damage the windshield.
■When the washer fluid tank is empty
Do not operate the switch continually as the washer fluid pump may over-
heat.
■When a nozzle becomes blocked
In this case, contact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized
repairer, or any reliable repairer.
Do not try to clear it with a pin or other object. The nozzle will be damaged.
■To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
Do not leave the wipers on longer than necessary when the fuel cell system
is off.
246 5-4. Refueling
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Opening the fuel door
●Close the all the doors and windows.
●Set the parking brake.
●Shift the shift position to P.
●Turn the power switch off.
●Turn off the headlights.
■Fuel Type
Compressed hydrogen gas
■Notes on fueling
●Fueling will not be possible if the pressure inside the vehicle’s hydrogen
tanks is higher than the supply pressure of the hydrogen station. If the
hydrogen tanks are more than half full, the vehicle will be unable to fuel at a
H35 dispenser.
A hydrogen station with a H70 dispenser (supply pressure of 70 MPa
[714 kgf/cm2, 700 bar, 10150 psi] is necessary to completely fill hydrogen
tanks.
●If the fueling cannot be completed due to trouble with the station equipment,
call the number indicated on the equipment.
●Fuel with compressed hydrogen gas only at hydrogen stations.
●Fill at hydrogen stations compliant with SAE J2601.
If you have questions about hydrogen station compliance, consult
any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or
any reliable repairer.
●Observe any notices or instructions shown at hydrogen stations.
●The filling time and amount may differ depending on outside tem-
perature and the equipment at that hydrogen station.
●Vehicles with expired hydrogen-related components must not be
used. (P. 114)
Consult any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized
repairer, or any reliable repairer.
Before filling
247
5-4. Refueling
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■When filling
Observe the following precautions while fueling the vehicle.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
●Turn the power switch off before fueling.
●Ensure the hydrogen gas nozzle is locked onto the vehicle receptacle
before filling. This can be done by pulling on the hydrogen gas nozzle to
check that it cannot be pulled off.
Failure to do so may result in injury or damage to the hydrogen gas nozzle
or vehicle.
●Do not smoke while fueling.
●Because the fuel is cold, the hydrogen gas nozzle and vehicle receptacle
surface will become cold, and frost may develop. After fueling is com-
pleted, remove the hydrogen gas nozzle by the plastic handle only. Do not
touch any other parts of the hydrogen gas nozzle or vehicle receptacle
with bare hands immediately after fueling, as frostbite may occur.
NOTICE
■When filling
●Fuel only with hydrogen gas at compliant stations.
If improper fuels are used, the fuel cell stack will be damaged.
●Do not swing or drop the hydrogen gas nozzle, or subject it to a large
amount of force. Doing so may cause damage.
●If the hydrogen gas nozzle cannot be removed after fueling, it may be fro-
zen to the vehicle receptacle. Wait for the hydrogen gas nozzle to thaw
before attempting to remove. Do not pull or rotate the hydrogen gas nozzle
forcibly. Failure to follow these precautions may cause damage.
●Be sure to replace the cap after filling. If foreign material gets in the vehicle
receptacle, it may cause damage.
●Do not put anything sharp, such as a screwdriver, blade, or any foreign
object into the mouth of the vehicle receptacle. If the vehicle receptacle is
damaged, hydrogen gas may leak during fueling.
●If you notice anything unusual about the vehicle receptacle, please notify
any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer.
●If you notice anything unusual with the hydrogen dispenser or hydrogen
gas nozzle, please notify the hydrogen station operator. Contact informa-
tion is usually displayed on the dispenser.
248 5-4. Refueling
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Press the fuel door opener
switch to release the lock.
If the “READY” indicator is on or
the power switch is in ON mode,
the fuel door will not be unlocked.
Press the center part of the rear
edge of the fuel door.
Push inward, then release. The
fuel door will slightly open. It can
now be opened completely by pull-
ing on the fuel door.
Remove the cap and attach it to
the holder.
*: Do not press the interlock button.
The fuel door sensor may malfunc-
tion.
Opening the fuel door
1
2
*
3
249
5-4. Refueling
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■If “Open H2 Filler Door in a Safe Place when Vehicle is Powered OFF” is
displayed on the multi-information display
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and press the fuel door opener switch once
more with the following procedure:
Shift the shift position to P.
Turn the power switch off.
Press the fuel door opener switch.
■If the fuel door lock cannot be released (i.e., if it is damaged)
■Sounds during filling
When fueling with compressed hydrogen gas, noises from gas flowing
through the hydrogen gas nozzle and hydrogen tank valves can sometimes
be heard. (P. 108)
Replace the cap.
Turn the power switch off, remove the
trunk inner cover, and release the lock for
the fuel door by pulling the lever.
Closing the fuel door
1
2
3
1
250 5-4. Refueling
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Press the center part of the rear
edge of the fuel door, closing
the fuel door, until it clicks.
Confirm the fuel door is completely
closed by checking that the fuel
door is flush with the body.
■Safety features
When the fuel door is open, the fuel cell system will not start. When the
“READY” indicator is on, the fuel door will not open.
■If “H2 Filler Door is open. Park Your Vehicle in a Safe Place and Close H2
Filler Door” is displayed on the multi-information display
The fuel door is open. Stop the vehicle in a safe place and close the fuel door.
■If “Close H2 Filler Door and Restart Your Vehicle” is displayed on the
multi-information display
The fuel door is open and the fuel cell system cannot be started. Shift the shift
position to P and, turn the power switch off, then:
Check whether the cap has been reinstalled.
Close the fuel door by pressing the center part of the rear edge of the fuel
door, until it clicks.
If the warning message on the multi-information display turns off at this
time, there is no malfunction. However, if the display continues to show, the
sensor may be damaged. Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized
Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
2
1
2
251
5
5-5. Using the driving support systems
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Toyota Safety Sense
■PCS (Pre-Collision System)
P. 2 6 2
■LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control)
P. 2 7 4
■Automatic High Beam
P. 2 3 7
■RSA (Road Sign Assist)
P. 2 8 5
■Dynamic radar cruise control
P. 2 9 2
The Toyota Safety Sense consists of the following drive assist
systems and contributes to a safe and comfortable driving expe-
rience:
Driving assist system
WARNING
■Toyota Safety Sense
The Toyota Safety Sense is designed to operate under the assumption that
the driver will drive safely, and is designed to help reduce the impact to the
occupants and the vehicle in the case of a collision or assist the driver in
normal driving conditions.
As there is a limit to the degree of recognition accuracy and control perfor-
mance that this system can provide, do not overly rely on this system. The
driver is always responsible for paying attention to the vehicle’s surround-
ings and driving safely.
252 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Two types of sensors, located behind the front grille and windshield,
detect information necessary to operate the drive assist systems.
Radar sensor
Front camera
Sensors
WARNING
■To avoid malfunction of the radar sensor
Observe the following precautions.
Otherwise, the radar sensor may not operate properly, possibly leading to
an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
●Keep the radar sensor and the grille cover clean at all times.
Radar sensor
Grille cover
If the front of the radar sensor or the
front or back of the grille cover is dirty
or covered with water droplets, snow,
etc., clean it.
Clean the radar sensor and grille
cover with a soft cloth to avoid dam-
aging them.
253
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
●Do not attach accessories, stickers (including transparent stickers) or
other items to the radar sensor, grille cover or surrounding area.
●Do not subject the radar sensor or its surrounding area to a strong impact.
If the radar sensor, front grille, or front bumper has been subjected to a
strong impact, have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
●Do not disassemble the radar sensor.
●Do not modify or paint the radar sensor or grille cover.
●If the radar sensor, front grille, or front bumper needs to be removed and
installed, or replaced, contact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota
authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
■To avoid malfunction of the front camera
Observe the following precautions.
Otherwise, the front camera may not operate properly, possibly leading to
an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
●Keep the windshield clean at all times.
• If the windshield is dirty or covered with an oily film, water droplets,
snow, etc., clean the windshield.
• If a glass coating agent is applied to the windshield, it will still be neces-
sary to use the windshield wipers to remove water droplets, etc., from
the area of the windshield in front of the front camera.
• If the inner side of the windshield where the front camera is installed is
dirty, contact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized
repairer, or any reliable repairer.
B: Approximately 20 cm (7.9 in.) (Approximately 10 cm [4.0 in.] to the right
and left from the center of the front camera)
●Do not attach objects, such as stickers,
transparent stickers, etc., to the outer
side of the windshield in front of the
front camera (shaded area in the illus-
tration).
A: From the top of the windshield to
approximately 1 cm (0.4 in.) below
the bottom of the front camera
254 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
●If the part of the windshield in front of the front camera is fogged up or cov-
ered with condensation, or ice, use the windshield defogger to remove the
fog, condensation, or ice. (P. 354)
●If water droplets cannot be properly removed from the area of the wind-
shield in front of the front camera by the windshield wipers, replace the
wiper insert or wiper blade.
If the wiper inserts or wiper blades need to be replaced, contact any autho-
rized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
●Do not attach window tint to the windshield.
●Replace the windshield if it is damaged or cracked.
If the windshield needs to be replaced, contact any authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
●Do not allow liquids to contact the front camera.
●Do not allow bright lights to shine into the front camera.
●Do not dirty or damage the front camera.
When cleaning the inside of the windshield, do not allow glass cleaner to
contact lens of the front camera. Also, do not touch the lens.
If the lens is dirty or damaged, contact any authorized Toyota retailer or
Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
●Do not subject the front camera to a strong impact.
●Do not change the installation position or direction of the front camera or
remove it.
●Do not disassemble the front camera.
●Do not modify any components of the vehicle around the front camera
(inside rear view mirror, etc.) or ceiling.
●Do not attach any accessories to the hood, front grille or front bumper that
may obstruct the front camera. Contact any authorized Toyota retailer or
Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer for details.
●If a surfboard or other long object is to be mounted on the roof, make sure
that it will not obstruct the front camera.
●Do not modify the headlights or other lights.
255
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Certification for Toyota Safety Sense
256 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
257
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
258 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
259
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
260 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■If a warning message is displayed on the multi-information display
A system may be temporarily unavailable or there may be a malfunction in
the system.
●In the following situations, perform the actions specified in the table. When
the normal operating conditions are detected, the message will disappear
and the system will become operational.
If the message does not disappear, contact any authorized Toyota retailer or
Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
Situation Actions
When the area around a sensor is
covered with dirt, moisture (fogged
up, covered with condensation, ice,
etc.), or other foreign matter
To clean the part of the windshield in
front of the front camera, use the
windshield wipers or the windshield
defogger of the air conditioning sys-
tem (P. 354)
When the temperature around the
front camera is outside of the opera-
tional range, such as when the vehi-
cle is in the sun or in an extremely
cold environment
If the front camera is hot, such as
after the vehicle had been parked in
the sun, use the air conditioning sys-
tem to decrease the temperature
around the front camera.
If a sunshade was used when the
vehicle was parked, depending on its
type, the sunlight reflected from the
surface of the sunshade may cause
the temperature of the front camera
to become excessively high.
If the front camera is cold, such after
the vehicle is parked in an extremely
cold environment, use the air condi-
tioning system to increase the tem-
perature around the front camera.
The area in front of the front camera
is obstructed, such as when the hood
is open or a sticker is attached to the
part of the windshield in front of the
front camera.
Close the hood, remove the sticker,
etc. to clear the obstruction.
261
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
●In the following situations, if the situation has changed (or the vehicle has
been driven for some time) and the normal operating conditions are
detected, the message will disappear and the system will become opera-
tional.
If the message does not disappear, contact any authorized Toyota retailer
or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
• When the temperature around the radar sensor is outside of the opera-
tional range, such as when the vehicle is in the sun or in an extremely
cold environment
• When the front camera cannot detect objects in front of the vehicle, such
as when driving in the dark, snow, or fog, or when bright lights are shining
into the front camera
262 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
PCS (Pre-Collision System)
The system can detect the following:
●Vehicles
●Bicyclists
●Pedestrians
The pre-collision system uses a radar sensor and front camera
to detect objects (P. 262) in front of the vehicle. When the sys-
tem determines that the possibility of a frontal collision with an
object is high, a warning operates to urge the driver to take eva-
sive action and the potential brake pressure is increased to help
the driver avoid the collision. If the system determines that the
possibility of a frontal collision with an object is extremely high,
the brakes are automatically applied to help avoid the collision
or help reduce the impact of the collision.
The pre-collision system can be disabled/enabled and the warning
timing can be changed. (P. 266)
Detectable objects
263
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Pre-collision warning
When the system determines
that the possibility of a frontal
collision is high, a buzzer will
sound and a warning message
will be displayed on the multi-
information display to urge the
driver to take evasive action.
■Pre-collision brake assist
When the system determines that the possibility of a frontal colli-
sion is high, the system applies greater braking force in relation to
how strongly the brake pedal is depressed.
■Pre-collision braking
If the system determines that the possibility of a frontal collision is
extremely high, the brakes are automatically applied to help avoid
the collision or reduce the impact of the collision.
System functions
264 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■Limitations of the pre-collision system
●The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive safely, taking
care to observe your surroundings. Do not use the pre-collision system
instead of normal braking operations under any circumstances. This sys-
tem will not prevent collisions or lessen collision damage or injury in every
situation. Do not overly rely on this system. Failure to do so may lead to an
accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
●Although this system is designed to help avoid a collision or help reduce
the impact of the collision, its effectiveness may change according to vari-
ous conditions, therefore the system may not always be able to achieve
the same level of performance.
Read the following conditions carefully. Do not overly rely on this system
and always drive carefully.
• Conditions under which the system may operate even if there is no pos-
sibility of a collision: P. 269
• Conditions under which the system may not operate properly: P. 2 7 1
●Do not attempt to test the operation of the pre-collision system yourself.
Depending on the objects used for testing (dummies, cardboard objects
imitating detectable objects, etc.), the system may not operate properly,
possibly leading to an accident.
■Pre-collision braking
●When the pre-collision braking function is operating, a large amount of
braking force will be applied.
●If the vehicle is stopped by the operation of the pre-collision braking func-
tion, the pre-collision braking function operation will be canceled after
approximately 2 seconds.
Depress the brake pedal as necessary.
●The pre-collision braking function may not operate if certain operations are
performed by the driver. If the accelerator pedal is being depressed
strongly or the steering wheel is being turned, the system may determine
that the driver is taking evasive action and possibly prevent the pre-colli-
sion braking function from operating.
●In some situations, while the pre-collision braking function is operating,
operation of the function may be canceled if the accelerator pedal is
depressed strongly or the steering wheel is turned and the system deter-
mines that the driver is taking evasive action.
●If the brake pedal is being depressed, the system may determine that the
driver is taking evasive action and possibly delay the operation timing of
the pre-collision braking function.
265
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■When to disable the pre-collision system
In the following situations, disable the system, as it may not operate prop-
erly, possibly leading to an accident resulting in death or serious injury:
●When the vehicle is being towed
●When your vehicle is towing another vehicle
●When transporting the vehicle via truck, boat, train or similar means of
transportation
●When the vehicle is raised on a lift with the fuel cell system on and the tires
are allowed to rotate freely
●When inspecting the vehicle using a drum tester such as a chassis dyna-
mometer or speedometer tester, or when using an on vehicle wheel bal-
ancer
●When a strong impact is applied to the front bumper or front grille, due to
an accident or other reasons
●If the vehicle cannot be driven in a stable manner, such as when the vehi-
cle has been in an accident or is malfunctioning
●When the vehicle is driven in a sporty manner or off-road
●When the tires are not properly inflated
●When the tires are very worn
●When tires of a size other than specified are installed
●When tire chains are installed
●When a compact spare tire or an emergency tire puncture repair kit is used
●If equipment (snow plow, etc.) that may obstruct the radar sensor or front
camera is temporarily installed to the vehicle
266 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Enabling/disabling the pre-collision system
The pre-collision system can be enabled/disabled on
(P. 143) of the multi-information display.
The system is automatically enabled each time the power switch is turned
to ON mode.
Press or of the meter control switches (P. 137) and
select .
Press or of the meter control switches, select and
press to select the desired setting (on/off).
If the system is disabled, the
PCS warning light will turn on
and a message will be dis-
played on the multi-information
display.
Changing settings of the pre-collision system
1
2
267
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Changing the pre-collision warning timing
The pre-collision warning timing can be changed on
(P. 143) of the multi-information display.
Press or of the meter control switches (P. 137) and
select .
Press or of the meter control switches, select and
press to select the desired setting.
Early
Middle
This is the default setting.
Late
The warning timing setting is
retained when the power switch
is turned off. However, if the pre-
collision system is disabled and
re-enabled, the operation timing
will return to the default setting
(middle).
1
2
268 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Operational conditions
The pre-collision system is enabled and the system determines that the pos-
sibility of a frontal collision with a detected object is high.
Each function is operational at the following speed
●Pre-collision warning
●Pre-collision brake assist
●Pre-collision braking
The system may not operate in the following situations:
●If a 12-volt battery terminal has been disconnected and reconnected and then
the vehicle has not been driven for a certain amount of time
●If the shift position is in R
●When the VSC OFF indicator is illuminated (only the pre-collision warning func-
tion will be operational)
Detectable objects Vehicle speed Relative speed between
your vehicle and object
Vehicles Approx.10 to 180 km/h
(7 to 110 mph)
Approx.10 to 180 km/h
(7 to 110 mph)
Bicyclists and pedestri-
ans
Approx.10 to 80 km/h
(7 to 50 mph)
Approx.10 to 80 km/h
(7 to 50 mph)
Detectable objects Vehicle speed Relative speed between
your vehicle and object
Vehicles Approx.30 to 180 km/h
(20 to 110 mph)
Approx.30 to 180 km/h
(20 to 110 mph)
Bicyclists and pedestri-
ans
Approx.30 to 80 km/h
(20 to 50 mph)
Approx.30 to 80 km/h
(20 to 50 mph)
Detectable objects Vehicle speed Relative speed between
your vehicle and object
Vehicles Approx.10 to 180 km/h
(7 to 110 mph)
Approx.10 to 180 km/h
(7 to 110 mph)
Bicyclists and pedestri-
ans
Approx.10 to 80 km/h
(7 to 50 mph)
Approx.10 to 80 km/h
(7 to 50 mph)
269
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Object detection function
■Cancelation of the pre-collision braking
If either of the following occur while the pre-collision braking function is oper-
ating, it will be canceled:
●The accelerator pedal is depressed strongly.
●The steering wheel is turned sharply or abruptly.
■Conditions under which the system may operate even if there is no pos-
sibility of a collision
●In some situations such as the following, the system may determine that
there is a possibility of a frontal collision and operate.
• When passing a detectable object, etc.
• When changing lanes while overtaking a detectable object, etc.
• When rapidly closing on a detectable object, etc.
• When approaching objects on the roadside, such as detectable objects,
guardrails, utility poles, trees, or walls
The system detects objects based on
their size, profile, motion, etc. However,
an object may not be detected depending
on the surrounding brightness and the
motion, posture, and angle of the
detected object, preventing the system
from operating properly. (P. 271) The
illustration shows an image of detectable
objects.
• When approaching a detectable
object in an adjacent lane or on the
roadside, such as when changing the
course of travel or driving on a wind-
ing road
• When there is a detectable object or
other object by the roadside at the
entrance of a curve
270 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
• When there are patterns or paint in front of your vehicle that may be mis-
taken for a detectable object
• When the front of your vehicle is hit by water, snow, dust, etc.
• When a detectable object approaches very close and then stops before
entering the path of your vehicle
• If the front of your vehicle is raised or lowered, such as when on an
uneven or undulating road surface
• When driving on a road surrounded by a structure, such as in a tunnel or
on an iron bridge
• When there is a metal object (manhole cover, steel plate, etc.), steps, or a
protrusion in front of your vehicle
• When approaching an electric toll gate barrier, parking area barrier, or
other barrier that opens and closes
• When using an automatic car wash
• When overtaking a detectable object
that is changing lanes or making a
right/left turn
• When passing a detectable object in
an oncoming lane that is stopped to
make a right/left turn
• When passing under an object (road
sign, billboard, etc.)
271
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
• When driving through steam or smoke
• When driving near an object that reflects radio waves, such as a large
truck or guardrail
• When driving near a TV tower, broadcasting station, electric power plant,
or other location where strong radio waves or electrical noise may be
present
■Situations in which the system may not operate properly
●In some situations such as the following, an object may not be detected by
the radar sensor and front camera, preventing the system from operating
properly:
• When a detectable object is approaching your vehicle
• When your vehicle or a detectable object is wobbling
• If a detectable object makes an abrupt maneuver (such as sudden swerv-
ing, acceleration or deceleration)
• When your vehicle approaches a detectable object rapidly
• When a detectable object is near a wall, fence, guardrail, manhole cover,
vehicle, steel plate on the road, etc.
• When a detectable object is under a structure
• When part of a detectable object is hidden by an object, such as large
baggage, an umbrella, or guardrail
• When multiple detectable objects are close together
• If the sun or other light is shining directly on a detectable object
• When a detectable object is a shade of white and looks extremely bright
• When driving through or under
objects that may contact your vehicle,
such as thick grass, tree branches, or
a banner
• When a detectable object is not
directly in front of your vehicle
272 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
• When a detectable object appears to be nearly the same color or bright-
ness as its surroundings
• If a detectable object cuts or suddenly emerges in front of your vehicle
• When the front of your vehicle is hit by water, snow, dust, etc.
• When a very bright light ahead, such as the sun or the headlights of
oncoming traffic, shines directly into the front camera
• When approaching the side or front of a vehicle ahead
• If a vehicle ahead is a motorcycle
• If a vehicle ahead is narrow, such as a personal mobility vehicle
• If a preceding vehicle has a small rear end, such as an unloaded truck
• If a vehicle ahead is carrying a load which protrudes past its rear bumper
• If a vehicle ahead is irregularly shaped, such as a tractor or side car
• If a vehicle ahead is a child sized bicycle, a bicycle that is carrying a large
load, a bicycle ridden by more than one person, or a uniquely shaped
bicycle (bicycle with a child seat, tandem bicycle, etc.)
• If a pedestrian/or the riding height of a bicyclist ahead is shorter than
approximately 1 m (3.2 ft.) or taller than approximately 2 m (6.5 ft.)
• If a pedestrian/bicyclist is wearing oversized clothing (a rain coat, long
skirt, etc.), making their silhouette obscure
• If a pedestrian is bending forward or squatting or bicyclist is bending for-
ward
• If a pedestrian/bicyclist is moving fast
• If a pedestrian is pushing a stroller, wheelchair, bicycle or other vehicle
• When driving in inclement weather such as heavy rain, fog, snow or a
sandstorm
• If a preceding vehicle has a low rear
end, such as a low bed trailer
• If a vehicle ahead has extremely high
ground clearance
273
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
• When driving through steam or smoke
• When the surrounding area is dim, such as at dawn or dusk, or while at
night or in a tunnel, making a detectable object appear to be nearly the
same color as its surroundings
• When driving in a place where the surrounding brightness changes sud-
denly, such as at the entrance or exit of a tunnel
• After the fuel cell system has started the vehicle has not been driven for a
certain amount of time
• While making a left/right turn and for a few seconds after making a left/
right turn
• While driving on a curve and for a few seconds after driving on a curve
• If your vehicle is skidding
• If the wheels are misaligned
• If a wiper blade is blocking the front camera
• The vehicle is being driven at extremely high speeds
• When driving on a hill
• If the radar sensor or front camera is misaligned
●In some situations such as the following, sufficient braking force may not be
obtained, preventing the system from performing properly:
• If the braking functions cannot operate to their full extent, such as when
the brake parts are extremely cold, extremely hot, or wet
• If the vehicle is not properly maintained (brakes or tires are excessively
worn, improper tire inflation pressure, etc.)
• When the vehicle is being driven on a gravel road or other slippery sur-
face
■If VSC is disabled
●If VSC is disabled (P. 340), the pre-collision brake assist and pre-collision
braking functions are also disabled.
●The PCS warning light will turn on and “VSC Turned Off Pre-Collision Brake
System Unavailable” will be displayed on the multi-information display.
• If the front of the vehicle is raised or
lowered
274 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering
control)
When driving on highways and freeways with white (yellow) lane
lines, this function alerts the driver when the vehicle might depart from
its lane or course* and provides assistance by operating the steering
wheel to keep the vehicle in its lane or course*.
The LDA system recognizes white
(yellow) lane lines or a course*
using the front camera. Addition-
ally, it detects preceding vehicles
using the front camera and radar.
*: Boundary between asphalt and the
side of the road, such as grass, soil,
or a curb
Summary of functions
WARNING
■Before using LDA system
●Do not rely solely upon the LDA system. The LDA system does not auto-
matically drive the vehicle or reduce the amount of attention that must be
paid to the area in front of the vehicle. The driver must always assume full
responsibility for driving safely by paying careful attention to the surround-
ing conditions and operating the steering wheel to correct the path of the
vehicle. Also, the driver must take adequate breaks when fatigued, such
as from driving for a long period of time.
●Failure to perform appropriate driving operations and pay careful attention
may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
●When not using the LDA system, use the LDA switch to turn the system
off.
■Situations unsuitable for LDA system
In the following situations, use the LDA switch to turn the system off.
Failure to do so may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
●Vehicle is driven on a road surface which is slippery due to rainy weather,
fallen snow, freezing, etc.
●Vehicle is driven on a snow-covered road.
●White (yellow) lines are difficult to see due to rain, snow, fog, dust, etc.
●A spare tire, tire chains, etc. are equipped.
275
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
●When the tires have been excessively worn, or when the tire inflation pres-
sure is low.
●When tires of a size other than specified are installed.
●Vehicle is driven in traffic lanes other than that highways and freeways.
●During emergency towing
■Preventing LDA system malfunctions and operations performed by
mistake
●Do not modify the headlights or place stickers, etc. on the surface of the
lights.
●Do not modify the suspension etc. If the suspension etc. needs to be
replaced, contact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized
repairer, or any reliable repairer.
●Do not install or place anything on the hood or grille. Also, do not install a
grille guard (bull bars, kangaroo bar, etc.).
●If your windshield needs repairs, contact any authorized Toyota retailer or
Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
■Conditions in which functions may not operate properly
In the following situations, the functions may not operate properly and the
vehicle may depart from its lane. Drive safely by always paying careful
attention to your surroundings and operate the steering wheel to correct the
path of the vehicle without relying solely on the functions.
●Vehicle is being driven around a sharp curve.
●Objects or patterns that could be mis-
taken for white (yellow) lines are pres-
ent on the side of the road (guardrails,
reflective poles, etc.).
276 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
●Vehicle is driven where the road
diverges, merges, etc.
●Repair marks of asphalt, white (yellow)
lines, etc. are present due to road
repair.
277
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
●There are shadows on the road that run parallel with, or cover, the white
(yellow) lines.
●The vehicle is driven in an area without white (yellow) lines, such as in
front of a tollgate or checkpoint, or at an intersection, etc.
●The white (yellow) lines are cracked, “Raised pavement marker” or stones
are present.
●The white (yellow) lines cannot be seen or are difficult to see due to sand,
etc.
●The vehicle is driven on a road surface that is wet due to rain, puddles,
etc.
●The traffic lines are yellow (which may be more difficult to recognize than
lines that are white).
●The white (yellow) lines cross over a curb, etc.
●The vehicle is driven on a bright surface, such as concrete.
●If the edge of the road is not clear or straight.
●The vehicle is driven on a surface that is bright due to reflected light, etc.
●The vehicle is driven in an area where the brightness changes suddenly,
such as at the entrances and exits of tunnels, etc.
●Light from the headlights of an oncoming vehicle, the sun, etc. enters the
camera.
●The vehicle is driven on a slope.
●The vehicle is driven on a road which tilts left or right, or a winding road.
●The vehicle is driven on an unpaved or rough road.
●The traffic lane is excessively narrow or wide.
●The vehicle is extremely tilted due to carrying heavy luggage or having
improper tire pressure.
●The distance to the preceding vehicle is extremely short.
●The vehicle is moving up and down a large amount due to road conditions
during driving (poor roads or road seams).
●When driving in a tunnel or at night with the headlights off or when a head-
light is dim due to its lens being dirty or it being misaligned.
●The vehicle is struck by a crosswind.
●The vehicle has just changed lanes or crossed an intersection.
●Tires which differ by structure, manufacturer, brand or tread pattern are
used.
●Snow tires, etc. are equipped.
278 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Lane departure alert function
When the system determines
that the vehicle might depart
from its lane or course*, a
warning is displayed on the
multi-information display, and a
warning buzzer will sound to
alert the driver.
When the warning buzzer
sounds, check the area around
your vehicle and carefully oper-
ate the steering wheel to move
the vehicle back to the center of
the lane.
*: Boundary between asphalt and the
side of the road, such as grass, soil,
or a curb
■Steering assist function
When the system determines
that the vehicle might depart
from its lane or course*, the
system provides assistance as
necessary by operating the
steering wheel in small
amounts for a short period of
time to keep the vehicle in its
lane.
If the system detects that the
steering wheel has not been
operated for a fixed amount of
time or the steering wheel is not
being firmly gripped, a warning
is displayed on the multi-infor-
mation display and the function
is temporarily canceled.
*: Boundary between asphalt and the
side of the road, such as grass, soil,
or a curb
Functions included in LDA system
279
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Vehicle sway warning function
When the vehicle is swaying
within a lane, the warning
buzzer will sound and a mes-
sage will be displayed on the
multi-information display to alert
the driver.
Press the LDA switch to turn the
LDA system on.
The LDA indicator illuminates and
a message is displayed on the
multi-information display. Press the
LDA switch again to turn the LDA
system off.
When the LDA system is turned on
or off, operation of the LDA system
continues in the same condition
the next time the fuel cell system is
started.
Turning LDA system on
280 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
LDA indicator
The illumination condition of the
indicator informs the driver of the
system operation status.
Illuminated in green: LDA system
is operating.
Flashing in yellow: Lane departure
alert function is operating.
Steering control indicator and operation display of steering wheel
operation support
When that steering wheel assistance of the steering assist function is oper-
ating, the indicator illuminates and the operation display on the multi-infor-
mation display is turned on.
Lane departure alert function display
Displayed when the multi-information display is switched to the driving
assist systems display.
*: Boundary between asphalt and the side of the road, such as grass, soil, or
a curb
Indications on multi-information display
Inside of displayed lines is
white
Inside of displayed lines is
black
Indicates that the system is rec-
ognizing white (yellow) lines or
a course*. When the vehicle
departs from its lane, the white
line displayed on the side the
vehicle departs from flashes
orange.
Indicates that the system is not
able to recognize white (yellow)
lines or a course* or is temporar-
ily canceled.
281
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Operation conditions of each function
●Lane departure alert function
This function operates when all of the following conditions are met.
• LDA is turned on.
• Vehicle speed is approximately 50 km/h (32 mph) or more.
• System recognizes white (yellow) lane lines or a course*. (When a white
[yellow] line or course* is recognized on only one side, the system will
operate only for the recognized side.)
• Width of traffic lane is approximately 3 m (9.8 ft.) or more.
• Turn signal lever is not operated.
• Vehicle is not being driven around a sharp curve.
• No system malfunctions are detected. (P. 284)
*: Boundary between asphalt and the side of the road, such as grass, soil, or
a curb
●Steering assist function
This function operates when all of the following conditions are met in addi-
tion to the operation conditions for the lane departure alert function.
• Setting for “LDA Steering Assist Mode” in on the multi-information
display (P. 136) is set to “ON”.
Press or of the meter control switches (P. 137) and select
.
Press or of the meter control switches, select and press
to select the “ON”.
• Vehicle is not accelerated or decelerated by a fixed amount or more.
• Steering wheel is not operated with a steering force level suitable for
changing lanes.
• ABS, VSC, TRC and PCS are not operating.
• TRC or VSC is not turned off.
• Hands off steering wheel warning is not displayed. (P. 283)
1
2
282 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
●Vehicle sway warning function
This function operates when all of the following conditions are met.
• Setting for “Lane Sway Warning Status” in on the multi-information
display (P. 136) is set to “ON”.
Press or of the meter control switches (P. 137) and select
.
Press or of the meter control switches, select and press
to select the “ON”.
• Vehicle speed is approximately 50 km/h (32 mph) or more.
• Width of traffic lane is approximately 3 m (9.8 ft.) or more.
• No system malfunctions are detected. (P. 284)
■Temporary cancelation of functions
When operation conditions are no longer met, a function may be temporarily
canceled. However, when the operation conditions are met again, operation
of the function is automatically restored. (P. 281)
■Steering assist function
●Depending on the vehicle speed, lane departure situation, road conditions,
etc., the driver may not feel the function is operating or the function may not
operate at all.
●The steering control of the function is overridden by the driver’s steering
wheel operation.
●Do not attempt to test the operation of the steering assist function.
■Lane departure alert function
●The warning buzzer may be difficult to hear due to external noise, audio
playback, etc.
●If the edge of the course* is not clear or straight, the lane departure alert
function may not operate.
●Do not attempt to test the operation of the lane departure alert function.
*: Boundary between asphalt and the side of the road, such as grass, soil, or
a curb
1
2
283
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Hands off steering wheel warning
●When the system determines that the driver is driving without holding the
steering wheel while the system is operating
If the driver continues to keep their hands off of the steering wheel, the
buzzer sounds, the driver is warned and the function is temporarily can-
celed. This warning also operates in the same way when the driver continu-
ously operates the steering wheel only a small amount.
●When the system determines that the vehicle may not turn and instead
depart from its lane while driving around a curve
Depending on the vehicle condition and road conditions, the warning may
not operate. Also, if the system determines that the vehicle is driving
around a curve, warnings will occur earlier than during straight-lane driving.
●When the system determines that the driver is driving without holding the
steering wheel while the steering wheel assist of the steering assist function
is operating.
If the driver continues to keep their hands off of the steering wheel and the
steering wheel assist is operating, the buzzer sounds and the driver is
warned. Each time the buzzer sounds, the continuing time of the buzzer
becomes longer.
■Vehicle sway warning function
In the following situations, a warning mes-
sage urging the driver to hold the steering
wheel and the symbol shown in the illus-
tration are displayed on the multi-informa-
tion display to warn the driver. The
warning stops when the system deter-
mines that the driver holds the steering
wheel.
Always keep your hands on the steering
wheel when using this system, regardless
of warnings.
When the system determines that the
vehicle is swaying while the vehicle sway
warning function is operating, a buzzer
sounds and a warning message urging
the driver to rest and the symbol shown in
the illustration are simultaneously dis-
played on the multi-information display.
Depending on the vehicle and road condi-
tions, the warning may not operate.
284 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Warning message
If the following warning message is displayed on the multi-information display
and the LDA indicator illuminates in yellow, follow the appropriate trouble-
shooting procedure. Also, if a different warning message is displayed, follow
the instructions displayed on the screen.
●“Lane Departure Alert Malfunction Visit Your Dealer”
The system may not be operating properly. Have the vehicle inspected by
any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer.
●“Lane Departure Alert Unavailable”
The system is temporarily canceled due to a malfunction in a sensor other
than the front camera. Turn the LDA system off, wait for a little while, and
then turn the LDA system back on.
●“Lane Departure Alert Unavailable at Current Speed”
The function cannot be used as the vehicle speed exceeds the LDA opera-
tion range. Drive slower.
●“Lane Departure Alert Unavailable Below Approx 50 km/h”
The LDA system cannot be used as the vehicle speed is less than approxi-
mately 50 km/h (32 mph). Drive the vehicle at approximately 50 km/h
(32 mph) or more.
■Customization
Function settings can be changed.
(Customizable features:P. 520)
285
5
5-5. Using the driving support systems
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
RSA (Road Sign Assist)
The RSA system recognizes spe-
cific road signs using the front
camera and/or navigation system
(when data is available) to provide
information to the driver via the
display.
If the system judges that the vehicle is being driven over the speed
limit, performing prohibited actions, etc., in relation to the recognized
road signs, it alerts the driver using a warning display and warning
buzzer.
Summary of function
WARNING
■Before using the RSA
Do not rely solely upon the RSA system. RSA is a system which supports
the driver by providing information, but it is not a replacement for a driver’s
own vision and awareness. Drive safely by always paying careful attention
to the traffic rules.
286 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
When the front camera recognizes a sign and/or information of a sign
is available from the navigation system, the sign will be displayed on
the multi-information display.
●When the driving assist sys-
tems display is selected, a max-
imum of 2 signs can be
displayed. (P. 136)
●When a tab other than the driv-
ing assist systems display is
selected, only a recognized
speed limit sign, a no-entry
sign (when notification is nec-
essary), expressway sign,
highway sign or Residential
area sign will be displayed.
(P. 136)
A no overtaking sign and a speed limit sign with supplemental mark
are not displayed. However, if signs other than speed limit signs are
recognized, they will be displayed in an overlapping stack under the
current speed limit sign.
Indication on the multi-information display
287
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
The following types of road signs, including electronic signs and blink-
ing signs, are recognized.
A non-official (not meeting the Vienna Convention) or a recently introduced
traffic sign may not be recognized.
●Speed limit road signs
●Speed limit related information*
*: Displayed when a sign is recognized but speed limit information for the
road is not available from the navigation system
●No-overtaking road signs
Supported types of road signs
Speed limit begins/
Maximum speed zone
begins
Speed limit ends/Maxi-
mum speed zone
ends
Expressway entrance Expressway exit
Highway entrance Highway exit
Urban area beginning Urban area ending
Urban area beginning Urban area ending
Residential area
beginning
Residential area end-
ing
No overtaking begins No overtaking ends
288 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
●Other road signs
*: For vehicles with navigation system
●Speed limit with supplemental mark*1
*1: Displayed simultaneously with speed limit
*2: Contents not recognized.
*3: If the turn signal indicator is not operated when changing lanes, the mark
does not display.
No-entry*All canceled
Stop
Wet Rain
Ice*2Supplemental mark
exists*3
Exit ramp on right*3Exit ramp on left*3
Time
289
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
In the following situations, the RSA system will alert the driver.
●When the vehicle speed exceeds the speed warning threshold of
the speed limit sign displayed, the sign display will be emphasized
and a buzzer will sound.
●When the RSA system recognizes a no-entry sign and detects that
the vehicle has entered a no-entry area based on the map informa-
tion of the navigation system, the no-entry sign flashes and a
buzzer will sound.
●If it is detected that your vehicle is overtaking when a no overtaking
sign is displayed on the multi-information display, the displayed sign
will flash and a buzzer will sound.
Depending on the situation, traffic environment (traffic direction,
speed unit) may be detected incorrectly and a warning indication may
not operate properly.
■Setting procedure
RSA can be enabled/disabled on the multi-information display (P. 136).
Press or of the meter control switches (P. 137) and select
.
Press or of the meter control switches, select and press
to select the desired setting (on/off).
Warning indication
1
2
290 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Automatic turn-off of RSA sign display
One or more signs automatically turn off in the following situations.
●A new sign is not recognized for a certain distance.
●The road changes due to a left or right turn, etc.
■Conditions in which the function may not operate or detect correctly
In the following situations, RSA does not operate normally and may not rec-
ognize signs, display the incorrect sign, etc. However, this does not indicate a
malfunction.
●The front camera is misaligned due to a strong impact being applied to the
sensor, etc.
●Dirt, snow, stickers, etc. are on the windshield near the front camera.
●In inclement weather such as heavy rain, fog, snow or sand storms
●Light from an oncoming vehicle, the sun, etc. enters the front camera.
●The sign is dirty, faded, tilted or bent, and if an electronic sign, the contrast
is poor.
●All or part of the sign is hidden by the leaves of a tree, a pole, etc.
●The sign is only visible to the front camera for a short amount of time.
●The driving scene (turning, lane change, etc.) is judged incorrectly.
●Even if it is a sign not appropriate for the currently traveled lane, such a sign
exists directly after a freeway branches, or in an adjacent lane just before
merging.
●Stickers are attached to the rear of the preceding vehicle.
●A sign resembling a system compatible sign is recognized.
●Side road speed signs may be detected and displayed (if positioned in sight
of the front camera) while the vehicle is traveling on the main road.
●Roundabout exit road speed signs may be detected and displayed (if posi-
tioned in sight of the front camera) while traveling on a roundabout.
●The front of the vehicle is raised or lowered due to the carried load.
●The surrounding brightness is not sufficient or changes suddenly.
●When a sign intended for trucks, etc. is recognized.
●The vehicle is driven in a country with a different direction of traffic.
●The navigation system map data is old.
●The navigation system is not operating.
291
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Speed limit sign display
If the power switch was last turned off while a speed limit sign was displayed
on the multi-information display, the same sign displays again when the
power switch is turned to ON mode.
■If “RSA Malfunction Visit Your Dealer” is shown
The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by any autho-
rized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
■Customization
Some functions can be customized. (Customizable features: P. 520)
292 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Dynamic radar cruise control
In vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the vehicle automatically
accelerates and decelerates to match the speed changes of the pre-
ceding vehicle even if the accelerator pedal is not depressed. In con-
stant speed control mode, the vehicle runs at a fixed speed.
Use the dynamic radar cruise control on freeways and highways.
●Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode (P. 295)
●Constant speed control mode (P. 300)
Multi-information display
Set speed
Indicators
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
switch
Cruise control switch
Summary of functions
System Components
293
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■Before using dynamic radar cruise control
●Driving safely is the sole responsibility of the driver. Do not rely solely on
the system, and drive safely by always paying careful attention to your sur-
roundings.
●The dynamic radar cruise control provides driving assistance to reduce the
driver’s burden. However, there are limitations to the assistance provided.
Read the following conditions carefully. Do not overly rely on this system
and always drive carefully.
• When the sensor may not be correctly detecting the vehicle ahead:
P. 304
• Conditions under which the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
may not function correctly: P. 305
●Set the speed appropriately depending on the speed limit, traffic flow, road
conditions, weather conditions, etc. The driver is responsible for checking
the set speed.
●Even when the system is functioning normally, the condition of the preced-
ing vehicle as detected by the system may differ from the condition
observed by the driver. Therefore, the driver must always remain alert,
assess the danger of each situation and drive safely. Relying solely on this
system or assuming the system ensures safety while driving can lead to
an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
●Switch the dynamic radar cruise control setting to off, using the “ON-OFF”
button when not in use.
■Cautions regarding the driving assist systems
Observe the following precautions, as there are limitations to the assistance
provided by the system. Failure to do so may cause an accident resulting in
death or serious injury.
●Assisting the driver to measure following distance
The dynamic radar cruise control is only intended to help the driver in
determining the following distance between the driver’s own vehicle and a
designated vehicle traveling ahead. It is not a mechanism that allows
careless or inattentive driving, and it is not a system that can assist the
driver in low-visibility conditions.
It is still necessary for driver to pay close attention to the vehicle’s sur-
roundings.
294 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
●Assisting the driver to judge proper following distance
The dynamic radar cruise control determines whether the following dis-
tance between the driver’s own vehicle and a designated vehicle traveling
ahead is within a set range. It is not capable of making any other type of
judgement. Therefore, it is absolutely necessary for the driver to remain
vigilant and to determine whether or not there is a possibility of danger in
any given situation.
●Assisting the driver to operate the vehicle
The dynamic radar cruise control does not include functions which will
prevent or avoid collisions with vehicles ahead of your vehicle. Therefore,
if there is ever any possibility of danger, the driver must take immediate
and direct control of the vehicle and act appropriately in order to ensure
the safety of all involved.
■Situations unsuitable for dynamic radar cruise control
Do not use dynamic radar cruise control in any of the following situations.
Doing so may result in inappropriate speed control and could cause an acci-
dent resulting in death or serious injury.
●Roads where there are pedestrians, cyclists, etc.
●In heavy traffic
●On roads with sharp bends
●On winding roads
●On slippery roads, such as those covered with rain, ice or snow
●On steep downhills, or where there are sudden changes between sharp up
and down gradients
Vehicle speed may exceed the set speed when driving down a steep hill.
●At entrances to freeways and highways
●When weather conditions are bad enough that they may prevent the sen-
sors from detecting correctly (fog, snow, sandstorm, heavy rain, etc.)
●When there is rain, snow, etc. on the front surface of the radar or front
camera
●In traffic conditions that require frequent repeated acceleration and decel-
eration
●During emergency towing
●When an approach warning buzzer is heard often
295
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
This mode employs a radar to detect the presence of vehicles up to
approximately 100 m (328 ft.) ahead, determines the current vehicle-
to-vehicle following distance, and operates to maintain a suitable fol-
lowing distance from the vehicle ahead. The desired vehicle-to-vehi-
cle distance can also be set by operating the vehicle-to-vehicle
distance switch.
When driving on downhill slopes, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance may
become shorter.
Example of constant speed cruising
When there are no vehicles ahead
The vehicle travels at the speed set by the driver.
Example of deceleration cruising and follow-up cruising
When a preceding vehicle driving slower than the set speed
appears
When a vehicle is detected running ahead of you, the system automatically
decelerates your vehicle. When a greater reduction in vehicle speed is
necessary, the system applies the brakes (the stop lights will come on at
this time). The system will respond to changes in the speed of the vehicle
ahead in order to maintain the vehicle-to-vehicle distance set by the driver.
Approach warning warns you when the system cannot decelerate suffi-
ciently to prevent your vehicle from closing in on the vehicle ahead.
When the turn signal lever is operated and your vehicle moves to a left
lane while driving at 80 km/h (50 mph) or more, the vehicle will quickly
accelerate to help to overtake a passing vehicle.
Driving in vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
296 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Example of acceleration
When there are no longer any preceding vehicles driving slower
than the set speed
The system accelerates until the set speed is reached. The system then
returns to constant speed cruising.
Press the “ON-OFF” button to
activate the cruise control.
Dynamic radar cruise control indi-
cator will come on and a message
will be displayed on the multi-infor-
mation display. Press the button
again to deactivate the cruise con-
trol.
If the “ON-OFF” button is pressed
and held for 1.5 seconds or more,
the system turns on in constant
speed control mode. (P. 300)
Accelerate or decelerate, with
accelerator pedal operation, to
the desired vehicle speed (at or
above approximately 30km/h
[20 mph] and push the lever
down to set the speed.
Cruise control “SET” indicator will
come on.
The vehicle speed at the moment the lever is released becomes the set
speed.
Setting the vehicle speed (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode)
1
2
297
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
To change the set speed, operate the lever until the desired set speed
is displayed.
Increases the speed
Decreases the speed
Fine adjustment: Momentarily
move the lever in the desired direc-
tion.
Large adjustment: Hold the lever
up or down to change the speed,
and release when the desired
speed is reached.
In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the set speed will be
increased or decreased as follows:
Fine adjustment: By 5 km/h (3.1 mph)*1 or 5 mph (8 km/h)*2 each time the
switch is pressed
Large adjustment: Increases or decreases in 5 km/h (3.1 mph)*1 or 5 mph
(8 km/h)*2 increments for as long as the switch is held
In the constant speed control mode (P. 300), the set speed will be
increased or decreased as follows:
Fine adjustment: By 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*1 or 1 mph (1.6 km/h)*2 each time
the lever is operated
Large adjustment: The speed will continue to change while the lever is
held.
*1: When the set speed is shown in “km/h”
*2: When the set speed is shown in “MPH”
Adjusting the set speed
298 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Pressing the switch changes the
vehicle-to-vehicle distance as fol-
lows:
Long
Medium
Short
The vehicle-to-vehicle distance is
set automatically to long mode
when the power switch is turned to
ON mode.
Select a distance from the table below. Note that the distances shown
correspond to a vehicle speed of 80 km/h (50 mph). Vehicle-to-vehicle
distance increases/decreases in accordance with vehicle speed.
Changing the vehicle-to-vehicle distance (vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
tance control mode)
Preceding
vehicle mark
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance settings (vehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode)
Distance options Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
Long Approximately 50 m (160 ft.)
Medium Approximately 40 m (130 ft.)
Short Approximately 30 m (100 ft.)
299
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Pulling the lever toward you
cancels the speed control.
The speed control is also canceled
when the brake pedal is
depressed.
Pushing the lever up resumes
the cruise control and returns
vehicle speed to the set speed.
However, cruise control does not resume when the vehicle speed is
approximately 25 km/h (16 mph) or less.
When your vehicle is too close to
a vehicle ahead, and sufficient
automatic deceleration via the
cruise control is not possible, the
display will flash and the buzzer
will sound to alert the driver. An
example of this would be if
another driver cuts in front of you
while you are following a vehicle.
Depress the brake pedal to ensure an appropriate vehicle-to-vehicle
distance.
■Warnings may not occur when
In the following instances, warnings may not occur even when the
vehicle-to-vehicle distance is small.
●When the speed of the preceding vehicle matches or exceeds
your vehicle speed
●When the preceding vehicle is traveling at an extremely slow
speed
●Immediately after the cruise control speed was set
●When depressing the accelerator pedal
Canceling and resuming the speed control
Approach warning (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode)
300 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
When constant speed control mode is selected, your vehicle will main-
tain a set speed without controlling the vehicle-to-vehicle distance.
Select this mode only when vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
does not function correctly due to a dirty radar, etc.
With the cruise control off,
press and hold the “ON-OFF”
button for 1.5 seconds or more.
Immediately after the “ON-OFF”
button is pressed, the dynamic
radar cruise control indicator will
come on. Afterwards, it switches to
the cruise control indicator.
Switching to constant speed con-
trol mode is only possible when
operating the lever with the cruise
control off.
Accelerate or decelerate, with
accelerator pedal operation, to
the desired vehicle speed (at or
above approximately 30km/h
[20 mph]) and push the lever
down to set the speed.
Cruise control “SET” indicator will
come on.
The vehicle speed at the moment the lever is released becomes the set
speed.
Adjusting the speed setting: P. 297
Canceling and resuming the speed setting: P. 299
Selecting constant speed control mode
1
2
301
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
When this function is enabled and the system is operating in vehicle-
to-vehicle distance control mode (P. 295), when a speed limit sign is
detected, the recognized speed limit will be displayed with an up/
down arrow. The set speed can be increased/reduced to the recog-
nized speed limit by pushing the lever up or down.
●When the current set speed is lower than the recognized speed
limit
Push the lever up
●When the current set speed is higher than the recognized speed
limit
Push the lever down
Dynamic Radar Cruise Control with Road Sign Assist
302 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
The Dynamic Radar Cruise Control with Road Sign Assist can be
enabled/disabled on the multi-information display (P. 136).
Press or of the meter control switches (P. 137), select
.
Press or of the meter control switches, select and
press to select the desired setting (on/off).
■Dynamic radar cruise control can be set when
●The shift position is in D.
●Depending on the control mode, this item can be set at the following
speeds.
• Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode: Approximately 30 km/h
(20 mph) or more
• Constant speed control mode: Approximately 30 km/h (20 mph) or more
■Accelerating after setting the vehicle speed
The vehicle can accelerate by operating the accelerator pedal. After acceler-
ating, the set speed resumes. However, during vehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode, the vehicle speed may decrease below the set speed in order
to maintain the distance to the preceding vehicle.
■Automatic cancelation of vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is automatically canceled in the fol-
lowing situations.
●Actual vehicle speed falls below approximately 25 km/h (16 mph).
●VSC is activated.
●TRC is activated for a period of time.
●When the VSC or TRC system is turned off.
●The sensor cannot detect correctly because it is covered in some way.
●Pre-collision braking is activated.
If vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is automatically canceled for any
reasons other than the above, there may be a malfunction in the system.
Contact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any
reliable repairer.
Enabling/Disabling the Dynamic Radar Cruise Control with Road
Sign Assist
1
2
303
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Automatic cancelation of constant speed control mode
Constant speed control mode is automatically canceled in the following situa-
tions:
●Actual vehicle speed is more than approximately 16 km/h (10 mph) below
the set vehicle speed.
●Actual vehicle speed falls below approximately 30 km/h (20 mph).
●VSC is activated.
●TRC is activated for a period of time.
●When the VSC or TRC system is turned off.
●Pre-collision braking is activated.
If constant speed control mode is automatically canceled for any reasons
other than the above, there may be a malfunction in the system.
Contact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any
reliable repairer.
■The Dynamic Radar Cruise Control with Road Sign Assist may not oper-
ate properly when
As the Dynamic Radar Cruise Control with Road Sign Assist may not oper-
ate properly in conditions in which RSA may not operate or detect correctly
(P. 290), when using this function, make sure to check the speed limit
sign displayed.
In the following situations, the set speed may not be changed to the recog-
nized speed limit by pushing the lever up or down.
●If speed limit information is not available
●When the recognized speed limit is the same as the set speed
●When the recognized speed limit is outside of the speed range that the
dynamic radar cruise control system can operate
■Brake operation
A brake operation sound may be heard and the brake pedal response may
change, but these are not malfunctions.
304 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Warning messages and buzzers for dynamic radar cruise control
Warning messages and buzzers are used to indicate a system malfunction or
to inform the driver of the need for caution while driving. If a warning message
is shown on the multi-information display, read the message and follow the
instructions. (P. 260, 469)
■When the sensor may not be correctly detecting the vehicle ahead
In the case of the following and depending on the conditions, operate the
brake pedal when deceleration of the system is insufficient or operate the
accelerator pedal when acceleration is required.
As the sensor may not be able to correctly detect these types of vehicles, the
approach warning (P. 299) may not be activated.
●Vehicles that cut in suddenly
●Vehicles traveling at low speeds
●Vehicles that are not moving in the same lane
●Vehicles with small rear ends (trailers with no load on board, etc.)
●Motorcycles traveling in the same lane
●When water or snow thrown up by the surrounding vehicles hinders the
detecting of the sensor
●When your vehicle is pointing upwards
(caused by a heavy load in the luggage
compartment, etc.)
●Preceding vehicle has an extremely high
ground clearance
305
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Conditions under which the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
may not function correctly
In the case of the following conditions, operate the brake pedal (or accelera-
tor pedal, depending on the situation) as necessary.
As the sensor may not be able to correctly detect vehicles ahead, the system
may not operate properly.
●When the vehicle ahead of you decelerates suddenly
●When driving on a road surrounded by a structure, such as in a tunnel or on
a bridge
●While the vehicle speed is decreasing to the set speed after the vehicle
accelerates by depressing the accelerator pedal
●When the road curves or when the lanes
are narrow
●When steering wheel operation or your
position in the lane is unstable
306 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Toyota parking assist-sensor
Front corner sensors
Front center sensors
Rear corner sensors
Rear center sensors
The distance from your vehicle to nearby obstacles when paral-
lel parking or maneuvering into a garage is measured by the
sensors and communicated via the displays and a buzzer.
Always check the surrounding area when using this system.
Types of sensors
307
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
ON (activate)/OFF (deactivate) can be changed by the for the
multi-information display (P. 136)
Press either or on
the meter control switches
(P. 137) and select .
Each press of of the meter control switches, changes ON and
OFF. When ON is selected, the Toyota parking assist-sensor indica-
tor turns on.
Turning the Toyota parking assist-sensor system on
1
2
308 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
When the sensors detect an obstacle, the following displays inform
the driver of the position and distance to the obstacle.
Front corner sensor operation
Front center sensor operation
Rear corner sensor operation
Rear center sensor operation
Display
309
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Distance display
Sensors that detect an obstacle will illuminate continuously or blink.
*: The images may differ from that shown in the illustrations. (P. 308)
Sensor detection display, obstacle distance
Display*
Approximate distance to obstacle
Front corner sensor/
front center sensor
Rear corner sensor/
rear center sensor
(continuous)
Front center sensor
only:
100 cm (3.2 ft.) to
60 cm (2.0 ft.)
Rear center sensor
only:
150 cm (4.9 ft) to
60 cm (2.0 ft)
(continuous)
60 cm (2.0 ft.) to
45 cm (1.5 ft.)
60 cm (2.0 ft.) to
45 cm (1.5 ft.)
(continuous)
45 cm (1.5 ft.) to
35 cm (1.2 ft.)
45 cm (1.5 ft.) to
35 cm (1.2 ft.)
(blinking)
Less than
35 cm (1.2 ft.)
Less than
35 cm (1.2 ft.)
310 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Buzzer operation and distance to an obstacle
A buzzer sounds when the sensors are operating.
●The buzzer sounds faster as the vehicle approaches an obstacle.
When the vehicle comes within the approximately 35 cm (1.2 ft.)
of the obstacle, the buzzer sounds continuously.
●When 2 or more obstacles are detected simultaneously, the
buzzer system responds to the nearest obstacle. If one or both
come within the above distances, the beep will repeat a long
tone, followed by fast beeps.
Approximately 100 cm (3.2 ft.)
Approximately 150 cm (4.9 ft.)
Approximately 60 cm (2.0 ft.)
The diagram shows the detection
range of the sensors. Note that the
sensors cannot detect obstacles
that are extremely close to the
vehicle.
The range of the sensors may
change depending on the shape of
the object, etc.
■The Toyota parking assist-sensor can be operated when
●The power switch is in ON mode
●Toyota parking assist-sensor is on
●The vehicle speed is less than about 10 km/h (6 mph)
●The shift position is following positions.
• Front corner sensors: The shift position is in other than P
• Front center sensors: The shift position is in other than P or R
• Rear corner and rear center sensors: The shift position is in R
Detection range of the sensors
311
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Sensor detection information
●The sensor’s detection areas are limited to the areas around the vehicle’s
bumper.
●Certain vehicle conditions and the surrounding environment may affect the
ability of a sensor to correctly detect an obstacle. Particular instances where
this may occur are listed below.
• There is dirt, snow or ice on the sensor. (Wiping the sensors will resolve
this problem.)
• The sensor is frozen. (Thawing the area will resolve this problem.)
In especially cold weather, if a sensor is frozen the screen may show an
abnormal display, or obstacles may not be detected.
• The sensor is covered in any way.
• The vehicle is leaning considerably to one side.
• On an extremely bumpy road, on an incline, on gravel, or on grass.
• The vicinity of the vehicle is noisy due to vehicle horns, motorcycle
engines, air brakes of large vehicles, or other loud noises producing ultra-
sonic waves.
• There is another vehicle equipped with parking assist sensors in the
vicinity.
• The sensor is coated with a sheet of spray or heavy rain.
• The vehicle is equipped with a fender pole or wireless antenna.
• Towing eyelets are installed.
• The bumper or sensor receives a strong impact.
• A backlit license plate, license plate holder, etc., are installed.
• The vehicle is approaching a tall or curved curb.
• In harsh sunlight or intense cold weather.
• The area directly under the bumpers is not detected.
• If obstacles draw too close to the sensor.
• A non-genuine Toyota suspension (lowered suspension etc.) is installed.
• People may not be detected if they are wearing certain types of clothing.
In addition to the examples above, there are instances in which, because of
their shape, signs and other objects may be judged by a sensor to be closer
than they are.
●The shape of the obstacle may prevent a sensor from detecting it. Pay par-
ticular attention to the following obstacles:
• Wires, fences, ropes, etc.
• Cotton, snow and other materials that absorb sound waves
• Sharply-angled objects
• Low obstacles
• Tall obstacles with upper sections projecting outwards in the direction of
your vehicle
312 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
●The following situations may occur during use.
• Depending on the shape of the obstacle and other factors, the detection
distance may shorten, or detection may be impossible.
• Obstacles may not be detected if they are too close to the sensor.
• There will be a short delay between obstacle detection and display. Even
at slow speeds, there is a possibility that the obstacle will come within the
sensor’s detection areas before the display is shown and the buzzer
sounds.
• Thin posts or objects lower than the sensor may not be detected when
approached, even if they have been detected once.
• It might be difficult to hear beeps due to the volume of audio system or air
flow noise of the air conditioning system.
■Muting the buzzer sound
●To mute the buzzer sound
The buzzer can be temporarily muted by pressing of the meter control
switches while an obstacle detection display is shown on the multi-informa-
tion display.
●To cancel the mute
Mute will be automatically canceled in the following situations.
• When the shift position is changed
• When the vehicle speed has reached or exceeded approximately 10 km/h
(6 mph)
• When the Toyota parking assist-sensor is turned off once and turned on
again
• When the power switch is turned off once and turned to ON mode again
• When a sensor is malfunctioning
■If “Parking Assist Unavailable Clean Parking Assist Sensor” is displayed
on the multi-information display
A sensor may be dirty or covered with snow or ice. In such cases, if it is
removed from the sensor, the system should return to normal.
Also, due to the sensor being frozen at low temperatures, a malfunction dis-
play may appear or an obstacle may not be detected. If the sensor thaws out,
the system should return to normal.
■If “Parking Assist Malfunction Visit Your Dealer” is displayed on the
multi-information display
Depending on the malfunction of the sensor, the device may not be working
normally.
Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota autho-
rized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
■Customization
Settings (e.g. buzzer sounds volume) can be changed.
(Customizable features: P. 520)
313
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■When using the Toyota parking assist-sensor
Observe the following precautions.
Failing to do so may result in the vehicle being unable to be driven safely
and possibly cause an accident.
●Do not use the sensor at speeds in excess of 10 km/h (6 mph).
●The sensors’ detection areas and reaction times are limited. When moving
forward or reversing, check the areas surrounding the vehicle (especially
the sides of the vehicle) for safety, and drive slowly, using the brake to
control the vehicle’s speed.
●Do not install accessories within the sensors’ detection areas.
NOTICE
■When using Toyota parking assist-sensor
In the following situations, the system may not function correctly due to a
sensor malfunction, etc. Have the vehicle checked by any authorized
Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
●The Toyota parking assist-sensor operation display flashes, and a buzzer
sounds when no obstacles are detected.
●If the area around a sensor collides with something, or is subjected to
strong impact.
●If the bumper collides with something.
●If the display shows continuously without beeping, except when the buzzer
mute switch has been turned on.
●If a display error occurs, first check the sensor.
If the error occurs even if there is no ice, snow or mud on the sensor, it is
likely that the sensor is malfunctioning.
■Notes when washing the vehicle
Do not apply intensive bursts of water or steam to the sensor area.
Doing so may result in the sensor malfunctioning.
314 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Parking Support Brake function (for static
objects)
The system operates in the following situations when a stationary
obstacle is detected in the traveling direction of the vehicle.
◆The vehicle is driven at low speeds and the brake pedal is not
depressed, or is depressed too late
◆The accelerator pedal is depressed too far
When a collision may occur with an obstacle while parking or
traveling at low speeds, when the vehicle suddenly moves for-
ward due to mistaken accelerator pedal operation, or when the
vehicle moves due to the wrong shift position being selected,
the sensors detect obstacles to the front or rear in the traveling
direction of the vehicle, and the system operates to lessen
impact with obstacles such as walls, and reduce resulting dam-
age.
Examples of system operation
315
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
◆The vehicle moves due to the wrong shift position being
selected
Front corner sensors
Front center sensors
Rear corner sensors
Rear center sensors
Types of sensors
316 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
The Parking Support Brake function (for static objects) can be
changed on the multi-information display (P. 136).
Press or of the meter control switches (P. 137) and select
.
Press or of the meter control switches, select and
press to select the desired setting (on/off).
When the Parking Support
Brake function (for static
objects) is OFF (disabled), the
PKSB OFF indicator illumi-
nates.
When switched OFF (disable) and
the Parking Support Brake function
(for static objects) is suspended,
system operations do not resume
until the function is switched ON
(enable) through the settings
screen on the multi-information dis-
play. (System operation does not
resume by operating the power
switch.)
Changing the setting for Parking Support Brake function (for
static objects)
1
2
317
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
When the Parking Support Brake function (for static objects) detects
an static obstacle with a probability of collision, the fuel cell system
output is restricted to restrain an increase in vehicle speed. (fuel cell
system output restriction control: A)
Furthermore, when the accelerator pedal continues to be depressed,
the brakes are applied to reduce the vehicle speed. (Brake Control: B)
Operation
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
DOWN
DOWN
UP
318 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Operation starting conditions
When the PKSB OFF indicator is not illuminated or flashing
(P. 323, 464) and all of the following conditions are met, the
system operates.
Fuel cell system output restriction control
●The Parking Support Brake function (for static objects) is ON
(enabled).
●The vehicle speed is 15 km/h (10 mph) or less.
●There is a static obstacle in the traveling direction of the vehicle
(2 to 4 m [6 to 13 ft.] ahead).
●The system determined that a stronger-than-normal brake opera-
tion was necessary to avoid a collision.
Brake control
●Fuel cell system output restriction control is being performed.
●The system determined that an emergency brake operation was
necessary to avoid a collision.
■Operation ending conditions
In any of the following conditions, the system stops operating.
Fuel cell system output restriction control
●The Parking Support Brake function (for static objects) has been
turned OFF (disabled).
●The collision became avoidable with normal brake operation.
●The static object is no longer in the traveling direction of the vehi-
cle (2 to 4 m [6 to 13 ft.] ahead).
Brake control
●The Parking Support Brake function (for static objects) has been
turned OFF (disabled).
●Approximately 2 seconds elapsed after the vehicle was stopped
by brake control.
Accelerator pedal
Brake pedal
Fuel cell system output
Braking force
Control starts
Collision is possible
Collision possibility extremely
high
Operation conditions
319
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
●The brake control was depressed after the vehicle was stopped
by brake control.
●The static obstacle is no longer in the traveling direction of the
vehicle (2 to 4 m [6 to 13 ft.] ahead).
When the fuel cell system output restriction control or brake control
operates, the buzzer sounds and a message is displayed on the multi-
information display to alert the driver.
Depending on the situation, output restriction control operates to either
limit acceleration or restrict output as much as possible.
Display and buzzer for fuel cell system output restriction control
and brake control
Control Situation Multi-information
display
PKSB OFF
indicator Buzzer
Fuel cell sys-
tem output
restriction
control is
operating
(accelera-
tion limita-
tion control)
Acceleration
at a certain
speed or
higher is not
possible.
Not
illuminated
No
sound
Fuel cell sys-
tem output
restriction
control is
operating
(control to
restrict out-
put as much
as possible)
A stronger-
than-normal
brake opera-
tion is neces-
sary Not
illuminated
Short
beep
Brake control
is operating
Emergency
braking is
necessary
The vehicle
is stopped by
system oper-
ation
The vehicle
is stopped
after brake
control oper-
ation
Illuminated
320 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Sensor detection range
The detection range of the Parking Support Brake function (for static objects)
differs from the detection range of the Toyota parking assist-sensor (P. 310).
Therefore, even if the Toyota parking assist-sensor detects and provides a
warning for an approaching obstacle, the Parking Support Brake function (for
static objects) may not start operating.
■System operation
When the vehicle is stopped by system operation, the Parking Support Brake
function (for static objects) stops and the PKSB OFF indicator illuminates.
Even if operated, the brake control is released after 2 seconds, so the vehicle
can start moving in that state. Also, depressing the brake pedal releases the
brake control, so if the accelerator pedal is depressed again, the vehicle can
start moving.
■System recovery
When the Parking Support Brake function (for static objects) is stopped by the
system operation and you would like to resume operation, turn the Parking
Support Brake function (for static objects) ON again and resume operation
(P. 316), or after briefly turning the power switch OFF turn it ON again.
Furthermore, when the vehicle moves with an obstacle no longer in the trav-
eling direction of the vehicle, or when the traveling direction of the vehicle
changes (such as when switching from moving forward to reverse, and vice
versa), the system operation automatically resumes.
■Obstacles not detected by the sensors
The following obstacles may not be detected by the sensors.
●Objects such as people, cloth, and snow, that are difficult for sonic waves to
reflect off of. (In particular, people may also not be detected depending on
the type of clothing they are wearing.)
●Objects not perpendicular with the ground, objects not at a right angle to the
traveling direction of the vehicle, uneven objects or waving objects
●Low objects
●Thin objects such as wires, fences, ropes and signposts
●Objects that are extremely close to the bumper
●Non-static obstacles
■Toyota parking assist-sensor buzzer
Regardless of whether the Toyota parking assist-sensor is on or off
(P. 307), if the Parking Support Brake function (for static objects) is
not stopped (P. 316), when the front or rear sensors detect an
obstacle and brake control is performed, the Toyota parking assist-
sensor buzzer sounds and a notification of the approximate distance
to the object is provided.
321
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Situations when the system may operate even though there is no possi-
bility of a collision
In the following situations, the system may operate even though there is no
possibility of a collision.
●Environmental influence
• The vehicle is driven toward a banner or flag, a low-hanging branch or a
boom barrier (such as those used at railroad crossings, toll gates and
parking lots).
• There is an obstacle on the shoulder of the road (when the vehicle is
driven in a narrow tunnel, on a narrow bridge or on a narrow road)
• The vehicle is being parallel parked
• There is a rut or hole in the surface of the road
• When the vehicle is driven on a metal cover (grating), such as those used
for drainage ditches
• The vehicle is driven on a steep slope
• The sensor is covered by water on a flooded road
●Influence from the weather
• Ice, snow, dirt, etc., has adhered to the sensor (if removed, the system
returns to normal)
• Heavy rain or water strikes the vehicle
• In severe weather such as fog, snow or a sand storm
●Influence from other sonic waves
• An ultrasonic wave source is nearby, such as the horn or parking assist
system of another vehicle, a vehicle detector, a motorcycle engine or the
air brake of a large vehicle
• Electronic components (such as a backlit license plate (especially fluo-
rescent types), fog lights, a fender pole or a wireless antenna) are
installed near the sensors
• The vehicle is driven on a narrow
road
• The vehicle is driven on a gravel road
or in an area with tall grass
STY55BC069
322 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
●Changes in the vehicle
• The vehicle is tilted a large amount
• The height of the vehicle has drastically changed due to the carried load
(the nose tilts up or down)
• The direction of the sensor has deviated due to a collision or other impact
■In the unlikely event that the Parking Support Brake function (for static
objects) mistakenly operates at a crossing or elsewhere
Even in the unlikely event that the Parking Support Brake function (for static
objects) mistakenly operates at a crossing or elsewhere, brake control is can-
celed after approximately 2 seconds, allowing you to proceed forward and
leave the area. Furthermore, brake control is also canceled when the brake
pedal is depressed. Depressing the accelerator pedal again allows you to
proceed forward and leave the area.
■Situations in which the system may not operate normally
In the following situations, the system may not operate normally.
●Environmental influence
• There is an obstacle that cannot be detected between the vehicle and
another obstacle that can be detected
• An obstacle such as another vehicle, a motorcycle, a bicycle or a pedes-
trian cuts in front of the vehicle or jumps out from the side.
●Influence from the weather
• Ice, snow, dirt, etc., has adhered to the sensor (if removed, the system
returns to normal)
• Heavy rain or water strikes the vehicle
• In severe weather such as fog, snow or a sand storm
• The area around the sensor is
extremely hot or cold
• The wind is strong
323
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
●Influence from other sonic waves
• An ultrasonic wave source is nearby, such as the horn or parking assist
system of another vehicle, a vehicle detector, a motorcycle engine or the
air brake of a large vehicle
• Electronic components (such as a backlit license plate [especially fluores-
cent types], fog lights, a fender pole or a wireless antenna) are installed
near the sensors
●Changes in the vehicle
• The vehicle is tilted a large amount
• The height of the vehicle has drastically changed due to the carried load
(the nose tilts up or down)
• The direction of the sensor has deviated due to a collision or other impact
■When removing and installing the 12-volt battery
The system needs to be initialized.
The system can be initialized by driving the vehicle straight ahead for 5 sec-
onds or more at a speed of approximately 35 km/h (22 mph) or higher.
■When “PKSB Unavailable” is displayed on the multi-information display
and the PKSB OFF indicator flashes
●Ice, snow, dirt, etc., may have adhered to the sensor. If this occurs, remove
the ice, snow, dirt, etc., from the sensor to return the system to normal.
Also, a warning message may be displayed at low temperatures due to ice
forming on the sensor, and the sensor may not detect obstacles. Once the
ice melts, the system will return to normal.
●If this message is shown even after removing dirt from the sensor, or shown
when the sensor was not dirty to begin with, have the vehicle inspected at
any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer.
●System initialization may not have been performed after removal and instal-
lation of the 12-volt battery. Perform system initialization.
■When “PKSB Malfunction Visit Your Dealer” is displayed on the multi-
information display, the PKSB OFF indicator flashes and the buzzer
sounds
The system may not be operating properly. Have the vehicle inspected at any
authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer.
324 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■For safe use
Do not rely solely upon the system. Relying solely upon the system may
lead to an unexpected accident.
●Driving safely is the sole responsibility of the driver. Pay careful attention
to the surrounding conditions in order to ensure safe driving.
The Parking Support Brake function (for static objects) can provide sup-
port to lessen the severity of collisions. However, it may not operate
depending on the situation.
●The Parking Support Brake function (for static objects) is not a system
designed to completely stop the vehicle. Furthermore, even if the brake
control is able to stop the vehicle, brake control is canceled after approxi-
mately 2 seconds, so depress the brake pedal immediately.
■In order for the system to operate properly
Make sure to observe the following precautions regarding the sensors
(P. 306). Failure to observe these precautions may cause the sensors
not to operate properly, and may result in an unexpected accident.
●Do not perform work such as modification, disassembly or painting
●Only perform replacements using genuine parts
●Do not subject the area around the sensors to any impacts
●Do not damage the sensors, and always keep them clean
■Handling the suspension
Do not modify the suspension, as changes to the height or incline of the
vehicle may prevent the sensors from correctly detecting obstacles, may
cause the system not operate, or may cause the system to operate unnec-
essarily.
325
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
NOTICE
■Preventing sensor malfunctions
●If the area around a sensor is subjected to an impact, equipment may not
operate properly due to a sensor malfunction. Have the vehicle inspected
at any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reli-
able repairer.
●When using a high-pressure washer to wash the vehicle, do not spray
water directly on the sensors. The sensors may not function properly if
subjected to an impact from strong water pressure.
●When using steam to wash the vehicle, do not direct steam too close to
the sensors. The sensors may not function properly if subjected to steam.
■Preventing unnecessary operation
In the following situations, turn the Parking Support Brake function (for static
objects) off. The system may operate even though there is no possibility of
a collision.
●A chassis roller, chassis dynamo, free roller or similar equipment is being
used for an inspection, etc.
●The vehicle is being loaded onto a ship, truck or other transport vessel
●The suspension has been lowered or tires that have a different size than
the genuine tires are equipped
●The height of the vehicle has drastically changed due to the carried load
(the nose tilts up or down).
●A towing eyelet is installed
●When using an automatic car wash
326 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)
The Blind Spot Monitor is a system that has 2 functions;
●The Blind Spot Monitor function
Assists the driver in making the decision when changing lanes
●The Rear Crossing Traffic Alert function
Assists the driver when backing up
These functions use the same sensors.
BSM outside rear view mirror indicators
Blind Spot Monitor function:
When a vehicle is detected in the blind spot, the BSM outside rear view
mirror indicator on the detected side illuminates. If the turn signal lever is
operated when a vehicle is in the blind spot, the BSM outside rear view
mirror indicator flashes.
Rear Crossing Traffic Alert function:
When a vehicle approaching from the right or left rear of the vehicle is
detected, the BSM outside rear view mirror indicators flash.
Rear Crossing Traffic Alert buzzer (Rear Crossing Traffic Alert func-
tion only)
When a vehicle approaching from the right or left rear of the vehicle is
detected, a buzzer sounds from behind the rear seat.
Summary of the Blind Spot Monitor
327
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
ON (activate)/OFF (deactivate) can be changed by the for the
multi-information display (P. 136)
Press either or on
the meter control switches
(P. 137) and select .
Each press of of the meter control switches, changes ON and
OFF. When ON is selected, the BSM indicator turns on.
Turning the Blind Spot Monitor system on
1
2
328 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■The BSM outside rear view mirror indicators visibility
When under strong sunlight, the BSM outside rear view mirror indicator may
be difficult to see.
■Rear Crossing Traffic Alert buzzer hearing
Rear Crossing Traffic Alert function may be difficult to hear over loud noises
such as high audio volume.
■When “Blind Spot Monitor Unavailable” is displayed on the multi-infor-
mation display
Water, snow mud, etc., may be built up in the vicinity of the sensor area of
bumper. (P. 332) Removing the water, snow, mud, etc., from the vicinity of
the sensor area bumper should return it to normal. Also, the sensor may not
function normally when used in extremely hot or cold weather.
■When “Blind Spot Monitor System Malfunction Visit Your Dealer” is dis-
played on the multi-information display
There may be a sensor malfunction or voltage abnormality. Have the vehicle
inspected by any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or
any reliable repairer.
329
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Certification for the Blind Spot Monitor
330 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
331
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
332 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
The Blind Spot Monitor function uses radar sensors to detect vehicles
that are traveling in an adjacent lane in the area that is not reflected in
the outside rear view mirror (the blind spot), and advises the driver of
the vehicles existence via the BSM outside rear view mirror indicator.
WARNING
■Handling the radar sensor
One Blind Spot Monitor sensor is installed inside the left and right side of
the vehicle rear bumper respectively. Observe the following to ensure the
Blind Spot Monitor can function correctly.
●Do not subject the sensor or surrounding area on the bumper to a strong
impact. If the sensor moves even slightly off position, the system may mal-
function and vehicles that enter the detection area may not be detected. If
the sensor or surrounding area is subject to a strong impact, always have
the area inspected by any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized
repairer, or any reliable repairer.
●Do not disassemble the sensor.
●Do not attach accessories or stickers to the sensor or surrounding area on
the bumper.
●Do not modify the sensor or surrounding area on the bumper.
●Do not paint the rear bumper any color other than an official Toyota color.
The Blind Spot Monitor function
●Keep the sensor and its surrounding
area on the bumper clean at all times.
333
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
The areas that vehicles can be detected in are outlined below.
The range of the detection area
extends to:
Approximately 3.5 m (11.5 ft.)
from the side of the vehicle
The first 0.5 m (1.6 ft.) from the
side of the vehicle is not in the
detection area
Approximately 3 m (9.8 ft.) from
the rear bumper
Approximately 1 m (3.3 ft.) for-
ward of the rear bumper
The Blind Spot Monitor function detection areas
WARNING
■Cautions regarding the use of the system
The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive safely, taking
care to observe your surroundings.
The Blind Spot Monitor function is a supplementary function which alerts the
driver that a vehicle is present in the blind spot. Do not overly rely on the
Blind Spot Monitor function. The function cannot judge if it is safe to change
lanes, therefore over reliance could cause an accident resulting in death or
serious injury.
According to conditions, the system may not function correctly. Therefore
the driver’s own visual confirmation of safety is necessary.
334 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■The Blind Spot Monitor function is operational when
●The Blind Spot Monitor system is on
●Vehicle speed is greater than approximately 16 km/h (10 mph).
■The Blind Spot Monitor function will detect a vehicle when
●A vehicle in an adjacent lane overtakes your vehicle.
●Another vehicle enters the detection area when it changes lanes.
■Conditions under which the Blind Spot Monitor function will not detect a
vehicle
The Blind Spot Monitor function is not designed to detect the following types
of vehicles and/or objects:
●Small motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians, etc.*
●Vehicles traveling in the opposite direction
●Guardrails, walls, signs, parked vehicles and similar stationary objects*
●Following vehicles that are in the same lane*
●Vehicles driving 2 lanes across from your vehicle*
*: Depending on conditions, detection of a vehicle and/or object may occur.
■Conditions under which the Blind Spot Monitor function may not func-
tion correctly
●The Blind Spot Monitor function may not detect vehicles correctly in the fol-
lowing conditions:
• During bad weather such as heavy rain, fog, snow, etc.
• When ice or mud, etc., is attached to the rear bumper
• When driving on a road surface that is wet due to rain, standing water,
etc.
• When there is a significant difference in speed between your vehicle and
the vehicle that enters the detection area
• When a vehicle is in the detection area from a stop and remains in the
detection area as your vehicle accelerates
• When driving up or down consecutive steep inclines, such as hills, a dip
in the road, etc.
• When multiple vehicles approach with only a small gap between each
vehicle
• When vehicle lanes are wide, and the vehicle in the next lane is too far
away from your vehicle
• When the vehicle that enters the detection area is traveling at about the
same speed as your vehicle
• When there is a significant difference in height between your vehicle and
the vehicle that enters the detection area
• Directly after the Blind Spot Monitor system is on
335
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
●Instances of the Blind Spot Monitor function unnecessarily detecting a vehi-
cle and/or object may increase under the following conditions:
• When there is only a short distance between your vehicle and a guardrail,
wall, etc.
• When there is only a short distance between your vehicle and a following
vehicle
• When vehicle lanes are narrow and a vehicle driving 2 lanes across from
your vehicle enters the detection area
• When items such as a bicycle carrier are installed on the rear of the vehi-
cle
The Rear Crossing Traffic Alert function operates when your vehicle is
in reverse. It can detect other vehicles approaching from the right or
left rear of the vehicle. It uses radar sensors to alert the driver of the
other vehicle’s existence through flashing the BSM outside rear view
mirror indicators and sounding a buzzer.
The Rear Crossing Traffic Alert function
Approaching vehicles Detection areas
336 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
The areas that vehicles can be detected in are outlined below.
To give the driver a more consistent time to react, the buzzer can alert
for faster vehicles from farther away.
Example:
WARNING
■Cautions regarding the use of the system
The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive safely, taking
care to observe your surroundings.
The Rear Crossing Traffic Alert function is only an assist and is not a
replacement for careful driving. Driver must be careful when backing up,
even when using Rear Crossing Traffic Alert function. The driver’s own
visual confirmation of behind you and your vehicle is necessary and be sure
there are no pedestrians, other vehicles, etc., before backing up. Failure to
do so could cause death or serious injury.
According to conditions, the system may not function correctly. Therefore
the driver’s own visual confirmation of safety is necessary.
The Rear Crossing Traffic Alert function detection areas
Approaching vehicle Speed Approximate
alert distance
Fast 28 km/h (18 mph) 20 m (65 ft.)
Slow 8 km/h (5 mph) 5.5 m (18 ft.)
337
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■The Rear Crossing Traffic Alert function is operational when
●The Blind Spot Monitor system is on.
●The shift position is in R.
●Vehicle speed is less than approximately 8 km/h (5 mph).
●Approaching vehicle speed is between approximately 8 km/h (5 mph) and
28 km/h (18 mph).
■Conditions under which the Rear Crossing Traffic Alert function will not
detect a vehicle
The Rear Crossing Traffic Alert function is not designed to detect the follow-
ing types of vehicles and/or objects.
●Small motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians, etc.*
●Vehicles approaching from directly behind
●Guardrails, walls, signs, parked vehicles and similar stationary objects*
●Vehicles moving away from your vehicle
●Vehicles approaching from the parking spaces next to your vehicle*
●Vehicles backing up in the parking space next to your vehicle*
*: Depending on conditions, detection of a vehicle and/or object may occur.
■Conditions under which the Rear Crossing Traffic Alert function may not
function correctly
The Rear Crossing Traffic Alert function may not detect vehicles correctly in
the following conditions:
●During bad weather such as heavy rain, fog, snow, etc.
●When ice or mud, etc., is attached to the rear bumper
●When multiple vehicles approach continuously
●Shallow angle parking
●When a vehicle is approaching at high speed
●When parking on a steep incline, such as hills, a dip in the road, etc.
●Directly after the Blind Spot Monitor system is on
●Directly after the fuel cell system is started with the Blind Spot Monitor sys-
tem is on
●Vehicles that the sensors cannot detect
because of obstacles
338 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Driving assist systems
◆ECB (Electronically Controlled Brake System)
The electronically controlled system generates braking force corre-
sponding to the brake operation
◆ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
Helps to prevent wheel lock when the brakes are applied suddenly,
or if the brakes are applied while driving on a slippery road surface
◆Brake assist
Generates an increased level of braking force after the brake pedal
is depressed when the system detects a panic stop situation
◆VSC (Vehicle Stability Control)
Helps the driver to control skidding when swerving suddenly or
turning on slippery road surfaces
◆VSC+ (Vehicle Stability Control+)
Provides cooperative control of the ABS, TRC, VSC and EPS.
Helps to maintain directional stability when swerving on slippery
road surfaces by controlling steering performance.
◆TRC (Traction Control)
Helps to maintain drive power and prevent the drive wheels from
spinning when starting the vehicle or accelerating on slippery roads
◆Hill-start assist control
Helps to prevent the vehicle from rolling backward when starting on
an incline.
To help enhance driving safety and performance, the following
systems operate automatically in response to various driving
situations. Be aware, however, that these systems are supple-
mentary and should not be relied upon too heavily when operat-
ing the vehicle.
339
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
◆EPS (Electric Power Steering)
Employs an electric motor to reduce the amount of effort needed to
turn the steering wheel
◆Emergency brake signal
When the brakes are applied suddenly, the emergency flashers
automatically flash to alert the vehicle behind.
The slip indicator will flash while
the TRC/VSC/ABS systems are
operating.
When the TRC/VSC/ABS systems are operating
340 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
If the vehicle gets stuck in mud, dirt or snow, the TRC system may
reduce power from the fuel cell system to the wheels. Pressing
to turn the system off may make it easier for you to rock the vehicle in
order to free it.
To turn the TRC system off,
quickly press and release .
The “TRC OFF” is displayed on the
multi-information display.
Press again to turn the sys-
tem back on.
■Turning off both TRC and VSC systems
To turn the TRC and VSC systems off, press and hold for more than
3 seconds while the vehicle is stopped.
The VSC OFF indicator will come on and the “TRC OFF” will be displayed on
the multi-information display.
Press again to turn the systems back on.
Pre-collision brake assist and pre-collision braking will also be disabled. The
PCS warning light will come on and the message will be shown on the multi-
information display. (P. 273)
■When the message is displayed on the multi-information display show-
ing that TRC has been disabled even if has not been pressed
TRC and hill-start assist control cannot be operated. Contact any authorized
Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
Disabling the TRC system
341
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Sounds and vibrations caused by the ABS, brake assist, TRC, VSC and
hill-start assist control systems
Any of the following conditions may occur when the above systems are oper-
ating. None of these indicates that a malfunction has occurred.
●Vibrations may be felt through the vehicle body and steering.
●A motor sound may be heard after the vehicle comes to a stop.
●The brake pedal may pulsate slightly after the ABS is activated.
●The brake pedal may move down slightly after the ABS is activated.
■ECB operating sound
ECB operating sound may be heard in the following cases, but it does not
indicate that a malfunction has occurred.
●Operating sound heard from the motor compartment when the brake pedal
is operated.
●Motor sound of the brake system heard from the front part of the vehicle
when the driver’s door is opened.
●Operating sound heard from the motor compartment when 1 or 2 minutes
passed after the stop of the fuel cell system.
■EPS operation sound
When the steering wheel is operated, a motor sound (whirring sound) may be
heard. This does not indicate a malfunction.
■Reduced effectiveness of the EPS system
The effectiveness of the EPS system is reduced to prevent the system from
overheating when there is frequent steering input over an extended period of
time. The steering wheel may feel heavy as a result. Should this occur, refrain
from excessive steering input or stop the vehicle and turn the fuel cell system
off. The EPS system should return to normal within 10 minutes.
■Automatic reactivation of TRC and VSC systems
After turning the TRC and VSC systems off, the systems will be automatically
re-enabled in the following situations:
●When the power switch is turned off
●If only the TRC system is turned off, the TRC will turn on when vehicle
speed increases
If both the TRC and VSC systems are turned off, automatic re-enabling will
not occur when vehicle speed increases.
■Operating conditions of hill-start assist control
When the following four conditions are met, the hill-start assist control will
operate:
●The shift position is in a position other than P or N (when starting off forward/
backward on an upward incline).
●The vehicle is stopped.
●The accelerator pedal is not depressed.
●The parking brake is not engaged.
342 5-5. Using the driving support systems
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Automatic system cancelation of hill-start assist control
The hill-start assist control will turn off in any of the following situations:
●Shift the shift position to P or N.
●The accelerator pedal is depressed.
●The parking brake is engaged.
●Approximately 2 seconds elapse after the brake pedal is released.
■Operating conditions of emergency brake signal
When the following three conditions are met, the emergency brake signal will
operate:
●The emergency flashers are off.
●Actual vehicle speed is over 55 km/h (35 mph).
●The brake pedal is depressed in a manner that cause the system to judge
from the vehicle deceleration that this is a sudden braking operation.
■Automatic system cancelation of emergency brake signal
The emergency brake signal will turn off in any of the following situations:
●The emergency flashers are turned on.
●The brake pedal is released.
●The system judges from the vehicle deceleration that is not a sudden brak-
ing operation.
WARNING
■The ABS does not operate effectively when
●The limits of tire gripping performance have been exceeded (such as
excessively worn tires on a snow covered road).
●The vehicle hydroplanes while driving at high speed on wet or slick roads.
■Stopping distance when the ABS is operating may exceed that of nor-
mal conditions
The ABS is not designed to shorten the vehicle’s stopping distance. Always
maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you, especially in the
following situations:
●When driving on dirt, gravel or snow-covered roads
●When driving with tire chains
●When driving over bumps in the road
●When driving over roads with potholes or uneven surfaces
343
5-5. Using the driving support systems
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■TRC may not operate effectively when
Directional control and power may not be achievable while driving on slip-
pery road surfaces, even if the TRC system is operating.
Drive the vehicle carefully in conditions where stability and power may be
lost.
■Hill-start assist control does not operate effectively when
●Do not overly rely on the hill-start assist control. The hill-start assist control
may not operate effectively on steep inclines and roads covered with ice.
●Unlike the parking brake, hill-start assist control is not intended to hold the
vehicle stationary for an extended period of time. Do not attempt to use
hill-start assist control to hold the vehicle on an incline, as doing so may
lead to an accident.
■When the TRC, VSC and/or ABS is activated
The slip indicator flashes. Always drive carefully. Reckless driving may
cause an accident. Exercise particular care when the indicator flashes.
■When the TRC/VSC systems are turned off
Be especially careful and drive at a speed appropriate to the road condi-
tions. As these are the systems to help ensure vehicle stability and driving
force, do not turn the TRC/VSC systems off unless necessary.
■Replacing tires
Make sure that all tires are of the specified size, brand, tread pattern and
total load capacity. In addition, make sure that the tires are inflated to the
recommended tire inflation pressure level.
The ABS, TRC and VSC systems will not function correctly if different tires
are installed on the vehicle.
Contact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any
reliable repairer for further information when replacing tires or wheels.
■Handling of tires and the suspension
Using tires with any kind of problem or modifying the suspension will affect
the driving assist systems, and may cause a system to malfunction.
344 5-6. Driving tips
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Winter driving tips
●Use washer fluid that are appropriate to the prevailing outside tem-
peratures.
●Have a service technician inspect the condition of the 12-volt bat-
tery.
●Have the vehicle fitted with four snow tires or purchase a set of tire
chains for the front tires.
Ensure that all tires are the same size and brand, and that chains match
the size of the tires.
Carry out the necessary preparations and inspections before
driving the vehicle in winter. Always drive the vehicle in a man-
ner appropriate to the prevailing weather conditions.
Preparation for winter
345
5-6. Driving tips
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Perform the following according to the driving conditions:
●Do not try to forcibly open a window or move a wiper that is frozen.
Pour warm water over the frozen area to melt the ice. Wipe away
the water immediately to prevent it from freezing.
●To ensure proper operation of the climate control system fan,
remove any snow that has accumulated on the air inlet vents in
front of the windshield.
●Check for and remove any excess ice or snow that may have accu-
mulated on the exterior lights, vehicle’s roof, chassis, around the
tires or on the brakes.
●Remove any snow or mud from the bottom of your shoes before
getting in the vehicle.
Accelerate the vehicle slowly, keep a safe distance between you and
the vehicle ahead, and drive at a reduced speed suitable to road con-
ditions.
Park the vehicle and shift the shift position to P without setting the
parking brake. The parking brake may freeze up, preventing it from
being released. If the vehicle is parked without setting the parking
brake, make sure to block the wheels. Failure to do so may be dan-
gerous because it may cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly, pos-
sibly leading to an accident.
Before driving the vehicle
When driving the vehicle
When parking the vehicle
346 5-6. Driving tips
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Use the correct tire chain size when mounting the tire chains.
Chain size is regulated for each tire size.
Side chain:
3 mm (0.12 in.) in diameter
10 mm (0.39 in.) in width
30 mm (1.18 in.) in length
Cross chain:
4 mm (0.16 in.) in diameter
14 mm (0.55 in.) in width
25 mm (0.98 in.) in length
Regulations regarding the use of tire chains vary depending on loca-
tion and type of road. Always check local regulations before installing
chains.
■Tire chain installation
Observe the following precautions when installing and removing chains:
●Install and remove tire chains in a safe location.
●Install tire chains on the front tires only. Do not install tire chains on the rear
tires.
●Install tire chains on front tires as tightly as possible. Retighten chains after
driving 0.5 1.0 km (1/4 1/2 mile).
●Install tire chains following the instructions provided with the tire chains.
Selecting tire chains
Regulations on the use of tire chains
347
5-6. Driving tips
5
Driving
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■Driving with snow tires
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failure to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control and cause death or
serious injury.
●Use tires of the specified size.
●Maintain the recommended level of air pressure.
●Do not drive at speeds in excess of the speed limit or the speed limit spec-
ified for the snow tires being used.
●Use snow tires on all, not just some wheels.
■Driving with tire chains
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failure to do so may result in the vehicle being unable to be driven safely,
and may cause death or serious injury.
●Do not drive in excess of the speed limit specified for the tire chains being
used, or 50 km/h (30 mph), whichever is lower.
●Avoid driving on bumpy road surfaces or over potholes.
●Avoid sudden acceleration, abrupt steering, sudden braking and shifting
operations that cause sudden regenerative braking.
●Slow down sufficiently before entering a curve to ensure that vehicle con-
trol is maintained.
●Do not use LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) system.
NOTICE
■Repairing or replacing snow tires
Request repairs or replacement of snow tires from any authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer or legitimate
tire retailers.
This is because the removal and attachment of snow tires affects the opera-
tion of the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters.
■Fitting tire chains
The tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not function correctly
when tire chains are fitted.
348 5-6. Driving tips
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
349
6
Interior features
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
6-1. Using the air conditioning
system and defogger
Automatic air conditioning
system .............................350
Heated steering wheel/
seat heaters.....................360
6-2. Using the interior lights
Interior lights list.................362
• Interior lights..................363
• Personal lights...............363
6-3. Using the storage
features
List of storage features ......365
• Glove box ......................366
• Console box ..................366
• Cup holders ...................367
• Bottle holders ................368
• Auxiliary box ..................369
• Card holder....................369
Trunk features....................370
6-4. Other interior features
Other interior features........372
• Sun visors......................372
• Vanity mirrors ................372
• Clock .............................373
• Armrest..........................374
• Coat hooks ....................374
• Assist grips ....................375
• Power outlet ..................376
• Wireless charger ...........377
350 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Automatic air conditioning system
The illustrations below are for left-hand drive vehicles.
The button positions and shapes will differ for right-hand drive vehi-
cles.
■Adjusting the temperature setting
To adjust the temperature set-
ting, touch and slide your finger
up or down on the sensor.
The temperature setting can
also be adjusted by touching on
the sensor.
When the temperature setting is
changed, a buzzer sounds.
If the indicator is turned
off, the system will blow ambient
temperature air or heated air.
Air outlets and fan speed are automatically adjusted according
to the temperature setting.
Air conditioning controls
351
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
6
Interior features
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Fan speed setting
Touch (increase) to increase the fan speed and
(decrease) to decrease the fan speed.
Touch to turn the fan off.
■Change the airflow mode
To change the airflow mode,
touch .
The air outlets used are
switched each time the button is
touched.
Air flows to the upper body
Air flows to the upper body
and feet
Air flows to the feet
Air flows to the feet and the
windshield defogger oper-
ates
■Other functions
●Switching between outside air and recirculated air modes
(P. 353)
●Defogging the windshield (P. 354)
●Defogging the rear window and outside rear view mirrors
(P. 354)
352 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Touch .
The dehumidification function begins to operate. Air outlets and fan
speed are automatically adjusted according to the temperature set-
ting.
Adjust the temperature setting.
Touch .
The cooling and dehumidification function switches between on and
off each time the button is touched.
To stop the operation, touch .
■Automatic mode indicator
If fan speed setting or air flow modes are operated, the automatic
mode indicator goes off. However, automatic mode for functions
other than that operated is maintained.
■Adjusting the temperature for driver and passenger seats sep-
arately (“DUAL” mode)
To turn on the “DUAL” mode, perform any of the following proce-
dures:
●Touch .
●Adjust the passenger’s side temperature setting.
The indicator comes on when the “DUAL” mode is on.
Using the automatic air conditioning system
1
2
3
4
353
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
6
Interior features
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Switching between outside air and recirculated air modes
Press .
The mode switches between outside air mode (indicator off) and recir-
culated air mode (indicator on) each time is pressed.
■Using the Climate Preference
Touch .
Each time is touched, the fan speed setting mode toggles as fol-
lows.
“NORMAL” “ECO” “FAST”
When is displayed on the air conditioning screen, the air condi-
tioning is controlled with low fuel consumption prioritized such as reduc-
ing fan speed, etc.
When is displayed on the screen, fan speed will be increased.
When is touched and held, is displayed on the screen,
and the air conditioning, is controlled, even more, with low fuel con-
sumption prioritized.
(The air conditioning will have more reserved operation.)
may be canceled when other air conditioning operation switches
are touched.
Other functions
354 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Defogging the windshield
Defoggers are used to defog the windshield and front side win-
dows.
Press .
The dehumidification function operates and fan speed increases.
Set the outside/recirculated air mode button to outside air mode if the
recirculated air mode is used. (It may switch automatically.)
To defog the windshield and the side windows early, turn the air flow and
temperature up.
To return to the previous mode, press again when the windshield
is defogged.
■Defogging the rear window and outside rear view mirrors
Defoggers are used to defog the rear window, and to remove rain-
drops, dew and frost from the outside rear view mirrors.
Press .
The indicator comes on when the defogging the rear window and out-
side rear view mirrors is on.
The defoggers will automatically turn off after a period of time.
■Windshield wiper de-icer (if equipped)
This feature is used to prevent ice from building up on the wind-
shield and wiper blades.
Touch .
The indicator comes on when
the windshield wiper de-icer is
on.
The windshield de-icer will auto-
matically turn off after a period
of time.
355
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
6
Interior features
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Location of air outlets
The air outlets and air volume
change according to the
selected airflow mode.
■Adjusting the position of and opening and closing the air out-
lets
Direct air flow to the left or right, up or down.
Turn the knob to open or close the vent.
■Using automatic mode
Fan speed is adjusted automatically according to the temperature setting and
the ambient conditions.
Therefore, the fan may stop for a while until warm or cool air is ready to flow
immediately after is pressed.
Air outlets
Front Rear
356 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Fogging up of the windows
●The windows will easily fog up when the humidity in the vehicle is high.
Turning on will dehumidify the air from the outlets and defog the wind-
shield effectively.
●If you turn off, the windows may fog up more easily.
●The windows may fog up if the recirculated air mode is used.
■Windshield fog detection function
When automatic mode is set, the humidity sensor (P. 359) detects fog on
the windshield and controls the air conditioning system to prevent fog.
■Outside/recirculated air mode
●When driving on dusty roads such as tunnels or in heavy traffic, set the out-
side/recirculated air mode button to the recirculated air mode. This is effec-
tive in preventing outside air from entering the vehicle interior. During
cooling operation, setting the recirculated air mode will also cool the vehicle
interior effectively.
●Outside/recirculated air mode may automatically switch depending on the
temperature setting or the inside temperature.
■Operation of the air conditioning system in Climate Preference
●In Climate Preference, the air conditioning system is controlled as follows to
prioritize fuel efficiency:
• Cabin coolant heater and compressor operation controlled to restrict
heating/cooling capacity
• Fan speed restricted when automatic mode is selected
●To improve air conditioning performance, perform the following operations:
Adjust the temperature settings and fan speed
■Operation of the air conditioning system in Eco drive mode
When “ECO MODE” switch is pressed, operations switch over to Climate
Preference. (P. 229)
■When the outside temperature is low
The dehumidification function may not operate even when is pressed.
■When is selected for the air outlets used
For your driving comfort, air flowing to the feet may be warmer than air flow-
ing to the upper body depending on the position of the temperature adjust-
ment dial.
357
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
6
Interior features
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Ventilation and air conditioning odors
●To let fresh air in, set the air conditioning system to the outside air mode.
●During use, various odors from inside and outside the vehicle may enter into
and accumulate in the air conditioning system. This may then cause odor to
be emitted from the vents.
●To reduce potential odors from occurring:
• It is recommended that the air conditioning system be set to outside air
mode prior to turning the vehicle off.
• The start timing of the blower may be delayed for a short period of time
immediately after the air conditioning system is started in automatic
mode.
■Air conditioning filter
P. 437
■Changing the response of the switch for the air conditioning operation
panel
The reaction time, from when the switch is touched, can be changed by the
following operations.
The air conditioning cannot be operated during following operation.
Left-hand drive vehicles
Touch (decrease) and for about 3 seconds.
“01” ~ “05” is displayed in the monitor of the passenger side tempera-
ture.
Right-hand drive vehicles
Touch (increase) and for about 3 seconds.
“01” ~ “05” is displayed in the monitor of the passenger side tempera-
ture.
Each time is touched, the reaction time switches over as follows.
01 (about 0.06 sec.) 02 (about 0.08 sec.) 03 (about 0.10 sec.)
04 (about 0.12 sec.) 05 (about 0.14 sec.)
With the desired setting displayed, without switching over the screen by
performing touch operations for about 5 seconds, when the power
switch is turned off the configuration is complete.
1
1
2
358 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Turning ON/OFF the switch operation sound for the air conditioning
operation panel
The operation sounds, when the switch is touched, can be turned ON/OFF by
the following operations.
The air conditioning cannot be operated during following operation.
Touch and for about 3 seconds.
“ON” or “OFF” is displayed in the monitor of the passenger side tem-
perature.
Each time is touched, the monitor switches over between ON/
OFF.
With “ON” or “OFF” displayed, without switching over the screen by
performing touch operations for about 5 seconds, when the power
switch is turned off the configuration is complete.
■Turning ON/OFF the pop-up display when operating the switch for air
conditioning operation panel
The pop-up displays, when the switch is touched, can be turned ON/OFF by
the following operations.
The air conditioning cannot be operated during following operation.
Touch and for about 3 seconds.
“ON” or “OFF” is displayed in the monitor of the passenger side tem-
perature.
Each time is touched, the monitor switches over between ON/
OFF.
With “ON” or “OFF” displayed, without switching over the screen by
performing touch operations for about 5 seconds, when the power
switch is turned off the configuration is complete.
■Customization
Settings (e.g. A/C automatic mode switch operation) can be changed.
(Customizable features P. 524)
1
2
1
2
359
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
6
Interior features
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■To prevent the windshield from fogging up
●Do not use during cool air operation in extremely humid weather.
The difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the
windshield can cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, block-
ing your vision.
■To prevent burns
●Do not touch the rear view mirror surfaces when the outside rear view mir-
ror defoggers are on.
●Do not touch the glass at lower part of the windshield or to the side of the
front pillars when the windshield wiper de-icer is on.
NOTICE
■Humidity sensor
●Do not stick anything on the sensor
■To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
Do not leave the air conditioning system on longer than necessary when the
fuel cell system is off.
●Do not place anything on the instrument
panel which may cover the air outlets.
Otherwise, air flow may be obstructed,
preventing the windshield defoggers
from defogging.
In order to detect fog on the windshield, a
sensor which monitors the temperature
of the windshield, the surround humidity,
etc., is installed. (P. 356)
Follow these points to avoid damaging
the sensor:
●Do not disassemble the sensor
●Do not spray the glass cleaner on the
sensor or subject it to strong impacts
360 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Heated steering wheel/seat heaters
Turn the heated steering wheel
on/off
The indicator light comes on when
the heated steering wheel is oper-
ating.
: If equipped
Heated steering wheel and seat heaters heat the side grips of the
steering wheel and seats, respectively.
WARNING
●Care should be taken to prevent injury if anyone in the following categories
comes in contact with the steering wheel and seats when the heater is on:
• Babies, small children, the elderly, the sick and the physically chal-
lenged
• Persons with sensitive skin
• Persons who are fatigued
• Persons who have taken alcohol or drugs that induce sleep (sleeping
drugs, cold remedies, etc.)
●Observe the following precautions to prevent minor burns or overheating,
• Do not use seat heater more than necessary.
• Do not cover the seat with a blanket or cushion when using the seat
heater.
NOTICE
●Do not put heavy objects that have an uneven surface on the seat and do
not stick sharp objects (needles, nails, etc.) into the seat.
●To prevent 12-volt battery discharge, do not use the functions when the
fuel cell system is off.
Heated steering wheel
361
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
6
Interior features
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Operation condition
The heated steering wheel can be used when the power switch is in ON
mode.
■Timer
The heated steering wheel will automatically turn off after about 30 minutes.
■Front seats
Each time the switch is
touched, the intensity of the
seat heater changes:
Hi (strong) Lo (weak) Off
During operations, the operation
conditions are displayed.
■Rear seats
HI: Strong
The indicator light comes on.
LO: Weak
The indicator light comes on.
■Operating condition
The seat heaters can be used when the power switch is in ON mode.
■When not in use (rear seats)
Turn the seat heater off by returning the switch to its level position.
The indicator light turns off.
Seat heaters
362 6-2. Using the interior lights
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Interior lights list
*1: When the power switch is in ON mode, the footwell lights will turn on. How-
ever, if the instrument panel light control switch is turned to minimum, the
footwell lights will turn off. (P. 133)
*2: When shifting the shift position is in a position other than P, the brightness
of the footwell light will reduce intensity.
Front interior light (P. 363)
Personal lights (P. 363)
Rear interior light (P. 363)
Door courtesy lights
Footwell lights*1, 2
Shift lever lights
363
6-2. Using the interior lights
6
Interior features
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Front
When the switch is pressed
to the fully pushed in posi-
tion, the lights becomes
linked to the doors
The light will turn on and off due
to the opening and closing of a
door.
When the button is pressed,
the light will turn on
When the switch is pressed again, the light will turn off.
■Rear
Turns the light on
Links to the doors
When the front interior lights is
linked to the doors, the lights will
turn on and off due to the open-
ing and closing of the rear door.
Turns the lights on/off
Push the switch, and when the it is
in the pushed in position the light
comes on.
Interior lights
Personal lights
364 6-2. Using the interior lights
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Illuminated entry system
The lights automatically turn on/off according to power switch mode, the pres-
ence of the electronic key, whether the doors are locked/unlocked, and
whether the doors are opened/closed.
■To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
If the following lights remain on when the power switch is turned off, the lights
will go off automatically after 20 minutes:
●Front interior lights
●Rear interior lights
●Personal lights
●Door courtesy lights
●Vanity lights
●Trunk light
■Customization
Setting (e.g. the time elapsed before lights turn off) can be changed.
(Customizable features: P. 524)
NOTICE
■To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
Do not leave the lights on longer than necessary when the fuel cell system
is off.
365
6-3. Using the storage features
6
Interior features
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
List of storage features
Auxiliary box (P. 369)
Glove box (P. 366)
Bottle holders (P. 368)
Console boxes (P. 366)
Cup holders (P. 367)
Card holder (right-hand drive
vehicles) (P. 369)
WARNING
●Do not leave glasses, lighters or spray cans in the storage spaces, as this
may result in the following when cabin temperature becomes high:
• Glasses may be deformed by heat or cracked if they come into contact
with other stored items.
• Lighters or spray cans may explode. If they come into contact with other
stored items, the lighter may catch fire or the spray can may release
gas, causing a fire hazard.
●When driving or when the storage compartments are not in use, keep the
lids closed.
In the event of sudden braking or sudden swerving, an accident may
occur due to an occupant being struck by an open lid or the items stored
inside.
366 6-3. Using the storage features
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Open (press the button)
Lock with the mechanical key
Unlock with the mechanical key
■Front
Slide the armrest to the rear
most position.
Lift the lid while pulling up the
lever to release the lock.
Glove box
Console box
367
6-3. Using the storage features
6
Interior features
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Rear
Lift the lid while pushing the
button to release the lock.
■Front
Push in the lid.
■Rear
Push in and release the cup
holder.
Cup holders
368 6-3. Using the storage features
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■When stowing bottles (front cup holder)
●When storing a bottle, close the cap.
●The bottle may not be stored depending on its size or shape.
When bottles are stowed in the cup holder
of the armrest side, when sliding the arm-
rest, the bottles interfere and may prevent
movement of the armrest.
WARNING
■Items unsuitable for the cup holders
●Do not place anything other than cups or aluminum cans in the cup hold-
ers.
Other items may be thrown out of the holders in the event of an accident or
sudden braking, causing injury.
●To prevent burns, cover hot drinks when placed in the cup holders.
Bottle holders
369
6-3. Using the storage features
6
Interior features
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Push the lid.
WARNING
Do not place anything other than a bottle in the bottle holders.
Other items may be thrown out of the holders in the event of an accident or
sudden braking and cause injury.
NOTICE
Put the cap on before stowing a bottle. Do not place open bottles in the bot-
tle holders, or glass or paper cups containing liquid. The contents may spill
and glass cups may break.
Auxiliary box
Card holder (right-hand drive vehicles)
370 6-3. Using the storage features
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Trunk features
The warning reflector can be
stowed underneath the luggage
mat.
■Stowing the warning reflector
Due to the size and shape of the warning reflector case, it may not be able to
be stowed.
Grocery bag hooks
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the hooks, do not apply too much load to the hooks.
Warning reflector storage space
371
6-3. Using the storage features
6
Interior features
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Loosen the belt
Tighten the belt
First-aid kit storage belt
372 6-4. Other interior features
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Other interior features
To set the visor in the forward
position, flip it down.
To set the visor in the side posi-
tion, flip down, unhook, and
swing it to the side.
Slide the cover to open.
The light turns on when the cover
is opened.
Sun visors
Vanity mirrors
NOTICE
To prevent 12-volt battery discharge, do not leave the vanity lights on for
extended periods while the fuel cell system is off.
373
6-4. Other interior features
6
Interior features
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
The time can be adjusted through the for the multi-information
display (P. 136)
◆Round to the nearest hour
Press or of the meter control switches (P. 137), select
and press .
The minute section of the clock goes to 00.*
*: e.g.1:00 to 1:29 1:00
1:30 to 1:59 2:00
◆Time adjustment
Press or of the meter control switches (P. 137), select
and press .
Press or on the meter control switches, select hours, min-
utes, or 12/24-hour clock, press or of the meter control
switches to adjust.
When the adjustments are finished, press and check the time.
The clock is displayed when the power switch is in ON mode.
Clock
1
2
3
374 6-4. Other interior features
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Front
Slide the armrest.
■Rear
The coat hooks are provided with
the rear assist grips.
Armrest
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the armrest, do not apply too much load on the arm-
rest.
Coat hooks
375
6-4. Other interior features
6
Interior features
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
An assist grip installed on the ceil-
ing can be used to support your
body while sitting on the seat.
WARNING
Do not hang coat hangers or other hard or sharp objects on the hook. If the
SRS curtain shield airbags deploy, these items may become projectiles,
causing death or serious injury.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the coat hook, do not put a heavy load on the coat
hook.
Assist grips
WARNING
Do not use the assist grip when getting in or out of the vehicle or rising from
your seat.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the assist grip, do not hang any heavy object or put a
heavy load on the assist grip.
376 6-4. Other interior features
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Please use a power supply for electronic goods that use less than
12 VDC /10 A (power consumption of 120 W).
Push the cover of the console
box on back side to open.
Open the lid.
The power outlet can be used when the power switch is in ACCESSORY or
ON mode.
Power outlet
1
2
NOTICE
●To avoid the damaging the power outlet, close the power outlet lid when
the power outlet is not in use. Foreign objects or liquids that enter the
power outlet may cause a short circuit.
●To prevent 12-volt battery discharge, do not use the power outlet longer
than necessary when the fuel cell system is off.
377
6-4. Other interior features
6
Interior features
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
A portable device can be charged by just placing Qi standard wireless
charge compatible portable devices according to the Wireless Power
Consortium, such as smart phones and mobile batteries, etc., on the
charge area.
This function cannot be used with portable devices that are larger
than the charging area. Also, depending on the portable device, it may
not operate as normal. Please read the operation manual for portable
devices to be used.
■The “Qi” symbol
The “Qi” symbol is a trademark of the Wireless Power Consortium.
■Name for all parts
Operation indicator light
Power supply switch
Charge area
Wireless charger
378 6-4. Other interior features
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Using the wireless charger
Open the console box. (P. 366).
Press the power supply switch
of the wireless charger.
Switches on and off with each
press of the power supply switch.
When turned on, the operation
indicator light (green) comes on.
Even with the fuel cell system off,
the on/off state of the power supply
switch is memorized.
Place the charging side of the
portable device down.
When charging, the operation indi-
cator light (orange) comes on.
If charging is not occurring, try
placing the portable device as
close to the center of the charging
area as possible.
When charging is complete, the
operation indicator light (green)
comes on.
●Recharging function
• When charging is complete and after a fixed time in the charge
suspension state, charging restarts.
• When the portable device is moved, charging is stopped for a
moment and then it restarts.
1
2
3
379
6-4. Other interior features
6
Interior features
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Lighting conditions of operation indicator light
*: Depending on the portable device, there are cases where the operation
indicator light will continue being lit up orange even after the charging is
complete.
●When the operation indicator light flashes
When an error occurs, the operation indicator light flashes an
orange color. Handle the error based on the following table.
Operation indicator light Conditions
Turning off When the Wireless charger power supply is
off
Green (comes on) On Standby (charging possible state)
When charging is complete*
Orange (comes on)
When placing the portable device on the
charging area (detecting the portable device)
Charging
Operation indicator
light Suspected causes Handling method
Flashing repeatedly
once every second
(Orange)
Vehicle to charger com-
munication failure.
Contact any autho-
rized Toyota retailer or
Toyota authorized
repairer, or any reliable
repairer.
Repeatedly flashes
3 times continuously
(Orange)
A foreign substance is
between the portable
device and charge area.
Remove the foreign
substance from
between portable
device and the charge
area.
The portable device is
out of sync due to the
device being shifted from
its position.
Place the portable
device near the center
of the charge area.
Repeatedly flashes
4 times continuously
(Orange)
Temperature rising
within the wireless
charger.
Stop charging at once
and start charging
again after for a while.
380 6-4. Other interior features
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■The wireless charger can be operated when
The power switch is in ACCESSORY or ON mode.
■Usable portable devices
Qi standard wireless charge standard can be used on compatible devices.
However, not all Qi standard devices and compatibility are guaranteed.
Starting with mobile phones and smart phones, it is aimed for low power elec-
trically supplied portable devices of no more than 5 W.
■When covers and accessories are attached to portable devices
Do not charge in situations where cover and accessories not able to handle
Qi are attached to the portable device. Depending on the type of cover and
accessory, it may not be possible to charge. When charging is not performed
even with the portable device placed on the charge area, remove the cover
and accessories.
■While charging, noise enters the AM radio
Turn off the wireless charger and confirm that the noise has decreased. If the
noise decreases, continuously pushing the power supply switch of the wire-
less charger for 2 seconds, the frequency of the charger can be changed and
the noise can be reduced.
Also, on that occasion, the operation indicator light will flash orange 2 times.
■Important points of the wireless charger
●If the electronic key cannot be detected within the vehicle interior, charging
cannot be done. When the door is opened and closed, charging may be
temporarily suspended.
●When charging, the wireless charging device and portable device will get
warmer, however this is not a malfunction.
When a portable device gets warm while charging, charging may stop due
to the protection function on the portable device side. In this case, when the
temperature of the portable device drops significantly, charge again.
■Operation sounds
When the power supply is turned on, while searching for the portable device a
sound will be produced, however this is not a malfunction.
■Cleaning
P. 390
381
6-4. Other interior features
6
Interior features
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■Caution while driving
●When charging a portable device, for safety reasons, the driver should not
operate the main part of the portable device while driving.
●Make sure to close the console box lid while driving. When sudden brak-
ing, etc., occurs, the open lid could hit body parts, the portable device
could go flying, leading to an unexpected accident.
■Caution regarding interference with electronic devices
People with implantable cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization
therapy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibrillators, as well as
any other electrical medical device, should consult their physician about the
usage of the wireless charger. The operations of the wireless charger may
have an affect on medical devices.
■To prevent damage or burns
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in a possibility of equipment failure and damage,
catch fire, burns due to overheat.
●Do not insert any metallic objects between the charging area and the por-
table device while charging
●Do not attach stickers, metallic objects, etc., to the charger area or porta-
ble device
●Do not cover with cloth, etc., and charge
●Do not charge portable devices other than designated
●Do not bring magnetized items nearby
●Do not charge items with the charging area covered in dust.
●When not in use close the console box lid in order to keep foreign sub-
stances from getting in the wireless charging area as well as drinks, etc.,
from being spilled on it.
●Do not attempt to dismantle for disassembly or modifications
●Do not hit or apply a strong force
382 6-4. Other interior features
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
NOTICE
■Conditions in which the function may not operate correctly
In the following conditions, it may not operate correctly
●The portable device is fully charged
●There is foreign matter between the charge area and portable device
●The temperature of the portable device gets higher from charging
●The charging surface of the portable device is facing up
●The placement of the portable device is out of alignment with the charge
area
●Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large dis-
play, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves or electrical
noise
●When the electronic key is in contact with, or is covered by the following
metallic objects
• Cards to which aluminum foil is attached
• Cigarette boxes that have aluminum foil inside
• Metallic wallets or bags
• Coins
• Hand warmers made of metal
• Media such as CDs and DVDs
●When other wireless keys (that emit radio waves) are being used nearby
In addition, excluding the above-mentioned, when the charger does not per-
form normally or the operation display lamp is flashing continuously, it is
considered that the wireless charger is malfunctioning. Contact any autho-
rized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
■To prevent failure or damage to data
●Do not bring magnetic cards, such as credit cards, or magnetic recording
media, etc., close to the charger while charging, otherwise, data may dis-
appear under the influence of magnetism. Also, do not bring precision
instruments such as wrist watches, etc., close to the charger, as such
objects may break.
●Do not leave portable devices in the cabin. The temperature inside the
cabin may become high, when under the sun, and cause damage to the
device.
■To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
When the fuel cell system is stopped, do not use the wireless charger for a
long time.
383
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
7-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle exterior ..........384
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle interior ...........389
7-2. Maintenance
Maintenance
requirements....................392
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Do-it-yourself service
precautions ......................394
Hood ..................................397
Positioning a floor jack.......398
Motor compartment............400
12-volt battery ....................404
Tires...................................408
Replacing the tire...............424
Tire inflation pressure ........432
Wheels...............................434
Air conditioning filter ..........437
Electronic key battery ........439
Checking and replacing
fuses ................................442
Light bulbs .........................446
384 7-1. Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Cleaning and protecting the vehicle
exterior
●Working from top to bottom, liberally apply water to the vehicle
body, wheel wells and underside of the vehicle to remove any dirt
and dust.
●Wash the vehicle body using a sponge or soft cloth, such as a
chamois.
●For hard-to-remove marks, use car wash soap and rinse thoroughly
with water.
●Wipe away any water.
●Wax the vehicle when the waterproof coating deteriorates.
If water does not bead on a clean surface, apply wax when the vehicle
body is cool.
■Automatic car washes
●Fold the mirrors before washing the vehicle. Start washing from the front of
the vehicle. Make sure to extend the mirrors before driving.
●Brushes used in automatic car washes may scratch the vehicle surface and
harm your vehicle’s paint.
■High pressure car washes
●As water may enter the cabin, do not bring the nozzle tip near the gaps
around the doors or perimeter of the windows, or spray these areas continu-
ously.
●Turn the power switch off.
■When using a car wash
If the door handle becomes wet while the electronic key is within the effective
range, the door may lock and unlock repeatedly. In that case, follow the fol-
lowing correction procedures to wash the vehicle:
●Place the key in a position 2 m (6 ft.) or more separate from the vehicle
while the vehicle is being washed. (Take care to ensure that the key is not
stolen.)
●Set the electronic key to battery-saving mode to disable the smart entry &
start system. (P. 165)
Perform the following to protect the vehicle and maintain it in
prime condition:
385
7-1. Maintenance and care
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Aluminum wheels
●Remove any dirt immediately by using a neutral detergent.
●Wash detergent off with water immediately after use.
●To protect the paint from damage, make sure to observe the following pre-
cautions.
• Do not use acidic, alkaline or abrasive detergent
• Do not use hard brushes
• Do not use detergent on the wheels when they are hot, such as after driv-
ing or parking in hot weather
■Bumpers
Do not scrub with abrasive cleaners.
■Front side windows water-repellent coating
●The following precautions can extend the effectiveness of the water-repel-
lent coating.
• Remove any dirt, etc., from the front side windows regularly.
• Do not allow dirt and dust to accumulate on the windows for a long
period.
Clean the windows with a soft, damp cloth as soon as possible.
• Do not use wax or glass cleaners that contain abrasives when cleaning
the windows.
• Do not use any metallic objects to remove condensation build up.
●When the water-repellent performance has become insufficient, the coating
can be repaired. Contact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized
repairer, or any reliable repairer.
■Restoration work for rain clearing effect of the rain clearing mirror
The rain clearing effect on the mirror surface will gradually recover after expo-
sure to sunlight (P. 200). However, if you want to restore the effect immedi-
ately, conduct the following procedures:
Apply water to the mirror surface to wash the dirt away from it.
Remove the dirt by using a clean, soft and wet cloth.
Clean the mirror surface with glass cleaner or detergent. When detergent is
used, rinse the mirror surface with a lot of water.
Wipe water on the mirror surface by using a clean and soft cloth, etc.
Park your vehicle outdoors to expose the mirror surface to sunlight for
about 5 hours. (The restoration time differs depending on the amount and
type of dirt.)
1
2
3
4
5
386 7-1. Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■When washing the vehicle
Do not apply water to the inside of the motor compartment. Doing so may
cause the electrical components, etc., to catch fire.
■When cleaning the windshield
●When the upper part of the windshield where the raindrop sensor is
located is touched by hand
●When a wet rag or similar is held close to the raindrop sensor
●If something bumps against the windshield
●If you directly touch the raindrop sensor body or if something bumps into
the raindrop sensor
■Precaution regarding the rear bumper with Blind Spot Monitor
If the paint of the rear bumper is chipped or scratched, the system may mal-
function. If this occurs, consult any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota
authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
Set the wiper switch to off. (P. 243)
If the wiper switch is in “AUTO”, the wip-
ers may operate unexpectedly in the fol-
lowing situations, and may result in
hands being caught or other serious inju-
ries and cause damage to the wiper
blades.
387
7-1. Maintenance and care
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
NOTICE
■To prevent paint deterioration and corrosion on the body and compo-
nents (aluminum wheels, etc.)
●Wash the vehicle immediately in the following cases:
• After driving near the sea coast
• After driving on salted roads
• If coal tar or tree sap is present on the paint surface
• If dead insects, insect droppings or bird droppings are present on the
paint surface
• After driving in an area contaminated with soot, oily smoke, mine dust,
iron powder or chemical substances
• If the vehicle becomes heavily soiled with dust or mud
• If liquids such as benzene and gasoline are spilled on the paint surface
●If the paint is chipped or scratched, have it repaired immediately.
●To prevent the wheels from corroding, remove any dirt and store in a place
with low humidity when storing the wheels.
■Cleaning the exterior lights
●Wash carefully. Do not use organic substances or scrub with a hard brush.
This may damage the surfaces of the lights.
●Do not apply wax to the surfaces of the lights.
Wax may cause damage to the lenses.
■When washing the car
Do not remove the vehicle receptacle cap and directly pour water over the
vehicle receptacle. If water enters the vehicle receptacle, damage may
occur.
■When using an automatic car wash
Set the wiper switch to the off position. (P. 243)
If the wiper switch is in “AUTO”, the wipers may operate and the wiper
blades may be damaged.
388 7-1. Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
NOTICE
■When using a high pressure car wash
●When washing the vehicle, do not let water of the high pressure washer hit
directly or the vicinity of the camera. Due to the shock from the high pres-
sure water, it is possible the device may not operate as normal.
●Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots (rubber or resin manufactured
cover), connectors or the following parts. The parts may be damaged if
they come into contact with high-pressure water.
• Fuel cell stack
• Traction related parts
• Steering parts
• Suspension parts
• Brake parts
●Keep the cleaning nozzle at least 30 cm (11.9 in.) away from the vehicle
body. Otherwise resin section, such as moldings and bumpers, may be
deformed and damaged. Also, do not continuously hold the nozzle in the
same place.
●Do not spray the lower part of the windshield continuously.
If water enters the air conditioning system intake located near the lower
part of the windshield, the air conditioning system may not operate cor-
rectly.
■When raising the windshield wiper arms
Make sure to hold the hook parts of the
wiper arms to raise them.
Do not hold only the wiper blades when
raising them, or it may cause deformation
of the wiper blades.
389
7-1. Maintenance and care
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Cleaning and protecting the vehicle
interior
●Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner. Wipe dirty surfaces
with a cloth dampened with lukewarm water.
●If dirt cannot be removed, wipe it off with a soft cloth dampened with
neutral detergent diluted to approximately 1%.
Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off
remaining traces of detergent and water.
●Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner.
●Wipe off any excess dirt and dust with a soft cloth dampened with
diluted detergent.
Use a diluted water solution of approximately 5% neutral wool detergent.
●Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off
all remaining traces of detergent.
●Wipe the surface with a dry, soft cloth to remove any remaining
moisture. Allow the leather to dry in a shaded and ventilated area.
●Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner.
●Wipe it off with a soft cloth dampened with neutral detergent diluted
to approximately 1%.
●Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off
remaining traces of detergent and water.
The following procedures will help protect your vehicle’s interior
and keep it in top condition:
Protecting the vehicle interior
Cleaning the leather areas
Cleaning the synthetic leather areas
390 7-1. Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Caring for leather areas
Toyota recommends cleaning the interior of the vehicle at least twice a year to
maintain the quality of the vehicle’s interior.
■Shampooing the carpets
There are several commercial foaming-type cleaners available. Use a sponge
or brush to apply the foam. Rub in overlapping circles. Do not use water.
Wipe dirty surfaces and let them dry. Excellent results are obtained by keep-
ing the carpet as dry as possible.
■Seat belts
Clean with mild soap and lukewarm water using a cloth or sponge. Also
check the belts periodically for excessive wear, fraying or cuts.
■When cleaning the carpeted portions of the glove box, console box, etc.
If a strong adhesive tape is used, there is a possibility that the surface of the
carpet could be damaged.
WARNING
■Water in the vehicle
●Do not splash or spill liquid in the vehicle, such as on the floor, in the trac-
tion battery air intake vent, and in the trunk.
Doing so may cause the traction battery, electrical components, etc., to
malfunction or catch fire.
●Do not get any of the SRS components or wiring in the vehicle interior wet.
(P. 42)
An electrical malfunction may cause the airbags to deploy or not function
properly, resulting in death or serious injury.
●Do not let the wireless charger (P. 377) get wet. Failure to do so may
cause the charger to become hot and cause burns or could cause electric
shock resulting in death or serious injury.
■Cleaning the interior (especially instrument panel)
Do not use a polish wax or polish cleaner. The instrument panel may reflect
off the windshield, obstructing the driver’s view and leading to an accident,
resulting in death or serious injury.
391
7-1. Maintenance and care
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
NOTICE
■Cleaning detergents
●Do not use the following types of detergent, as they may discolor the vehi-
cle interior or cause streaks or damage to painted surfaces:
• Non-seat portions: Organic substances such as benzene or gasoline,
alkaline or acidic solutions, dye, and bleach
• Seats: Alkaline or acidic solutions, such as thinner, benzene, and alco-
hol
●Do not use a polish wax or polish cleaner. The instrument panel’s or other
interior part’s painted surface may be damaged.
■Preventing damage to leather surfaces
Observe the following precautions to avoid damage to and deterioration of
leather surfaces:
●Remove any dust or dirt from leather surfaces immediately.
●Do not expose the vehicle to direct sunlight for extended periods of time.
Park the vehicle in the shade, especially during summer.
●Do not place items made of vinyl, plastic, or containing wax on the uphol-
stery, as they may stick to the leather surface if the vehicle interior heats
up significantly.
■Water on the floor
Do not wash the vehicle floor with water.
Vehicle systems such as the audio system may be damaged if water comes
into contact with electrical components such as the audio system above or
under the floor of the vehicle. Water may also cause the body to rust.
■When cleaning the inside of the windshield
Do not allow glass cleaner to contact the lens. Also, do not touch the lens.
(P. 252 ) .
■Cleaning the inside of the rear window
●Do not use glass cleaner to clean the rear window, as this may cause
damage to the rear window defogger heater wires or antenna. Use a cloth
dampened with lukewarm water to gently wipe the window clean. Wipe the
window in strokes running parallel to the heater wires or antenna.
●Be careful not to scratch or damage the heater wires or antenna.
392 7-2. Maintenance
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Maintenance requirements
Scheduled maintenance should be performed at specified intervals
according to the maintenance schedule.
For full details of your maintenance schedule, refer to the “Toyota Service
Booklet” or “Toyota Warranty Booklet”.
What about do-it-yourself maintenance?
Many maintenance items are easy to do yourself if you have a little
mechanical ability and a few basic automotive tools.
Note, however, that some maintenance tasks require special tools and
skills. These are best performed by qualified technicians. Even if you’re an
experienced do-it-yourself mechanic, we recommend that repairs and
maintenance be conducted by any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota
authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer. Any authorized Toyota retailer
or repairer will keep a record of maintenance, which could be useful should
you ever require Warranty Service. Should you choose to select a qualified
and equipped professional other than an authorized Toyota repairer to ser-
vice or maintain your vehicle, we recommend that you request that a
record of maintenance be kept.
To ensure safe and economical driving, day-to-day care and reg-
ular maintenance are essential. Toyota recommends the follow-
ing maintenance:
Scheduled maintenance
Do-it-yourself maintenance
393
7-2. Maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Where to go for maintenance service?
In order to maintain your vehicle in the best possible condition, Toyota recom-
mends that maintenance service operations as well as other inspections and
repairs be carried out by authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized
repairer, or any reliable repairers. For repairs and services covered by your
warranty, please visit an authorized Toyota retailer or repairer, who will use
genuine Toyota parts in repairing any difficulties you may encounter. There
can also be advantages in utilizing authorized Toyota retailers or repairers for
non-warranty repairs and services, as members of the Toyota network will be
able to expertly assist you with any difficulties you may encounter.
Your Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer will
perform all of the scheduled maintenance on your vehicle reliably and eco-
nomically due to their experience with Toyota vehicles.
■Does your vehicle need repair?
Be on the alert for changes in performance and sounds, and visual tip-offs
that indicate service is needed. Some important clues are:
●Appreciable loss of power
●A fluid leak under the vehicle (However, water dripping from the air condi-
tioning system after use is normal.)
●Flat-looking tires, excessive tire squeal when cornering, uneven tire wear
●Vehicle pulls to one side when driving straight on a level road
●Strange noises related to suspension movement
●Loss of brake effectiveness, spongy feeling brake pedal, pedal almost
touches the floor, vehicle pulls to one side when braking
●Coolant temperature continually higher than normal
If you notice any of these clues, take your vehicle to any authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer as soon as pos-
sible. Your vehicle may need adjustment or repair.
WARNING
■If your vehicle is not properly maintained
Improper maintenance could result in serious damage to the vehicle and
possible serious injury or death.
■Handling of the 12-volt battery
12-volt battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and
lead compounds which are known to cause brain damage. Wash your
hands after handling. (P. 404)
394 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Do-it-yourself service precautions
If you perform maintenance by yourself, be sure to follow the
correct procedure as given in these sections.
Items Parts and tools
12-volt battery
condition
P. 404)
• Grease
• Conventional wrench (for terminal clamp bolts)
Inverter coolant
level (P. 401)
• “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or a similar high
quality ethylene glycol based non-silicate, non-
amine, non-nitrite and non-borate coolant with long-
life hybrid organic acid technology.
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is pre-mixed with
50% coolant and 50% deionized water.
• Funnel (used only for adding coolant)
Fuses (P. 442 ) • Fuse with same amperage rating as original
Light bulbs
(P. 446)
• Bulb with same number and wattage rating as origi-
nal
• Phillips-head screwdriver
• Flathead screwdriver •Wrench
Radiator and con-
denser (P. 402)
Tire inflation pres-
sure (P. 432)
• Tire pressure gauge
• Compressed air source
Washer fluid
(P. 403)
• Water or washer fluid containing antifreeze (for win-
ter use)
• Funnel (used only for adding water or washer fluid)
395
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
The motor compartment contains many mechanisms and fluids that may
move suddenly, become hot, or become electrically energized. To avoid death
or serious injury, observe the following precautions.
■When working on the motor compartment
●Be careful not to touch the high-voltage parts or hydrogen-related parts.
●Make sure that the “READY” indicator is off.
●Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the moving fans.
●Be careful not to touch the motor, inverter, radiator, etc., right after driving
as they may be hot. Coolant and other fluids may also be hot.
●Do not leave anything that may burn easily, such as paper and rags, in the
motor compartment.
●Do not smoke, cause sparks or expose an open flame to the 12-volt bat-
tery. 12-volt battery fumes are flammable.
●Be extremely cautious when working on the 12-volt battery. It contains poi-
sonous and corrosive sulfuric acid.
●Take care because brake fluid can harm your hands or eyes and damage
painted surfaces. If fluid gets on your hands or in your eyes, flush the
affected area with clean water immediately.
If you still experience discomfort, consult a doctor.
●Never touch, disassemble, remove or replace the high-voltage parts,
cables and their connectors. It can cause severe burns or electric shock
that may result in death or serious injury.
■When working near the electric cooling fans or radiator grille
Be sure the power switch is off.
With the power switch in ON mode, the electric cooling fans may automati-
cally start to run if the air conditioning is on and/or the coolant temperature
is high. (P. 402)
■Safety glasses
Wear safety glasses to prevent flying or falling material, fluid spray, etc.,
from getting in your eyes.
396 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
NOTICE
■If you remove the air cleaner filter
Driving with the air cleaner filter removed may cause excessive motor wear
due to dirt in the air.
■If the fluid level is low or high
It is normal for the brake fluid level to go down slightly as the brake pads
wear or when the fluid level in the accumulator is high.
If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, it may indicate a serious problem.
397
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Hood
Pull the hood lock release lever.
The hood will pop up slightly.
Pull up the auxiliary catch lever
and lift the hood.
Release the lock from the inside of the vehicle to open the hood.
1
2
WARNING
■Pre-driving check
Check that the hood is fully closed and locked.
If the hood is not locked properly, it may open while the vehicle is in motion
and cause an accident, which may result in death or serious injury.
398 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Positioning a floor jack
◆Front
◆Rear
When using a floor jack, follow the instructions in the manual
provided with the jack and perform the operation safety.
When raising your vehicle with a floor jack, position the jack cor-
rectly. Improper placement may damage your vehicle or cause
injury.
399
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■When raising your vehicle
Make sure to observe the following precautions to reduce the possibility of
death or serious injury:
●Make sure to set the floor jack properly at the jack point.
Raising the vehicle with an improperly positioned floor jack will damage
the vehicle and may cause the vehicle to fall off the floor jack.
●Do not jack up on the hydrogen tanks nor the rear suspension.
Rear suspension
Hydrogen tanks
Front
400 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Motor compartment
Washer fluid tank (P. 403)
Inverter coolant reservoir
(P. 401)
Fuse box (P. 442)
Fuel cell stack coolant radiator
(P. 402)
Inverter coolant radiator
(P. 402)
Condenser (P. 402)
Electric cooling fans
Fuel cell stack coolant reser-
voir (P. 401)
Fuel cell stack coolant sub
radiator (P. 402)
401
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between the “FULL” and “LOW”
lines on the reservoir when the fuel cell system is cold.
“FULL” line
“LOW” line
If the level is on or below the
“LOW” line, contact any autho-
rized Toyota retailer or Toyota
authorized repairer, or any reli-
able repairer.
The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between the “FULL” and “LOW”
lines on the reservoir when the fuel cell system is cold.
Inverter coolant reservoir cap
“FULL” line
“LOW” line
If the level is on or below the
“LOW” line, add coolant up to
the “FULL” line.
■Inverter coolant selection
Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or a similar high quality ethylene
glycol based non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrite, and non-borate coolant with
long-life hybrid organic acid technology.
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and 50% deion-
ized water. (Minimum temperature: -35C [-31F])
For more details about inverter coolant, contact any authorized Toyota retailer
or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
Fuel cell stack coolant
NOTICE
■Fuel cell stack coolant
An exclusive coolant for the fuel cell system is filled in the fuel cell stack
coolant reservoir. Do not use any substitute. It may damage your vehicle.
Inverter coolant
402 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■If the inverter coolant level drops within a short time of replenishing
Visually check the radiator, hoses, inverter coolant reservoir cap, drain cock
and water pump.
If you cannot find a leak, have any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota autho-
rized repairer, or any reliable repairer, test the cap and check for leaks in the
cooling system.
Check the radiator and condenser and clear away any foreign objects.
If either of the above parts is extremely dirty or you are not sure of
their condition, have your vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
WARNING
■When the fuel cell system is hot
Do not remove the coolant reservoir caps.
The cooling system may be under pressure and may spray hot coolant if the
cap is removed, causing serious injuries, such as burns.
NOTICE
■When adding coolant
Coolant is neither plain water nor straight antifreeze. The correct mixture of
water and antifreeze must be used to provide proper lubrication, corrosion
protection and cooling. Be sure to read the antifreeze or coolant label.
■If you spill coolant
Be sure to wash it off with water to prevent it from damaging parts or paint.
Radiator and condenser
WARNING
■When the fuel cell system is hot
Do not touch the radiator or condenser as they may be hot and cause seri-
ous injuries, such as burns.
403
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
If none of the washer do not work,
the washer tank may be empty.
Add washer fluid.
Washer fluid
WARNING
■When adding washer fluid
Do not add washer fluid when the fuel cell system is hot or operating as
washer fluid contains alcohol and may catch fire if spilled on the fuel cell
system, etc.
NOTICE
■Do not use any fluid other than washer fluid
Do not use soapy water or antifreeze instead of washer fluid.
Doing so may cause streaking on the vehicle’s painted surfaces, as well as
damaging the pump leading to problems of the washer fluid not spraying.
■Diluting washer fluid
Dilute washer fluid with water as necessary.
Refer to the freezing temperatures listed on the label of the washer fluid bot-
tle.
404 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
12-volt battery
The 12-volt battery is located in
the right-hand side of trunk.
Remove the 12-volt battery cover.
Make sure that the 12-volt battery terminals are not corroded and that
there are no loose connections, cracks, or loose clamps.
Termina ls
Hold-down clamp
Location
Removing the 12-volt battery cover
Exterior
405
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Install the 12-volt battery cover.
■Before recharging
When recharging, the 12-volt battery produces hydrogen gas which is flam-
mable and explosive. Therefore, observe the following precautions before
recharging:
●If recharging with the 12-volt battery installed on the vehicle, be sure to dis-
connect the ground cable.
●Make sure the power switch on the charger is off when connecting and dis-
connecting the charger cables to the 12-volt battery.
■After recharging/reconnecting the 12-volt battery
●Unlocking the doors using the smart entry & start system may not be possi-
ble immediately after reconnecting the 12-volt battery. If this happens, use
the wireless remote control or the mechanical key to lock/unlock the doors.
●Start the fuel cell system with the power switch in ACCESSORY mode. The
fuel cell system may not start with the power switch turned off. However, the
fuel cell system will operate normally from the second attempt.
●The power switch mode is recorded by the vehicle. If the 12-volt battery is
reconnected, the vehicle will return the power switch mode to the status it
was in before the 12-volt battery was disconnected. Make sure to turn off
the power before disconnect the 12-volt battery. Take extra care when con-
necting the 12-volt battery if the power switch mode prior to discharge is
unknown.
●When the 12-volt battery is reconnected, start the fuel cell system, depress
the brake pedal, and confirm that it is possible to shift into each shift posi-
tion.
If the system will not start even after multiple attempts at all methods above,
contact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any
reliable repairer
Installing the 12-volt battery cover
406 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■Chemicals in the 12-volt battery
The 12-volt battery contains poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid and may
produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive. To reduce the risk
of death or serious injury, take the following precautions while working on or
near the 12-volt battery:
●Do not cause sparks by touching the 12-volt battery terminals with tools.
●Do not smoke or light a match near the 12-volt battery.
●Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothes.
●Never inhale or swallow electrolyte.
●Wear protective safety glasses when working near the 12-volt battery.
●Keep children away from the 12-volt battery.
■Where to safely charge the 12-volt battery
Always charge the 12-volt battery in an open area. Do not charge the 12-
volt battery in a garage or closed room where there is insufficient ventila-
tion.
■How to recharge the 12-volt battery
Only perform a slow charge (5 A or less). The 12-volt battery may explode if
charged at a quicker rate.
407
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■Emergency measures regarding electrolyte
●If electrolyte gets in your eyes
Flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immedi-
ate medical attention. If possible, continue to apply water with a sponge or
cloth while traveling to the nearest medical facility.
●If electrolyte gets on your skin
Wash the affected area thoroughly. If you feel pain or a burning, get medi-
cal attention immediately.
●If electrolyte gets on your clothes
It can soak through clothing on to your skin. Immediately take off the cloth-
ing and follow the procedure above if necessary.
●If you accidentally swallow electrolyte
Drink a large quantity of water or milk. Get emergency medical attention
immediately.
■When replacing the 12-volt battery
Use a 12-volt battery designed for the vehicle. Failure to do so may cause
gas (hydrogen) to enter the passenger compartment, causing a fire or
explosion.
For replacement of the 12-volt battery, contact any authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
NOTICE
■When recharging the 12-volt battery
Never recharge the 12-volt battery while the fuel cell system is operating.
Also, be sure all accessories are turned off.
408 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Tires
Check if the treadwear indicators are showing on the tires. Also check
the tires for uneven wear, such as excessive wear on one side of the
tread.
Check the spare tire condition and pressure if not rotated.
New tread
Worn tread
Treadwear indicator
The location of treadwear indicators is shown by a “TWI” or “” mark, etc.,
molded into the sidewall of each tire.
Replace the tires if the treadwear indicators are showing on a tire.
Replace or rotate tires in accordance with maintenance sched-
ules and treadwear.
Checking tires
409
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Rotate the tires in the order
shown.
To equalize tire wear and help
extend tire life, Toyota recom-
mends that you rotate your tires
approximately every 10000 km
(6000 miles).
Do not fail to initialize the tire pres-
sure warning system after tire rota-
tion.
Your vehicle is equipped with a tire pressure warning system that uses
tire pressure warning valves and transmitters to detect low tire infla-
tion pressure before serious problems arise.
If the tire pressure drops below a predetermined level, the driver is
warned by a warning light. (P. 465)
◆Installing tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
When replacing tires or wheels, tire pressure warning valves and
transmitters must also be installed.
When new tire pressure warning valves and transmitters are
installed, new ID codes must be registered in the tire pressure
warning computer and the tire pressure warning system must be
initialized. Have tire pressure warning valves and transmitter ID
codes registered by any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota autho-
rized repairer, or any reliable repairer. (P. 411)
Tire rotation
Front
Tire pressure warning system
410 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
◆Initializing the tire pressure warning system
Park the vehicle in a safe place and turn the power switch off.
Initialization cannot be performed while the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified cold tire inflation
pressure level. (P. 519)
Make sure to adjust the tire pressure to the specified cold tire inflation
pressure level. The tire pressure warning system will operate based on
this pressure level.
Turn the power switch to ON mode.
To toggle through the items, press or of the meter control
switches (P. 137), select on the multi-information dis-
play.
Press or of the meter control switches (P. 137), select
“Settings” and press .
Press or of the meter control switches (P. 137), select
“Maintenance System” and press .
Press or of the meter control switches (P. 137), select
“TPMS” and then press and hold the .
A message and an indicator are displayed by the multi-informa-
tion display, and initialization is completed.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
411
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
◆Registering ID codes
The tire pressure warning valve and transmitter is equipped with a
unique ID code. When replacing a tire pressure warning valve and
transmitter, it is necessary to register the ID code. Have the ID code
registered by any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized
repairer, or any reliable repairer.
■When to replace your vehicle’s tires
Tires should be replaced if:
●The treadwear indicators are showing on a tire.
●You have tire damage such as cuts, splits, cracks deep enough to expose
the fabric, and bulges indicating internal damage
●A tire goes flat repeatedly or cannot be properly repaired due to the size or
location of a cut or other damage
If you are not sure, consult with any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota
authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
■Replacing tires and wheels
If the ID code of the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter is not regis-
tered, the tire pressure warning system will not work properly. After driving for
about 10 minutes, the tire pressure warning light blinks for 1 minute and stays
on to indicate a system malfunction.
■Tire life
Any tire over 6 years old must be checked by a qualified technician even if it
has seldom or never been used or damage is not obvious.
■Routine tire inflation pressure checks
The tire pressure warning system does not replace routine tire inflation pres-
sure checks. Make sure to check tire inflation pressure as part of your routine
of daily vehicle checks.
■Initializing the tire pressure warning system
Initialize the system with the tire inflation pressure adjusted to the specified
level.
■If the tread on snow tires wears down below 4 mm (0.16 in.)
The effectiveness of the tires as snow tires is lost.
412 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Situations in which the tire pressure warning system may not operate
properly
●In the following cases, the tire pressure warning system may not operate
properly.
• If non-genuine Toyota wheels are used.
• A tire has been replaced with a tire that is not an OE (Original Equipment)
tire.
• A tire has been replaced with a tire that is not of the specified size.
• Tire chains, etc., are equipped.
• An auxiliary-supported run-flat tire is equipped.
• If a window tint that affects the radio wave signals is installed.
• If there is a lot of snow or ice on the vehicle, particularly around the
wheels or wheel housings.
• If the tire inflation pressure is extremely higher than the specified level.
• If wheels without the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters are
used.
• If the ID code on the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters is not
registered in the tire pressure warning computer.
●Performance may be affected in the following situations.
• Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large dis-
play, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves or electri-
cal noise.
• When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone, cordless phone or other
wireless communication device.
●When the vehicle is parked, the time taken for the warning to start or go off
could be extended.
●When tire inflation pressure declines rapidly for example when a tire has
burst, the warning may not function.
413
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■The initialization operation
●Make sure to carry out initialization after adjusting the tire inflation pressure.
Also, make sure the tires are cold before carrying out initialization or tire
inflation pressure adjustment.
●If you have accidentally turned the power switch off during initialization, it is
not necessary to press the switch to reset again as initialization will restart
automatically when the power switch has been turned to ON mode for the
next time.
●If you accidentally press the switch to reset when initialization is not neces-
sary, adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified level when the tires
are cold, and conduct initialization again.
■Warning performance of the tire pressure warning system
The warning of the tire pressure warning system will change in accordance
with the conditions under which it was initialized. For this reason, the system
may give a warning even if the tire pressure does not reach a low enough
level, or if the pressure is higher than the pressure that was adjusted to when
the system was initialized.
■When initialization of the tire pressure warning system has failed
Initialization can be completed in a few minutes. However, in the following
cases, the settings have not been recorded and the system will not operate
properly. If repeated attempts to record tire inflation pressure settings are
unsuccessful, have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota retailer or
Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer as soon as possible.
●When operating the meter control switches, the tire pressure warning light
does not blink 3 times.
●After carrying out the initialization procedure, the tire pressure warning light
blinks for 1 minute then stays on after driving for 20 minutes.
■Registering ID codes
The ID codes of the tire pressure warning valve and transmitters for two sets
of wheels can be registered.
It is not necessary to register the ID codes when replacing normal tires with
snow tires, if the ID codes for the wheels of both normal tires and snow tires
are registered beforehand.
For information about changing ID codes, ask any authorized Toyota retailer
or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
414 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Certification for the tire pressure warning system
415
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
416 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
417
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
418 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
419
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
420 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
421
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
422 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■When inspecting or replacing tires
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents.
Failure to do so may cause damage to parts of the drivetrain as well as dan-
gerous handling characteristics, which may lead to an accident resulting in
death or serious injury.
●Do not mix tires of different makes, models or tread patterns.
Also, do not mix tires of remarkably different treadwear.
●Do not use tire sizes other than those recommended by Toyota.
●Do not mix differently constructed tires (radial, bias-belted or bias-ply
tires).
●Do not mix summer, all season and snow tires.
●Do not use tires that have been used on another vehicle.
Do not use tires if you do not know how they were used previously.
■When initializing the tire pressure warning system
Do not operate the meter control switches without first adjusting the tire
inflation pressure to the specified level. Otherwise, the tire pressure warning
light may not come on even if the tire inflation pressure is low, or it may
come on when the tire inflation pressure is actually normal.
423
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
NOTICE
■Repairing or replacing tires, wheels, tire pressure warning valves,
transmitters and tire valve caps
●When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning
valves and transmitters, contact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota
authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer as the tire pressure warning
valves and transmitters may be damaged if not handled correctly.
●Make sure to install the tire valve caps. If the tire valve caps are not
installed, water could enter the tire pressure warning valves and the tire
pressure warning valves could be bound.
●When replacing tire valve caps, do not use tire valve caps other than those
specified. The cap may become stuck.
■To avoid damage to the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
When a tire is repaired with liquid sealants, the tire pressure warning valve
and transmitter may not operate properly. If a liquid sealant is used, contact
any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer or other qualified service shop as soon as possible. After use of liq-
uid sealant, make sure to replace the tire pressure warning valve and trans-
mitter when replacing the tire. (P. 409)
■Driving on rough roads
Take particular care when driving on roads with loose surfaces or potholes.
These conditions may cause losses in tire inflation pressure, reducing the
cushioning ability of the tires. In addition, driving on rough roads may cause
damage to the tires themselves, as well as the vehicle’s wheels and body.
■If tire inflation pressure of each tire becomes low while driving
Do not continue driving, or your tires and/or wheels may be ruined.
424 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Replacing the tire
●Stop the vehicle on a hard, flat surface.
●Set the parking brake.
●Shift the shift position to P.
●Stop the fuel cell system.
When raising your vehicle with a jack, position the jack cor-
rectly. Improper placement may damage your vehicle or cause
injury.
If necessary tire replacement seems difficult to perform, contact
any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or
any reliable repairer.
Before jacking up the vehicle
Location of the tools and jack
Wheel nut wrench
Towing eyelet
Jack handle
Jack
425
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Remove the luggage mat.
Take out the jack.
WARNING
■Using the tire jack
Observe the following precautions.
Improper use of the tire jack may cause the vehicle to suddenly fall off the
jack, leading to death or serious injury.
●Do not use the tire jack for any purpose other than replacing tires or install-
ing and removing tire chains.
●Only use the tire jack that comes with this vehicle for replacing a tire.
Do not use it on other vehicles, and do not use other tire jacks for replac-
ing tires on this vehicle.
●Always check that the tire jack is securely set to the jack point.
●Do not put any part of your body under the vehicle while it is supported by
the jack.
●Do not operate the fuel cell system or drive the vehicle while the vehicle is
supported by the jack.
●Do not raise the vehicle while someone is inside.
●When raising the vehicle, do not put an object on or under the jack.
●Do not raise the vehicle to a height greater than that required to replace
the tire.
●Use a jack stand if it is necessary to get under the vehicle.
●When lowering the vehicle, make sure that there is no-one near the vehi-
cle. If there are people nearby, warn them vocally before lowering.
Taking out the jack
1
2
426 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Chock* the tires.
*: Chock can be purchased at any
authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota
authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer.
Remove the wheel ornament
using the wrench.
To protect the wheel ornament,
place a rag between the wrench
and the wheel ornament.
Slightly loosen the wheel nuts
(one turn).
Replacing a flat tire
1
Tire position Wheel chock positions
Front Left-hand side Behind the rear right-hand side tire
Right-hand side Behind the rear left-hand side tire
Rear Left-hand side In front of the front right-hand side tire
Right-hand side In front of the front left-hand side tire
2
3
427
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Check the jack point.
The mark ( ) displaying the jack
set position is attached to the
under side of the side mud guard.
Turn the tire jack portion “A” by
hand until the notch of the jack
is in contact with the jack point.
When it is difficult to insert the jack,
turn it sideways and then insert.
Raise the vehicle until the tire is
slightly raised off the ground.
Remove all the wheel nuts and
the tire.
When resting the tire on the
ground, place the tire so that the
wheel design faces up to avoid
scratching the wheel surface.
mark( ) mark( )
4
5
6
7
428 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Remove any dirt or foreign mat-
ter from the wheel contact sur-
face.
If foreign matter is on the wheel
contact surface, the wheel nuts
may loosen while the vehicle is in
motion, causing the tire to come
off.
WARNING
■Replacing a tire
●Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in serious injury:
Do not touch the disc wheels or the area around the brakes immediately
after the vehicle has been driven.
After the vehicle has been driven the disc wheels and the area around the
brakes will be extremely hot. Touching these areas with hands, feet or
other body parts while changing a tire, etc., may result in burns.
●Failure to follow these precautions could cause the wheel nuts to loosen
and the tire to fall off, resulting in death or serious injury.
• Have the wheel nuts tightened with a torque wrench to 103 N·m
(10.5 kgf·m, 76 ft·lbf) as soon as possible after changing wheels.
• When installing a tire, only use wheel nuts that have been specifically
designed for that wheel.
• If there are any cracks or deformations in the bolt screws, nut threads or
bolt holes of the wheel, have the vehicle inspected by any authorized
Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
• When installing the wheel nuts, be sure to install the wheel nuts with the
tapered ends facing inward. (P. 435)
Installing the tire
1
429
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Install the tire and loosely
tighten each wheel nut by hand
by approximately the same
amount.
Turn the wheel nuts until the wash-
ers come into contact with the disc
wheel.
Lower the vehicle.
Firmly tighten each wheel nut
two or three times in the order
shown in the illustration.
Tightening torque:
103 N·m (10.5 kgf·m, 76 ft·lbf)
Reinstall the wheel ornament.
Stow the tire jack and all tools.
■After completing the tire change
The tire pressure warning system must be reset. (P. 410)
Disc wheel
Washer
2
3
4
5
6
430 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Certification for the jack
431
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■After using the tools and jack
Before driving, make sure all the tools and jack are securely in place in their
storage location to reduce the possibility of personal injury during a collision
or sudden braking.
NOTICE
■When replacing the tires
When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning valve
and transmitter, contact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized
repairer, or any reliable repairer as the tire pressure warning valve and
transmitter may be damaged if not handled correctly.
■To avoid damage to the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
When a tire is repaired with liquid sealants, the tire pressure warning valve
and transmitter may not operate properly. If a liquid sealant is used, contact
any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer or other qualified service shop as soon as possible. Make sure to
replace the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter when replacing the
tire. (P. 409)
432 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Tire inflation pressure
■Effects of incorrect tire inflation pressure
Driving with incorrect tire inflation pressure may result in the following:
●Reduced fuel economy
●Reduced driving comfort and poor handling
●Reduced tire life due to wear
●Reduced safety
●Damage to the drivetrain
If a tire needs frequent inflating, have it checked by any authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
■Instructions for checking tire inflation pressure
When checking tire inflation pressure, observe the following:
●Check only when the tires are cold.
If your vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours or has not been driven
for more than 1.5 km or 1 mile, you will get an accurate cold tire inflation
pressure reading.
●Always use a tire pressure gauge.
It is difficult to judge if a tire is properly inflated based only on its appear-
ance.
●It is normal for the tire inflation pressure to be higher after driving as heat is
generated in the tire. Do not reduce tire inflation pressure after driving.
Make sure to maintain proper tire inflation pressure. Tire infla-
tion pressure should be checked at least once per month. How-
ever, Toyota recommends that tire inflation pressure be checked
once every two weeks. (P. 519)
433
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■Proper inflation is critical to save tire performance
Keep your tires properly inflated.
If the tires are not properly inflated, the following conditions may occur
which could lead to an accident resulting in death or serious injury:
●Excessive wear
●Uneven wear
●Poor handling
●Possibility of blowouts resulting from overheated tires
●Air leaking from between tire and wheel
●Wheel deformation and/or tire damage
●Greater possibility of tire damage while driving (due to road hazards,
expansion joints, sharp edges in the road, etc.)
NOTICE
■When inspecting and adjusting tire inflation pressure
Be sure to put the tire valve caps back on.
If a valve cap is not installed, dirt or moisture may get into the valve and
cause an air leak, resulting in decreased tire inflation pressure.
434 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Wheels
When replacing wheels, care should be taken to ensure that they are
equivalent to those removed in load capacity, diameter, rim width and
inset*.
Replacement wheels are available at any authorized Toyota retailer or
Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
*: Conventionally referred to as “offset”.
Toyota does not recommend using the following:
●Wheels of different sizes or types
●Used wheels
●Bent wheels that have been straightened
●Use only Toyota wheel nuts and wrenches designed for use with
your aluminum wheels.
●When rotating, repairing or changing your tires, check that the
wheel nuts are still tight after driving 1600 km (1000 miles).
●Be careful not to damage the aluminum wheels when using tire
chains.
●Use only Toyota genuine balance weights or equivalent and a plas-
tic or rubber hammer when balancing your wheels.
■When replacing wheels
The wheels of your vehicle are equipped with tire pressure warning valves
and transmitters that allow the tire pressure warning system to provide
advance warning in the event of a loss in tire inflation pressure. Whenever
wheels are replaced, tire pressure warning valves and transmitters must be
installed. (P. 409)
If a wheel is bent, cracked or heavily corroded, it should be
replaced. Otherwise, the tire may separate from the wheel or
cause a loss of handling control.
Wheel selection
Aluminum wheel precautions
435
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■When replacing wheels
●Do not use wheels that are a different size from those recommended in the
Owner’s Manual, as this may result in a loss of handling control.
●Never use an inner tube in a leaking wheel which is designed for a tube-
less tire. Doing so may result in an accident, causing death or serious
injury.
■When installing the wheel nuts
●Never use oil or grease on the wheel bolts or wheel nuts.
Oil and grease may cause the wheel nuts to be excessively tightened,
leading to bolt or disc wheel damage. In addition, the oil or grease can
cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel may fall off, causing an acci-
dent and resulting in death or serious injury. Remove any oil or grease
from the wheel bolts or wheel nuts.
■Use of defective wheels prohibited
Do not use cracked or deformed wheels.
Doing so could cause the tire to leak air during driving, possibly causing an
accident.
●Be sure to install the wheel nuts with the
tapered ends facing inward. Installing
the nuts with the tapered ends facing
outward can cause the wheel to break
and eventually cause the wheel to come
off while driving, which could lead to an
accident resulting in death or serious
injury.
436 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
NOTICE
■Replacing tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
●Because tire repair or replacement may affect the tire pressure warning
valves and transmitters, make sure to have tires serviced by any autho-
rized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer
or other qualified service shop. In addition, make sure to purchase your
tire pressure warning valves and transmitters at any authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
●Ensure that only genuine Toyota wheels are used on your vehicle.
Tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not work properly with
non-genuine wheels.
437
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Air conditioning filter
Turn the power switch off.
Open the glove box. Slide off
the damper.
Push the surface on the left
side of the glove box inward,
undo the upper left claw, then
push the surface on the right
side of the glove box inward
and undo the upper right claw.
Lower the glove box from the
completely open position, undo
the lower claws, and then
remove the glove box.
The air conditioning filter must be changed regularly to maintain
air conditioning efficiency.
Removal method
1
2
3
4
438 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Remove the filter cover.
Remove the air conditioning fil-
ter and replace it with a new
one.
The “UP” marks shown on the
filter should be pointing up.
■Checking interval
Inspect and replace the air conditioning filter according to the maintenance
schedule. In dusty areas or areas with heavy traffic flow, early replacement
may be required. (For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the
“Toyota Service Booklet” or “Toyota Warranty Booklet”.)
■If air flow from the vents decreases dramatically
The filter may be clogged. Check the filter and replace if necessary.
5
6
NOTICE
■When using the air conditioning system
Make sure that a filter is always installed.
Using the air conditioning system without a filter may cause damage to the
system.
439
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Electronic key battery
●Flathead screwdriver
●Small flathead screwdriver
●Lithium battery CR2032
Take out the mechanical key.
(P. 149)
Remove the cover.
To prevent damage to the key,
cover the tip of the flathead screw-
driver with a rag.
Remove the battery cover.
To prevent damage to the key,
cover the tip of the screwdriver with
a rag.
Replace the battery with a new one if it is depleted.
You will need the following items:
Replacing the battery
1
2
3
440 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Remove the depleted battery.
Insert a new battery with the “+”
terminal facing up.
■Use a CR2032 lithium battery
●Batteries can be purchased at any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota
authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer, local electrical appliance shops
or camera stores.
●Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manu-
facturer.
●Dispose of used batteries according to local laws.
■If the electronic key battery is depleted
The following symptoms may occur:
●The smart entry & start system and wireless remote control will not function
properly.
●The operational range will be reduced.
4
WARNING
■Removed battery and other parts
These parts are small and if swallowed by a child, they can cause choking.
Keep away from children. Failure to do so could result in death or serious
injury.
■Certification for the lithium battery
CAUTION: RISK OF EXPLOSION IF BATTERY IS REPLACED BY AN
INCORRECT TYPE. DISPOSE OF USED BATTERIES ACCORDING TO
THE INSTRUCTIONS
441
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
NOTICE
■For normal operation after replacing the battery
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents:
●Always work with dry hands.
Moisture may cause the battery to rust.
●Do not touch or move any other component inside the remote control.
●Do not bend either of the battery terminals.
442 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Checking and replacing fuses
Turn the power switch off.
Open the fuse box cover.
Motor compartment
Push the tab in and lift the lid
off.
Driver’s side instrument panel (left-hand drive vehicles)
Remove the lid.
If any of the electrical components do not operate, a fuse may
have blown. If this happens, check and replace the fuses as nec-
essary.
1
2
443
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Passenger’s side instrument panel (right-hand drive vehicles)
Remove the cover.
Remove the lid.
Remove the fuse with the pull-
out tool.
Only type A fuses can be removed
using the pullout tool.
3
444 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Check if the fuse is blown.
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
Replace the blown fuse with a new fuse of an appropriate amperage rat-
ing. The amperage rating can be found on the fuse box lid.
4
Type A Type B
Type C Type D
445
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■After a fuse is replaced
●If the lights do not turn on even after the fuse has been replaced, a bulb may
need replacement. (P. 446)
●If the replaced fuse blows again, have the vehicle inspected by any autho-
rized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
■If there is an overload in a circuit
The fuses are designed to blow, protecting the wiring harness from damage.
■When replacing light bulbs
Toyota recommends that you use genuine Toyota products designed for this
vehicle. Because certain bulbs are connected to circuits designed to prevent
overload, non-genuine parts or parts not designed for this vehicle may be
unusable.
WARNING
■To prevent system breakdowns and vehicle fire
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause damage to the vehicle, and possibly a fire or
injury.
●Never use a fuse of a higher amperage rating than that indicated, or use
any other object in place of a fuse.
●Always use a genuine Toyota fuse or equivalent.
Never replace a fuse with a wire, even as a temporary fix.
●Do not modify the fuses or fuse boxes.
NOTICE
■Before replacing fuses
Have the cause of electrical overload determined and repaired by any
authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer as soon as possible.
446 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Light bulbs
Check the wattage of the light bulb to be replaced. (P. 519)
You may replace the following bulbs by yourself. As there is a
danger that components may be damaged, we recommend that
replacement is carried out by any authorized Toyota retailer or
Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
Also, it may not be possible to install the some bulbs reliably as
your hand may need to enter narrow spaces to do work. It is rec-
ommend that the replacement is done by any authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
Preparing for light bulb replacement
Bulb locations
Rear fog light
447
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Rear fog light
The rear fog light is installed in a narrow space on the other side of
the rear bumper.
Use protective equipment, such as gloves, to prevent injuries from
vehicle components. (P. 450)
Remove the 7 screws on the
under side of the rear fog
light.
Partly remove the under
cover.
Enter a hand from the lower
part of the rear bumper and
remove the socket by turn-
ing it counter-clockwise.
Replacing light bulbs
1
2
3
448 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Remove the bulb.
Install a new light bulb then
install the bulb base to the
light unit by inserting it and
turning the bulb base clock-
wise.
Install the under cover.
Install the 7 screws to the
under cover.
4
5
6
7
449
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Replacing the following bulbs
If any of the lights listed below has burnt out, have it replaced by
any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any
reliable repairer.
●Headlight low beams
●Headlight high beams
●Front position lights and daytime running lights
●Front turn signal lights
●Side turn signal lights
●Tail lights
●Stop lights
●Rear turn signal lights
●High mounted stop lights
●License plate lights
●Back-up lights
■LED light bulbs
The lights other than the rear fog lights each consist of a number of LEDs. If
any of the LEDs burn out, take your vehicle to any authorized Toyota retailer
or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer to have the light
replaced.
■Condensation build-up on the inside of the lens
Temporary condensation build-up on the inside of the headlight lens does not
indicate a malfunction.
Contact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any
reliable repairer for more information in the following situations:
●Large drops of water have built up on the inside of the lens.
●Water has built up inside the headlight.
■When replacing light bulbs
P. 445
450 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■Replacing light bulbs
●Turn off the lights. Do not attempt to replace the bulb immediately after
turning off the lights.
The bulbs become very hot and may cause burns.
●Do not touch the glass portion of the light bulb with bare hands. When it is
unavoidable to hold the glass portion, use and hold with a clean dry cloth
to avoid getting moisture and oils on the bulb.
Also, if the bulb is scratched or dropped, it may blow out or crack.
●Fully install light bulbs and any parts used to secure them. Failure to do so
may result in heat damage, fire, or water entering the headlight unit. This
may damage the headlights or cause condensation to build up on the lens.
■To prevent damage or fire
Make sure bulbs are fully seated and locked.
●Use gloves and other protection to pre-
vent injuries on vehicle parts.
There is the danger of being injured on
the edges of parts.
451
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
8-1. Essential information
Emergency flashers...........452
If your vehicle has to
be stopped in
an emergency..................453
If the vehicle is trapped
in rising water ..................454
8-2. Steps to take in
an emergency
If your vehicle needs to
be towed ..........................455
If you think something is
wrong...............................461
If a warning light turns on
or a warning buzzer
sounds .............................462
If a warning message is
displayed .........................469
If you have a flat tire ..........477
If the fuel cell system
will not start......................493
If the electronic key does
not operate properly ........495
If the 12-volt battery is
discharged .......................498
If your vehicle overheats....504
If the vehicle becomes
stuck ................................510
452 8-1. Essential information
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Emergency flashers
Press the switch.
All the turn signal lights will flash.
To turn them off, press the switch
once again.
■Emergency flashers
If the emergency flashers are used for a long time while the fuel cell system is
not operating (while the “READY” indicator is not illuminated), the 12-volt bat-
tery may discharge.
The emergency flashers are used to warn other drivers when the
vehicle has to be stopped in the road due to a breakdown, etc.
453
8-1. Essential information
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
If your vehicle has to be stopped in an
emergency
Steadily step on the brake pedal with both feet and firmly depress it.
Do not pump the brake pedal repeatedly as this will increase the effort
required to slow the vehicle.
Shift the shift position to N.
If the shift position is shifted to N
After slowing down, stop the vehicle in a safe place by the road.
Stop the fuel cell system.
If the shift position cannot be shifted to N
Keep depressing the brake pedal with both feet to reduce vehicle
speed as much as possible.
To stop the fuel cell system,
press and hold the power
switch for 2 consecutive sec-
onds or more, or press it briefly
3 times or more in succession.
Stop the vehicle in a safe place by the road.
Only in an emergency, such as if it becomes impossible to stop
the vehicle in the normal way, stop the vehicle using the follow-
ing procedure:
1
2
3
4
3
Press and hold for 2 seconds or
more, or press briefly 3 times or more
4
WARNING
■If the fuel cell system has to be turned off while driving
Power assist for the steering wheel will be lost, making the steering wheel
heavier to turn. Decelerate as much as possible before turning off the fuel
cell system.
5
454 8-1. Essential information
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
If the vehicle is trapped in rising water
●Remove the seat belt first.
●If the door can be opened, open the door and exit the vehicle.
●If the door can not be opened, open the window using the power
window switch and exit the vehicle through the window.
●If the window can not be opened using the power window switch,
remain calm, wait until the water level inside the vehicle rises to the
point that the water pressure inside of the vehicle equals the water
pressure outside of the vehicle, and then open the door and exit the
vehicle.
In the event the vehicle is submerged in water, remain calm and
perform the following.
WARNING
■Using an emergency hammer* for emergency escape
The rear window of this vehicle can be shattered by an emergency ham-
mer* used for emergency escape, however, since the windshield, front side
windows and rear side windows are laminated glass they can not be shat-
tered by an emergency hammer*.
*: Contact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or
any reliable repairer or aftermarket accessory manufacturer for further
information about an emergency hammer.
■Escaping the vehicle from the window
There are cases where escaping the vehicle from the window is not possi-
ble due to seating position, passenger body type, etc.
When using an emergency hammer, consider your seat location and the
size of the window opening to ensure that the opening is accessible and
large enough to escape.
455
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
If your vehicle needs to be towed
In the following situations, it is not possible to be towed by another
vehicle using cables or chains, as the front wheels may be locked due
to the parking lock. Contact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota
authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer or commercial towing ser-
vice.
●There is a malfunction in the shift control system. (P. 472)
●There is a malfunction in the immobilizer system. (P. 78)
●There is a malfunction in the smart entry & start system. (P. 495)
●The 12-volt battery is discharged. (P. 498)
If towing is necessary, we recommend having your vehicle
towed by any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized
repairer, or any reliable repairer or commercial towing service,
using a wheel-lift type truck or flatbed truck.
Use a safety chain system for all towing, and abide by all state/
provincial and local laws.
Situations when it is not possible to be towed by another vehicle
456 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
The following may indicate a problem with your transmission. Contact
any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any
reliable repairer or commercial towing service before towing.
●The fuel cell system warning message shows on the multi-informa-
tion display and the vehicle does not move.
●The vehicle makes an abnormal sound.
Do not tow with a sling-type truck
to prevent body damage.
Situations when it is necessary to contact dealers before towing
Towing with a sling-type truck
Towing with a wheel-lift type truck
From the front From the rear
Release the parking brake. Use a towing dolly under the
front wheels.
457
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
If your vehicle is transported by a
flatbed truck, it should be tied
down at the locations shown in the
illustration.
If you use chains or cables to tie
down your vehicle, the angles
shaded in black must be 45°.
Do not overly tighten the tie
downs or the vehicle may be dam-
aged.
If a tow truck is not available in an emergency, your vehicle may be
temporarily towed using cables or chains secured to the emergency
towing eyelets. This should only be attempted on hard surfaced roads
for a short distance at under 30 km/h (18 mph).
A driver must be in the vehicle to steer and operate the brakes. The
vehicle’s wheels, drivetrain, axles, steering and brakes must be in
good condition.
Using a flatbed truck
Front
Emergency towing
458 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Take out the towing eyelet. (P. 424, 479)
Remove the eyelet cover using a flathead screwdriver.
To protect the bodywork, place a rag between the screwdriver and the
vehicle body as shown in the illustration.
Insert the towing eyelet into the
hole and tighten partially by
hand.
Tighten down the towing eyelet
securely using a wheel nut
wrench or hard metal bar.
Securely attach cables or chains to the towing eyelet.
Take care not to damage the vehicle body.
Enter the vehicle being towed and start the fuel cell system.
If the fuel cell system does not start, turn the power switch to ON mode.
Turn off the Parking Support Brake function (for static objects).: P. 316
Shift the shift position to N and release the parking brake.
Emergency towing procedure
1
2
Front Rear
3
4
5
6
7
459
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■While towing
If the fuel cell system is off, the power assist for the brakes and steering will
not function, making steering and braking more difficult.
■Wheel nut wrench
Wheel nut wrench is installed in trunk. (P. 424, 479)
■Before transporting or towing in frozen areas
Operate the water release function. Otherwise, the fuel cell system may
freeze and the vehicle may not be able to be started. (P. 222)
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■When towing the vehicle
■While towing
●When towing using cables or chains, avoid sudden starts, etc., which
place excessive stress on the towing eyelets, cables or chains. The towing
eyelets, cables or chains may become damaged, broken debris may hit
people, and cause serious damage.
●Do not turn the power switch off.
This may lead to an accident as the front wheels will be locked by the
parking lock.
■Installing towing eyelets to the vehicle
Make sure that towing eyelets are installed securely.
If not securely installed, towing eyelets may come loose during towing.
Be sure to transport the vehicle with the
front wheels raised or with all four wheels
raised off the ground. If the vehicle is
towed with the front wheels contacting
the ground, the drivetrain and related
parts may be damaged or electricity gen-
erated by the operation of the motor may
cause a fire to occur depending on the
nature of the damage or malfunction.
460 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
NOTICE
■To prevent damage to the vehicle when towing using a wheel-lift type
truck
When raising the vehicle, ensure adequate ground clearance for towing at
the opposite end of the raised vehicle. Without adequate clearance, the
vehicle could be damaged while being towed.
■To prevent damage to the vehicle when towing with a sling-type truck
Do not tow with a sling-type truck, either from the front or rear.
■To prevent damage to the vehicle during emergency towing
Do not secure cables or chains to the suspension components.
461
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
If you think something is wrong
●Fluid leaks under the vehicle.
(Water dripping from the air conditioning after use is normal.)
●Flat-looking tires or uneven tire wear
●The high coolant temperature warning light flashes or comes on.
●Excessive tire squeal when cornering
●Strange noises related to the suspension system
●Pinging or other noises related to the fuel cell system
●Stumbling or running roughly
●Appreciable loss of power
●Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when braking
●Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when driving on a level road
●Loss of brake effectiveness, spongy feeling, pedal almost touches
the floor
If you notice any of the following symptoms, your vehicle proba-
bly needs adjustment or repair. Contact any authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer as
soon as possible.
Visible symptoms
Audible symptoms
Operational symptoms
462 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
If a warning light turns on or a warning
buzzer sounds
Calmly perform the following actions if any of the warning lights
comes on or flashes. If a light comes on or flashes, but then
goes off, this does not necessarily indicate a malfunction in the
system. However, if this continues to occur, have the vehicle
inspected by any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized
repairer, or any reliable repairer.
Warning light and warning buzzer list
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
Hydrogen leak warning light (warning buzzer)
When a hydrogen gas leak is detected, a buzzer sounds,
a light comes on, and a warning message is displayed on
the multi-information display.
P. 11 3
(Red)
Brake system warning light (warning buzzer)*1
Indicates that:
• The brake fluid level is low; or
• The brake system is malfunctioning
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and con-
tact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota autho-
rized repairer, or any reliable repairer. Continuing to
drive the vehicle may be dangerous.
Charging system warning light
Indicates a malfunction in the vehicle’s charging system
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and con-
tact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota autho-
rized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
High coolant temperature warning light
Indicates that the coolant temperature is abnormal
P. 504
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and con-
tact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota autho-
rized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
463
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
(Yellow)
Brake system warning light
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The regenerative braking system; or
• The electronically controlled brake system
Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer immediately.
SRS warning light
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The SRS airbag system; or
• The seat belt pretensioner system
Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer immediately.
ABS warning light
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The ABS; or
• The brake assist system
Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer immediately.
(Red/Yellow)
Electric power steering system warning light (warning
buzzer)
Indicates a malfunction in the EPS (Electric Power Steer-
ing) system
Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer immediately.
(Yellow)
LDA indicator (warning buzzer)
Indicates a malfunction in the LDA (Lane Departure Alert)
Follow the instructions displayed on the multi-infor-
mation display. (P. 284)
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
464 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
(Flashes)
PKSB OFF indicator (warning buzzer)
When a buzzer sounds:
Indicates a malfunction in the Parking Support Brake func-
tion (for static objects)
Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer immediately.
When a buzzer does not sound:
Indicates that the system is temporarily unavailable, possi-
bly due to a sensor being dirty or covered with ice, etc.
Clear the dirt, etc.
When removing and installing the 12-volt battery, the sys-
tem needs to be initialized.
P. 323
(Flashes or
illuminates)
PCS warning light
When a buzzer sounds simultaneously:
Indicates a malfunction has occurred in the PCS (Pre-Col-
lision System).
Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer immediately.
When a buzzer does not sound:
The PCS (Pre-Collision System) has become temporarily
unavailable, corrective action may be necessary.
Follow the instructions displayed on the multi-infor-
mation display. (P. 260, 469)
If the PCS (Pre-Collision System) or VSC (Vehicle Stability
Control) system is disabled, the PCS warning light will illu-
minate.
P. 273
Slip indicator
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The VSC system;
• The TRC system; or
• The hill-start assist control system
The light will flash when the ABS, VSC or TRC system is
operating.
Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer immediately.
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
465
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Parking brake warning light (warning buzzer)*2
Parking brake has not been fully released
Operate the parking brake once again.
If the light turns off after the parking brake is fully released,
the system is operating normally.
Open door warning light (warning buzzer)*3
Indicates that a door or the trunk is not fully closed
Check that all the doors and the trunk are closed.
Low fuel level warning light
Indicates that remaining fuel is approximately 1.1 kg
(2.4 lb.) or less
Refuel the vehicle.
Driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt reminder light
(warning buzzer)*4
Warns the driver and/or front passenger to fasten their
seat belts
Fasten the seat belt.
If the front passenger’s seat is occupied, the front
passenger’s seat belt also needs to be fastened to
make the warning light (warning buzzer) turn off.
Rear passengers’ seat belt reminder light (warning
buzzer)*4
Warns the rear passengers to fasten their seat belts
Fasten the seat belt.
Master warning light
A buzzer sounds and the warning light comes on and
flashes to indicate that the master warning system has
detected a malfunction.
P. 469
Tire pressure warning light
Indicates low tire pressure due to one of the following:
•Flat tire
• Natural causes
• The tire pressure warning system is malfunctioning
Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place.
Handling method (P. 467)
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
466 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
*1: Brake warning buzzer:
When there is a malfunction that leads to a decline in the brake effective-
ness, a buzzer sounds while at the same time a warning light comes on.
*2: Parking brake engaged warning buzzer:
P. 232
*3: Open door warning buzzer:
A buzzer will sound if the vehicle reaches a speed of 5 km/h (3 mph) or
more with any door open.
*4: Seat belt warning buzzer:
The seat belt warning buzzer sounds to alert the driver, front passenger
and rear passengers that his or her seat belt is not fastened. The buzzer
sounds for 30 seconds after the vehicle reaches a speed of 20 km/h
(12 mph). Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened, the buzzer will sound in
a different tone for 90 more seconds.
*5: This light illuminates on the multi-information display.
Brake Override System/Drive-Start Control/Parking Sup-
port Brake function (for static objects)*5
Indicates that:
• The Brake Override System is operating;
• The Brake Override System is malfunctioning (with
warning buzzer);
• The Drive-Start Control is operating (with warning
buzzer);
• The Drive-Start Control is malfunctioning (with warning
buzzer); or
• The Parking Support Brake function (for static objects) is
operating (with warning buzzer) (P. 319)
Follow the instruction that are displayed on the multi-
information display.
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
467
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Front passenger detection sensor, seat belt reminder and warning
buzzer
●If luggage is placed on the front passenger seat, the front passenger detec-
tion sensor may cause the warning light to flash and the warning buzzer to
sound even if a passenger is not sitting in the seat.
●If a cushion is placed on the seat, the sensor may not detect a passenger,
and the warning light may not operate properly.
■Electric power steering system warning light (warning buzzer)
When the 12-volt battery charge becomes insufficient or the voltage tempo-
rarily drops, the electric power steering system warning light may come on
and the warning buzzer may sound.
■When the tire pressure warning light comes on
Inspect the appearance of the tire to check that the tire is not punctured.
If the tire is punctured: P. 477
If the tire is not punctured:
After turning the power switch to off, turn it to ON mode again and make sure
the tire pressure warning light comes on or blinks.
The tire pressure warning light comes on
After the temperature of the tires have lowered sufficiently, check the tire
inflation pressure and adjust it to the specified level.
If the warning light does not go out even after several minutes, check that
the tire inflation pressure is at the specified level and carry out an initial-
ization. (P. 410)
If the warning light does not go out even after several minutes, have the vehi-
cle inspected by any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer,
or any reliable repairer immediately.
The tire pressure warning light is blinking for 1 minute, and then comes on
Malfunction in the tire pressure warning system. Have the system checked by
any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer immediately.
■The tire pressure warning light may come on due to natural causes
The tire pressure warning light may come on due to natural causes such as
natural air leaks and tire inflation pressure changes caused by temperature.
In this case, adjusting the tire inflation pressure will turn off the warning light
(after a few minutes).
■Conditions that the tire pressure warning system may not function prop-
erly
P. 412
■Warning buzzer
In some cases, the buzzer may not be heard due to being in a noisy location
or audio sound.
1
2
468 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■If both the ABS and the brake system warning lights remain on
Stop your vehicle in a safe place immediately and contact any authorized
Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer. The
vehicle will become extremely unstable during braking, and the ABS system
may fail, which could cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
■When the electric power steering system warning light comes on
When the light comes on yellow, the assist to the power steering is
restricted. When the light comes on red, the assist to the power steering is
lost and handling operations of the steering wheel become extremely
heavy. When steering wheel operations are heavier than usual, grip the
steering wheel firmly and operate it using more force than usual.
■If the tire pressure warning light comes on
Handling method (P. 467)
Be sure to observe the following precautions. Failure to do so could cause a
loss of vehicle control and result in death or serious injury.
●Stop your vehicle in a safe place as soon as possible. Adjust the tire infla-
tion pressure immediately.
●If the tire pressure warning light comes on even after tire inflation pressure
adjustment, it is probable that you have a flat tire. Check the tires. If a tire
is flat, repair the flat tire by using emergency tire puncture repair kit.
●Avoid abrupt maneuvering and braking. If the vehicle tires deteriorate, you
could lose control of the steering wheel or the brakes.
■If a blowout or sudden air leakage should occur
The tire pressure warning system may not activate immediately.
469
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
If a warning message is displayed
Multi-information display
Master warning light
The master warning light also
comes on or flashes in order to
indicate that a message is cur-
rently being displayed on the multi-
information display.
If any of the warning messages are shown again after the following
actions have been performed, contact any authorized Toyota retailer
or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
The warning lights and warning buzzers operate as follows depending
on the content of the message. If a message indicates the need for
inspection by a dealer, have the vehicle inspected by any authorized
Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer
immediately.
The multi-information display shows warnings of system mal-
functions, incorrectly performed operations, and messages that
indicate a need for maintenance. When a message is shown,
perform the correction procedure appropriate to the message.
Messages and warnings
System
warning
light
Warning buzzer*Warning
Comes
on Sounds
Indicates an important situation,
such as when a system related to
driving is malfunctioning or that
danger may result if the correction
procedure is not performed
Comes
on or
flashes
Sounds
Indicates an important situation,
such as when the systems shown
on the multi-information display
may be malfunctioning
470 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
*: A buzzer sounds the first time a message is shown on the multi-informa-
tion display.
Flashes Sounds
Indicates a situation, such as
when damage to the vehicle or
danger may result
Comes
on Does not sound
Indicates a condition, such as mal-
function of electrical components,
their condition, or indicates the
need for maintenance
Flashes Does not sound
Indicates a situation, such as
when an operation has been per-
formed incorrectly, or indicates
how to perform an operation cor-
rectly
System
warning
light
Warning buzzer*Warning
471
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■If “Visit Your Dealer” is shown
The system or part shown on the multi-information display is malfunctioning.
Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota autho-
rized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
■If a message about an operation is shown
●If a message about an operation of the accelerator pedal or brake pedal is
shown
A warning message about an operation of the brake pedal may be shown
while the driving assist systems such as PCS (Pre-Collision System) or the
dynamic radar cruise control is operating. If a warning message is shown,
be sure to decelerate the vehicle or follow an instruction shown on the multi-
information display.
●A warning message is shown when Drive-Start Control, Brake Override
System or Parking Support Brake function (for static objects) operates
(P. 209, 319). Follow the instructions on the multi-information display.
●If a message about an operation of the power switch is shown
An instruction for operation of the power switch is shown when the incorrect
procedure for starting the fuel cell system is performed or the power switch
is operated incorrectly. Follow the instructions shown on the multi-informa-
tion display to operate the power switch again.
●If a message about a shift operation is shown
To prevent the shift position from being selected incorrectly or the vehicle
from moving unexpectedly, the shift position may be changed automatically
(P. 228) or operating the shift lever or P position switch may be required.
In this case, change the shift position following the instructions on the multi-
information display.
●If a message or image about an open/close state of a part or replenishment
of a consumable is shown
Confirm the part indicated by the multi-information display or a warning light,
and then perform the coping method such as closing the open door or
replenishing a consumable.
■If “High FC Temperature Reduced Power” is displayed
Lower the speed while check the safety, and run the vehicle like this for
several minutes.
If the message goes off, the vehicle can be driven as is, since it temporarily
overheated.
This message may be displayed when driving under severe operating con-
ditions.
(For example, when driving up a long steep hill.)
■If “FC System Shutdown due to Freezing conditions Stop Your Vehicle in
a Safe Place and Contact Your Dealer” is displayed
P. 221
1
2
472 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■If “Maintenance Required for Hybrid Battery Cooling Parts at Your
Dealer” is displayed
The filter may be clogged, the air intake vent may be blocked or there may be
a gap in the duct. Have maintenance performed on the traction battery cool-
ing component at your Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any
reliable repairer.
■If “Shift to P Before Exiting Vehicle” is displayed
Message is displayed when the driver’s door is opened without turning the
power switch to off with the shift position in any position other than P.
Shift the shift position to P.
■If “Shift is in N Release Accelerator Before Shifting” is displayed
Message is displayed when the accelerator pedal has been depressed and
the shift position is in N. Release the accelerator pedal and shift the shift posi-
tion to D or R.
■If “Press Brake When Vehicle is Stopped FC System may Overheat” is
displayed
Message is displayed when the accelerator pedal is depressed to maintain
the vehicle position when stopped on an upward slope, etc.
If this continues, the fuel cell system may overheat.
Release the accelerator pedal and depress the brake pedal.
■If “Accelerator Pedal is Pressed Check The Accelerator Pedal” is dis-
played
The accelerator pedal may be stuck.
If the message does not disappear even when the foot has been removed
from the accelerator pedal, check that the accelerator pedal is not stuck.
■If “Ion Filter Maintenance Required Visit Your Dealer” is displayed
Ion filter replacement is necessary. Contact any authorized Toyota retailer or
Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
■If “Shift System Malfunction Stop Your Vehicle in a Safe Place then See
Owner’s Manual” is displayed
The shift position may not be able to be shifted. Stop the vehicle in a safe
place.
Contact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any
reliable repairer immediately.
■If “Shift System Malfunction Shifting Unavailable See Owner’s Manual”
is displayed
The shift position may not be able to be shifted from P to a position other than
P.
Contact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any
reliable repairer immediately.
473
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■If “Shift System Malfunction When Parking, Apply Parking Brake
Securely then See Owner’s Manual” is displayed
●The parking lock mechanism may not operate.
●The automatically P position selection function (P. 223) may not operate.
●The power switch may not turn off. In that case, engage the parking brake
and the switch can be turned to off.
●The fuel cell system may not be able to be started.
When parking, choose a flat surface and be sure to engage the parking
brake.
Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota autho-
rized repairer, or any reliable repairer immediately.
■If “[P] Switch Malfunction When Parking, Apply Parking Brake Securely
then See Owner’s Manual” is displayed
The shift position may not switch to P even though the P position switch is
pressed.
When parking, choose a flat surface and be sure to engage the parking
brake.
Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota autho-
rized repairer, or any reliable repairer immediately.
■If “Shift System Malfunction See Owner’s Manual” is displayed
If left as is, the system may not operate properly and an unexpected hazard
or damage may occur.
Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota autho-
rized repairer, or any reliable repairer immediately.
■If “Insufficient Aux Battery Charge When Parking, Apply Parking Brake
Securely then See Owner’s Manual” is displayed
●The parking lock mechanism may not operate.
●The power switch may not turn off. In that case, engage the parking brake
and the switch can be turned to off.
●Even after charging the 12-volt battery, the warning message may continue
to be displayed until the shift position is shifted from P to a position other
than P.
●The fuel cell system may not be able to be started.
When parking, choose a flat surface and be sure to engage the parking
brake.
Have the 12-volt battery charged or replaced.
■If “Insufficient Aux Battery Charge Shift is Unavailable See Owner’s
Manual” is displayed
Due to the voltage of the 12-volt battery being in a declined condition, when
trying to shift the shift position the warning message is displayed.
Have the 12-volt battery charged or replaced.
474 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■If “Shifting Temporarily Unavailable Wait a Moment and Try Again” is
displayed
A warning message is displayed when the shift lever and P position switch
are repeatedly operated over a short period of time.
Shift the shift position after waiting for short amount of time.
■If “Shifting to [Br] Mode Unavailable Shift to [D] once, then Shift to [Br]”
is displayed
When the shift position is in P or N, a warning message is displayed when try-
ing to shift to Br mode.
Shift to Br mode after the shift position had been set to D.
■If “Shifted to [N] Position Shift to [D] once, then Shift to [Br]” is dis-
played
When the shift position is in R, a warning message is displayed when trying to
shift to Br mode.
The shift position is changed to N.
Shift to Br Mode after the shift position has been set to D.
■If “Shifting to [D] or [R] Position Unavailable Try to Shift after FC System
has Started” is displayed
When the power switch is in ON mode (“READY” indicator switched off), a
warning message is displayed when trying to shift the shift position to R or D,
or shift to Br mode.
After starting the fuel cell system, shift the shift position to R or D, or shift to Br
mode.
■If “Shifting Unavailable Press Brake Pedal before Shifting” is displayed
A warning message is displayed when attempting to shift the shift position
without depressing the brake pedal.
Depress the brake pedal and shift the shift position when changing it from P.
■If “Shifted to [N] Position Stop Your Vehicle before Shifting to [D]” is dis-
played
While the vehicle is moving backward, a warning message is displayed when
attempting to shift the shift position to D.
The shift position is changed to N.
Shift the shift position after stopping the vehicle.
■If “Shifted to [N] Position Stop Your Vehicle before Shifting to [R]” is dis-
played
When the vehicle is moving forward, a warning message is displayed when
attempting to shift the shift position to R.
The shift position is changed to N.
Shift the shift position after stopping the vehicle.
475
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■If “Shifted to [N] Position To Shift to [P], Stop Your Vehicle and Press [P]
Switch” is displayed
When the vehicle is moving, a warning message is displayed when the P
position switch is operated and attempting to shift the shift position to P.
The shift position is changed to N.
Operate the P position switch after the vehicle has been brought to a com-
plete stop.
■If “Smart Entry & Start System Malfunction See Owner’s Manual” is dis-
played
P. 165
■If “Front Camera Unavailable” or “Front Camera Unavailable See
Owner's Manual” is displayed
The following systems may be suspended until the problem shown in the
message is resolved. (P. 260)
●PCS (Pre-Collision System)
●LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control)
●Automatic High Beam
●RSA (Road Sign Assist)
●Dynamic radar cruise control
■If “Radar Cruise Control Unavailable See Owner's Manual” is shown
The dynamic radar cruise control system is suspended temporarily or until the
problem shown in the message is resolved. (causes and coping methods:
P. 260)
■If “Radar Cruise Control Unavailable” is shown
The dynamic radar cruise control system cannot be used temporarily. Use the
system when it becomes available again.
476 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■If the shift position cannot be changed or the power switch is turned to
ACCESSORY mode even if trying to turn the power switch off when a
warning message is shown
If the 12-volt battery is discharged or the shift control system is malfunction-
ing, the followings may occur.
●The shift position may not be changed to P.
When parking, stop the vehicle on level ground and apply the parking brake
firmly.
●The fuel cell system may not start.
●The power switch may be turned to ACCESSORY mode even if trying to
turn the power switch off.
In this case, the power switch may be turned off after applying the parking
brake.
●The automatic P position selection function (P. 223) may not operate.
Before turning the power switch off, be sure to press the P position switch
and check that the shift position is in P by the shift position indicator or P
position switch indicator.
■Warning buzzer
P. 467
477
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
If you have a flat tire
Your vehicle is not equipped with a spare tire, but instead is
equipped with an emergency tire puncture repair kit.
A puncture caused by a nail or screw passing through the tire
tread can be repaired temporarily using the emergency tire
puncture repair kit. (The kit contains a bottle of sealant. The
sealant can be used only once to temporarily repair one tire
without removing the nail or screw from the tire.)
After temporarily repairing the tire with the repair kit, have the
tire repaired or replaced by any authorized Toyota retailer or
Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
WARNING
■If you have a flat tire
Do not continue driving with a flat tire.
Driving, even a short distance, with a flat tire can damage the tire, the
wheel, and other parts beyond repair, which could result in an accident.
478 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
●Stop the vehicle in a safe place on a hard, flat surface.
●Set the parking brake.
●Shift the shift position to P.
●Stop the fuel cell system.
●Turn on the emergency flashers. (P. 452)
●Check the degree of the tire damage.
A tire should only be repaired with
the emergency tire puncture
repair kit if the damage is caused
by a nail or screw passing through
the tire tread.
• Do not remove the nail or screw
from the tire. Removing the
object may widen the opening
and disenable emergency
repair with the repair kit.
• To avoid sealant leakage, move the vehicle until the area of the
puncture, if known, is positioned at the top of the tire.
■A flat tire that cannot be repaired with the emergency tire puncture repair
kit
In the following cases, the tire cannot be repaired with the emergency tire
puncture repair kit. Contact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota autho-
rized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
●When the tire is damaged due to driving without sufficient air pressure
●When there are any cracks or damage at any location on the tire, such as on
the side wall, except the tread
●When the tire is visibly separated from the wheel
●When the cut or damage to the tread is 4 mm (0.16 in.) long or more
●When the wheel is damaged
●When two or more tires have been punctured
●When more than two sharp objects such as nails or screws have passed
through the tread on a single tire
●When the sealant has expired
Before repairing the tire
479
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
*: Use of the jack (P. 426)
Location of the emergency tire puncture repair kit, tools and jack
Wheel nut wrench
Towing eyelet
Emergency tire puncture
repair kit
Jack handle
Jack*
480 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Emergency tire puncture repair kit components
Hose
Air release cap
Air pressure gauge
Compressor switch
Power plug
Stickers
481
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Remove the luggage mat.
Remove the jack handle.
Take out the emergency tire
puncture repair kit.
Taking out the emergency tire puncture repair kit
1
2
3
482 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Take out the repair kit from the plastic bag.
Remove the valve cap from the
valve of the punctured tire.
Remove the air release cap
from the hose.
You will use the air release cap
again. Therefore keep it in a safe
place.
Connect the hose to the valve.
Screw the end of the hose clock-
wise as far as possible.
Make sure that the compressor
switch is off.
Emergency repair method
1
2
3
4
5
483
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Remove the rubber stopper
from the compressor.
Connect the power plug to the
power outlet socket. (P. 376)
Connect the bottle to the com-
pressor.
Make sure that the bottle is
securely connected.
6
7
8
484 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Attach the 2 stickers as shown.
Remove any dirt and moisture from
the wheel before attaching the
sticker.
Check the specified tire inflation
pressure.
Tire inflation pressure is specified
on the label as shown. (P. 519)
Start the fuel cell system. (P. 218)
To inject the sealant and inflate
the tire, turn the compressor
switch on.
9
10
11
12
485
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Inflate the tire until the specified
air pressure is reached.
The sealant will be injected
and the pressure will spike to
300 kPa (3.1 kgf/cm
2
or bar,
44 psi) or 400 kPa (4.1 kgf/cm
2
or bar, 58 psi), and then gradu-
ally decrease.
The air pressure gauge will
display the actual tire infla-
tion pressure about 1 minute
(15 minutes at low tempera-
ture) after the switch is
turned on.
Inject to specified air pres-
sure.
• Turn the compressor switch
off and then check the tire
inflation pressure. Being
careful not to over inflate,
check and repeat the inflation
procedure until the specified
tire inflation pressure is
reached.
• If the tire inflation pressure is still lower than the specified point after
inflation for 10 minutes (40 minutes at low temperature) with the
switch on, the tire is too damaged to be repaired. Turn the compres-
sor switch off and contact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota
authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
• If the tire inflation pressure exceeds the specified air pressure, let out
some air to adjust the tire inflation pressure. (P. 519)
13
486 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
With the compressor switch off, disconnect the hose from the valve
on the tire and then pull out the power plug from the power outlet
socket.
Some sealant may leak when the hose is removed.
Install the valve cap onto the valve of the emergency repaired tire.
Attach the air release cap to the
end of the hose.
If the air release cap is not
attached, the sealant may leak and
the vehicle may get dirty.
Temporarily store the bottle in the trunk while it is connected to the
compressor.
To spread the liquid sealant evenly within the tire, immediately drive
safely for about 5 km (3 miles) below 80 km/h (50 mph).
After driving for about 5 km
(3 miles), stop your vehicle in a
safe place on a hard, flat sur-
face and remove the air release
cap from the hose before
reconnecting the repair kit.
14
15
16
17
18
19
487
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Turn the compressor switch on
and wait for several seconds,
and then turn it off. Check the
tire inflation pressure.
If the tire inflation pressure is
under 130 kPa (1.3 kgf/cm2
or bar, 19 psi): The puncture
cannot be repaired. Contact
any authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized
repairer, or any reliable
repairer.
If the tire inflation pressure is 130 kPa (1.3 kgf/cm2 or bar, 19 psi)
or higher, but less than the specified air pressure: Proceed to
step .
If the tire inflation pressure is the specified air pressure: Proceed
to step .
Turn the compressor switch on to inflate the tire until the specified
air pressure is reached. Drive for about 5 km (3 miles) and then
perform step .
Attach the air release cap to the
end of the hose.
If the air release cap is not
attached, the sealant may leak and
the vehicle may get dirty.
Store the bottle in the trunk while it is connected to the compressor.
Taking precautions to avoid sudden braking, sudden acceleration
and sharp turns, drive carefully at under 80 km/h (50 mph) to the
nearest authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or
any reliable repairer for tire repair or replacement.
20
21
22
21
19
22
23
24
488 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Emergency tire puncture repair kit
●The sealant stored in the emergency tire puncture repair kit can be used
only once to temporarily repair a single tire. If the sealant has been used
and needs to be replaced, purchase a new bottle at any authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer. The compres-
sor is reusable.
●The sealant can be used when the outside temperature is from -40C
(-40F) to 60C (140F).
●The repair kit is exclusively designed for size and type of tires originally
installed on your vehicle. Do not use it for tires that a different size than the
original ones, or for any other purposes.
●The sealant has a limited lifespan. The expiry date is shown on the bottle.
The sealant should be replaced before the expiry date. Purchase a new bot-
tle at any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any
reliable repairer for replacement.
●If the sealant gets on your clothes, it may stain.
●If the sealant adheres to a wheel or the surface of the vehicle body, the stain
may not be removable if it is not cleaned at once. Immediately wipe away
the sealant with a wet cloth.
●During operation of the repair kit, a loud operation noise is produced. This
does not indicate a malfunction.
●Do not use to check or to adjust the tire pressure.
489
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■If the tire is inflated to more than the specified air pressure
Disconnect the hose from the valve.
Disconnect the hose from the valve, remove the air release cap from the
hose and then reconnect the hose.
Turn the compressor switch on and wait for several seconds, then turn it
off. Check that the air pressure indicator shows the specified air pressure.
(P. 519)
If the air pressure is under the designated pressure, turn the compressor
switch on again and repeat the inflation procedure until the specified air
pressure is reached.
■After a tire is repaired with the emergency tire puncture repair kit
●The tire pressure warning valve and transmitter should be replaced.
●Even if the tire inflation pressure is at the recommended level, the tire pres-
sure warning light may come on/flash.
■Note for checking the emergency tire puncture repair kit
Check the sealant expiry date occasionally.
The expiry date is shown on the bottle. Do not use sealant whose expiry date
has already passed. Otherwise, repairs conducted using the emergency tire
puncture repair kit may not be performed properly.
Install the air release cap to the end of
the hose and push the protrusion on the
air release cap into the tire valve to let
some air out.
WARNING
■Caution while driving
●Store the repair kit in the trunk.
Otherwise, the repair kit may fly out and break in events such as sudden
braking, and may cause an accident.
●The repair kit is exclusively only for your vehicle.
Do not use repair kit on other vehicles, which could lead to an accident
causing death or serious injury.
●Do not use repair kit for tires that are different size than the original ones,
or for any other purpose. If the tires have not been completely repaired, it
could lead to an accident causing death or serious injury.
1
2
3
4
490 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■Precautions for use of the sealant
●Ingesting the sealant is hazardous to your health. If you ingest sealant,
consume as much water as possible, and then immediately consult a doc-
tor.
●If sealant gets in eyes or adheres to skin, immediately wash it off with
water. If discomfort persists, consult a doctor.
■When fixing the flat tire
●Stop your vehicle in a safe and flat area.
●Do not touch the wheels or the area around the brakes immediately after
the vehicle has been driven.
After the vehicle has been driven, the wheels and the area around the
brakes may be extremely hot. Touching these areas with hands, feet or
other body parts may result in burns.
●Connect the valve and hose securely with the tire installed on the vehicle.
●If the hose is not properly connected to the valve, air leakage may occur or
sealant may be sprayed out.
●Follow the operation procedure to repair the tire. If the procedures are not
followed, the sealant may spray out.
●If the hose comes off the valve while inflating the tire, there is a risk that
the hose will move abruptly due to air pressure.
●After inflation of the tire has completed, the sealant may splatter when the
hose is disconnected or some air is let out of the tire.
●Keep back from the tire while it is being repaired, as there is a chance of it
bursting while the repair operation is being performed. If you notice any
cracks or deformation of the tire, turn off the compressor switch and stop
the repair operation immediately.
●The repair kit may overheat if operated for a long period of time. Do not
operate the repair kit continuously for more than 40 minutes.
●Parts of the repair kit become hot during operation. Be careful handling the
repair kit during and after operation. Do not touch the metal part connect-
ing the bottle and the compressor. It will be extremely hot.
●Do not attach the vehicle speed warning sticker to an area other than the
one indicated. If the sticker is attached to an area where an SRS airbag is
located, such as the pad of the steering wheel, it may prevent the SRS
airbag from operating properly.
491
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■Driving to spread the liquid sealant evenly
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failure to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control and cause death or
serious injury.
●Drive the vehicle carefully at a low speed. Be especially careful when turn-
ing and cornering.
●If the vehicle does not drive straight or you feel a pull through the steering
wheel, stop the vehicle and check the following:
• Tire condition. The tire may have separated from the wheel.
• Tire inflation pressure. If tire inflation pressure is 130 kPa (1.3 kgf/cm2
or bar, 19 psi) or less, this may indicate severe tire damage.
492 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
NOTICE
■When performing an emergency repair
●A tire should only be repaired with the emergency tire puncture repair kit if
the damage is caused by a sharp object such as nail or screw passing
through the tire tread.
Do not remove the sharp object from the tire. Removing the object may
widen the opening and disenable emergency repair with the repair kit.
●The repair kit is not waterproof. Make sure that the repair kit is not
exposed to water, such as when it is being used in the rain.
●Do not put the repair kit directly onto dusty ground such as sand at the
side of the road. If the repair kit vacuums up dust etc., a malfunction may
occur.
■Handling the emergency tire puncture repair kit
●The repair kit power source should be 12 V DC suitable for vehicle use. Do
not connect the repair kit to any other source.
●If organic substances such as benzene or gasoline splatters on the repair
kit, the repair kit may deteriorate. Take care not to allow organic sub-
stances to contact it.
●Place the repair kit in a storage to prevent it from being exposed to dirt or
water.
●Store the repair kit in the assigned place out of reach of children.
●Do not disassemble or modify the repair kit. Do not subject parts such as
the air pressure indicator to impacts. This may cause a malfunction.
■To avoid damage to the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
When a tire is repaired with liquid sealants, the tire pressure warning valve
and transmitter may not operate properly. If a liquid sealant is used, contact
any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer or other qualified service shop as soon as possible. After use of liq-
uid sealant, make sure to replace the tire pressure warning valve and trans-
mitter when repairing or replacing the tire. (P. 409)
493
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
If the fuel cell system will not start
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
●The electronic key may not be functioning properly. (P. 495)
●There may not be sufficient fuel in the vehicle’s tank.
Refuel the vehicle.
●The fuel fill door may be open. (P. 249)
●There may be a malfunction in the immobilizer system. (P. 7 8 )
●There may be malfunction in the shift control system.*
(P. 223, 472)
●The fuel cell system may be malfunctioning due to an electrical
problem such as electronic key battery depletion or a blown fuse.
However, depending on the type of malfunction, an interim mea-
sure is available to start the fuel cell system. (P. 494)
●The electronic key may be in battery-saving mode. (P. 165)
*: It may not be possible to shift the shift position from P to another position.
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
●The 12-volt battery may be discharged. (P. 498)
●The 12-volt battery terminal connections may be loose or corroded.
(P. 404)
Reasons for the fuel cell system not starting vary depending on
the situation. Check the following and perform the appropriate
procedure:
The fuel cell system will not start even though the correct start-
ing procedure is being followed. (P. 218)
The interior lights and headlights are dim, or the horn does not
sound or sounds at a low volume.
494 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
●The 12-volt battery may be discharged. (P. 498)
●One or both of the 12-volt battery terminals may be disconnected.
Contact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any
reliable repairer if the problem cannot be repaired, or if repair procedures
are unknown.
When the fuel cell system does not start, the following steps can be
used as an interim measure to start the fuel cell system if the power
switch is functioning normally.
Do not use this starting procedure except in case of emergency.
Set the parking brake.
Turn the power switch to ACCESSORY mode.
Press and hold the power switch for about 15 seconds while
depressing the brake pedal firmly.
Even if the fuel cell system can be started using the above steps, the
system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by any
authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer.
The interior lights and headlights do not turn on, or the horn
does not sound.
Emergency start function
1
2
3
495
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
If the electronic key does not operate
properly
■Doors
Use the mechanical key
(P. 149) in order to perform
the following operations
(driver’s door only):
Locks all the doors
Unlocks all the doors
■Trunk
Turn the mechanical key clock-
wise to open.
If communication between the electronic key and vehicle is
interrupted (P. 166) or the electronic key cannot be used
because the battery is depleted, the smart entry & start system
and wireless remote control cannot be used. In such cases, the
doors can be opened and the fuel cell system can be started by
following the procedure below.
Locking and unlocking the doors
496 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Key linked functions
Depress the brake pedal.
Touch the Toyota emblem side
of the electronic key to the
power switch.
When the electronic key is
detected, a buzzer sounds and the
power switch will turn to ON mode.
When the smart entry & start sys-
tem is deactivated in customization
setting, the power switch will turn
to ACCESSORY mode.
Firmly depress the brake pedal
and check that message is
shown on the multi-information
display.
Press the power switch.
In the event that the fuel cell system still cannot be started, contact
any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any
reliable repairer.
Closes the windows* (turn and hold)
Opens the windows* (turn and hold)
*: These settings must be customized at
any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota
authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer. (P. 523)
Starting the fuel cell system
1
2
3
4
497
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Stopping the fuel cell system
Shift the shift position to P and press the power switch as you normally do
when stopping the fuel cell system.
■Replacing the key battery
As the above procedure is a temporary measure, it is recommended that the
electronic key battery be replaced immediately when the battery is depleted.
(P. 439)
■Alarm
Using the mechanical key to lock the doors will not set the alarm system.
If a door is unlocked using the mechanical key when the alarm system is set,
the alarm may be triggered. (P. 103)
■When the electronic key does not work properly
●Make sure that the smart entry & start system has not been deactivated in
the customization setting. If it is off, turn the function on.
(Customizable features P. 522)
●Check if battery-saving mode is set. If it is set, cancel the function.
(P. 165)
■Changing power switch modes
Release the brake pedal and press the power switch in step above.
The fuel cell system does not start and modes will be changed each time the
switch is pressed. (P. 220)
WARNING
■When using the mechanical key and operating the power windows
Operate the power window after checking to make sure that there is no pos-
sibility of any passenger having any of their body parts caught in the win-
dow.
Also, do not allow children to operate the mechanical key. It is possible for
children and other passengers to get caught in the power window.
3
498 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
If the 12-volt battery is discharged
If you have a set of jumper (or booster) cables and a second vehicle
with a 12-volt battery, you can jump start your vehicle by following the
steps below.
Confirm that the electronic key
is being carried.
When connecting the jumper (or
booster) cables, depending on the
situation, the alarm may activate
and the doors may lock. (P. 104)
Open the hood (P. 397) and
fuse box cover.
Open the exclusive jump start-
ing terminal cover.
The following procedures may be used to start the fuel cell sys-
tem if the 12-volt battery is discharged.
You can also call any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota autho-
rized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
1
2
3
499
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Remove the motor cover.
Connect the jumper cables according to the following procedure:
Connect a positive jumper cable clamp to the exclusive jump
starting terminal on your vehicle.
Connect the clamp on the other end of the positive cable to the
positive (+) battery terminal on the second vehicle.
Connect a negative cable clamp to the negative (-) battery termi-
nal on the second vehicle.
Connect the clamp at the other end of the negative cable to a
solid, stationary, unpainted metallic point away from the exclusive
jump starting terminal and any moving parts, as shown in the
illustration.
Start the engine of the second vehicle. Increase the engine speed
slightly and maintain at that level for approximately 5 minutes to
recharge the 12-volt battery of your vehicle.
4
5
6
500 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Maintain the engine speed of the second vehicle and start the fuel
cell system of your vehicle by turning the power switch to ON mode.
Make sure the “READY” indicator comes on. If the indicator does
not come on, contact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota
authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
Once the fuel cell system has started, remove the jumper cables in
the exact reverse order from which they were connected.
Close the exclusive jump starting terminal cover, reinstall the motor
cover and the fuse box cover to its original position.
Once the fuel cell system starts, have the vehicle inspected at any
authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer as soon as possible.
■Starting the fuel cell system when the 12-volt battery is discharged
The fuel cell system cannot be started by push-starting.
■To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
●Turn off the headlights and the audio system while the fuel cell system is off.
●Turn off any unnecessary electrical components when the vehicle is running
at a low speed for an extended period, such as in heavy traffic.
■Charging the 12-volt battery
The electricity stored in the 12-volt battery will discharge gradually even when
the vehicle is not in use, due to natural discharge and the draining effects of
certain electrical appliances. If the vehicle is left for a long time, the 12-volt
battery may discharge, and the fuel cell system may be unable to start. (The
12-volt battery recharges automatically while the fuel cell system is operat-
ing.)
7
8
9
10
501
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■When the 12-volt battery is removed or discharged
●In some cases, it may not be possible to unlock the doors using the smart
entry & start system when the 12-volt battery is discharged. Use the wire-
less remote control or the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors.
●The fuel cell system may not start on the first attempt after the 12-volt bat-
tery has recharged but will start normally after the second attempt. This is
not a malfunction.
●The power switch mode is memorized by the vehicle. When the 12-volt bat-
tery is reconnected, the system will return to the mode it was in before the
12-volt battery was discharged. Before disconnecting the 12-volt battery,
turn the power switch off.
If you are unsure what mode the power switch was in before the 12-volt bat-
tery discharged, be especially careful when reconnecting the 12-volt battery.
●If the 12-volt battery is depleted with the shift position in P, it will not be pos-
sible to shift the shift position other than P. In this case, the vehicle cannot
be towed without lifting both front wheels because the front wheels are
locked by the parking lock. (P. 456)
●When the 12-volt battery is reconnected, start the fuel cell system, depress
the brake pedal, and confirm that it is possible to shift into each shift posi-
tion.
●If the battery is removed or the terminals disconnected without operating
the water release function during cold weather, the vehicle may not start
due to the fuel cell system being frozen. To prevent this, operate the water
release function before removing the battery or disconnecting the terminals.
(P. 222)
■When exchanging the 12-volt battery
Use a Central Degassing type 12-volt battery (Japanese Industrial Stan-
dards). Also, use 12-volt batteries with case sizes similar to one prior the
exchange and an equivalent 20 hour rate capacity (20HR) or greater.
• If the sizes differ, the 12-volt battery cannot be properly secured.
• If the 20 hour rate capacity is low, even if the time period where the vehi-
cle is not used is a short time, the 12-volt battery may discharge and fuel
cell system may not be able to start.
For details, consult any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized
repairer, or any reliable repairer as soon as possible.
502 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■Avoiding 12-volt battery fires or explosions
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidentally igniting the flam-
mable gas that may be emitted from the 12-volt battery:
●Make sure each jumper cable is connected to the correct terminal and that
it is not unintentionally in contact with any other than the intended terminal.
●Do not allow the other end of the jumper cable connected to the “+” termi-
nal to come into contact with any other parts or metal surfaces in the area,
such as brackets or unpainted metal.
●Do not allow the + and - clamps of the jumper cables to come into contact
with each other.
●Do not smoke, use matches, cigarette lighters or allow open flame near
the 12-volt battery.
■12-volt battery precautions
The 12-volt battery contains poisonous and corrosive acidic electrolyte,
while related parts contain lead and lead compounds. Observe the following
precautions when handling the 12-volt battery:
●When working with the 12-volt battery, always wear safety glasses and
take care not to allow any 12-volt battery fluids (acid) to come into contact
with skin, clothing or the vehicle body.
●Do not lean over the 12-volt battery.
●In the event that 12-volt battery fluid comes into contact with the skin or
eyes, immediately wash the affected area with water and seek medical
attention.
Place a wet sponge or cloth over the affected area until medical attention
can be received.
●Always wash your hands after handling the 12-volt battery support, termi-
nals, and other battery-related parts.
●Do not allow children near the 12-volt battery.
503
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
WARNING
■After recharging the 12-volt battery
Have the 12-volt battery inspected at any authorized Toyota retailer or
Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer as soon as possible.
If the 12-volt battery is deteriorating, continued use may cause the 12-volt
battery to emit a malodorous gas, which may be detrimental to the health of
passengers.
■When exchanging the 12-volt battery
After exchanging, securely attach the exhaust hose and exhaust hole plug
to the exhaust hole of the exchanged 12-volt battery. If not properly
installed, gases (hydrogen) may leak into the vehicle interior, and there is
the possible danger of the gas igniting and exploding.
■When replacing the 12-volt battery
P. 407
NOTICE
■To prevent damaging the vehicle
The exclusive jump starting terminal is to be used when charging the 12-volt
battery from another vehicle in an emergency. It cannot be used to jump
start another vehicle.
■When handling jumper cables
When connecting the jumper cables, ensure that they do not become entan-
gled in the cooling fans.
504 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
If your vehicle overheats
The following may indicate that your vehicle is overheating.
●The high coolant temperature warning light (P. 462) comes on
or flashes, or a loss of fuel cell system power is experienced. (For
example, the vehicle speed does not increase.)
●“FC System Overheat Output Power is Limited” is displayed on
the multi-information display.
●Steam comes out from under the hood.
Label
Fuel cell stack coolant reser-
voir
Inverter coolant reservoir
505
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■If the high coolant temperature warning light comes on or
flashes
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn off the air conditioning
system, and then stop the fuel cell system.
If you see steam or coolant leaks:
Carefully lift the hood after the steam subsides.
If you do not see steam or coolant leaks:
Carefully lift the hood.
After the fuel cell system has
cooled down sufficiently,
inspect the hoses and radia-
tor core (radiator) for any
leaks.
Fuel cell stack coolant sub
radiator
Fuel cell stack coolant
radiator
Electric cooling fans
If a large amount of coolant leaks, immediately contact any autho-
rized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer.
NOTICE
Correction procedures
The fuel cell stack coolant is exclusive for
fuel cell stack usage. Damage may occur
when water or any other type of coolant
is used, so never use any other fluid.
If the fuel cell stack coolant is low, imme-
diately contact any authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or
any reliable repairer.
1
2
3
506 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
The fuel cell stack coolant
level is satisfactory if it is
between the “FULL” and
“LOW” lines on the reservoir.
Fuel cell stack coolant res-
ervoir
“FULL”
“LOW”
If the amount of fuel cell stack coolant is low:
Immediately contact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota
authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
If the amount of fuel cell stack coolant is not low:
Have the vehicle inspected at the nearest authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
Even if the fuel cell stack
coolant is low, do not refill it.
4
507
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■If “FC System Overheat Output Power is Limited” is displayed
on the multi-information display
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn off the air conditioning
system, and then stop the fuel cell system.
If you see steam or coolant leaks:
Carefully lift the hood after the steam subsides.
If you do not see steam or coolant leaks:
Carefully lift the hood.
After the fuel cell system has
cooled down, inspect the
hoses and radiator core
(radiator) for any leaks.
Inverter coolant radiator
Electric cooling fans
If a large amount of coolant
leaks, immediately contact
any authorized Toyota retailer
or Toyota authorized repairer,
or any reliable repairer.
The inverter coolant level is
satisfactory if it is between
the “FULL” and “LOW” lines
on the reservoir.
Inverter coolant reservoir
“FULL”
“LOW”
Add inverter coolant if neces-
sary.
Water can be used in an emer-
gency if inverter coolant is
unavailable.
1
2
3
4
5
508 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Start the fuel cell system and turn the air conditioning system on
to check that the radiator cooling fans operate and to check for
coolant leaks from the radiator or hoses.
The fans operate when the air conditioning system is turned on immedi-
ately after a cold start. Confirm that the fans are operating by checking
the fan sound and air flow. If it is difficult to check these, turn the air con-
ditioning system on and off repeatedly.
(The fans may not operate in freezing temperatures.)
If the fans are not operating:
Stop the fuel cell system immediately and contact any authorized
Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer.
If the fans are operating:
Have the vehicle inspected at the nearest authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
WARNING
■When inspecting under the hood of your vehicle
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in serious injury such as burns.
●If steam is seen coming from under the hood, do not open the hood until
the steam has subsided. The motor compartment may be very hot.
●After the fuel cell system has been turned off, check that the “READY”
indicator is off.
When the fuel cell system is operating, the cooling fan may suddenly oper-
ate even if the fuel cell system stops. Do not touch or approach rotating
parts such as the fans, which may lead to fingers or clothing (especially a
tie, a scarf or a muffler) getting caught, resulting in serious injury.
●Do not loosen the coolant reservoir caps or radiator cap, while the fuel cell
system and radiator are hot.
High temperature steam or coolant could spray out.
6
7
509
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
NOTICE
■When adding inverter coolant
Add coolant slowly after the fuel cell system has cooled down sufficiently.
Adding inverter cool coolant to a hot fuel cell system too quickly can cause
damage to the fuel cell system.
■To prevent damage to the cooling system
Observe the following precautions:
●Avoid contaminating the coolant with foreign matter (such as sand or dust
etc.).
●Do not use any coolant additive with inverter coolant.
●For replacement of the fuel cell stack coolant, contact any authorized
Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
●Do not use water or any other coolant when refilling the fuel cell stack
coolant. Also, do not use any additive agents for the coolant.
510 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
If the vehicle becomes stuck
Set the parking brake and stop the fuel cell system.
Remove the mud, snow or sand from around the front wheels.
Place wood, stones or some other material under the front wheels
to help provide traction.
Restart the fuel cell system.
Shift the shift position to D or R and release the parking brake.
Then, while exercising caution, depress the accelerator pedal.
Carry out the following procedures if the tires spin or the vehicle
becomes stuck in mud, dirt or snow:
■When it is difficult to free the vehicle
Press to turn off TRC.
WARNING
■When attempting to free a stuck vehicle
If you choose to push the vehicle back and forth to free it, make sure the
surrounding area is clear to avoid striking other vehicles, objects or people.
The vehicle may also lunge forward or lunge back suddenly as it becomes
free. Use extreme caution.
■When shifting the shift position
Be careful not to shift the shift position with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
This may lead to unexpected rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may
cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
1
2
3
4
5
511
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
NOTICE
■To avoid damaging the transmission and other components
●Avoid spinning the front wheels and depressing the accelerator pedal
more than necessary.
●If the vehicle remains stuck even after these procedures are performed,
the vehicle may require towing to be freed.
512 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
513
9
Vehicle specifications
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
9-1. Specifications
Maintenance data
(fuel, fluid level, etc.)........514
9-2. Customization
Customizable features .......520
9-3. Initialization
Items to initialize ................530
514 9-1. Specifications
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Maintenance data (fuel, fluid level, etc.)
*: Unladen vehicles
Dimensions and weights
Overall length 4890 mm (192.5 in.)
Overall width 1815 mm (71.5 in.)
Overall height*1535 mm (60.5 in.)
Wheelbase 2780 mm (109.5 in.)
Tread Front 1535 mm (60.5 in.)
Rear 1545 mm (61.0 in.)
Gross vehicle mass 2180 kg (4807 lb.)
Maximum permis-
sible axle capacity
Front 1230 kg (2712 lb.)
Rear 1150 kg (2536 lb.)
515
9-1. Specifications
9
Vehicle specifications
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Vehicle identification number
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the legal identifier for
your vehicle. This is the primary identification number for your
Toyota. It is used in registering the ownership of your vehicle.
This number is stamped on the
top left of the instrument panel.
This number is also on the manufacturer’s label.
This number is also stamped
under the right-hand front seat.
Vehicle identification
Left-hand drive vehicles Right-hand drive vehicles
516 9-1. Specifications
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
*: This is the maximum possible fill amount. The actual fuel amount achieved
at hydrogen stations may be lower due to station capacity or station set-
tings.
Fuel
Fuel type
When you find the following fuel label at the gas
station, use that fuel only.
Compressed hydrogen gas
Nominal working pres-
sure 70 MPa (714 kgf/cm2, 700 bar, 10150 psi)
Hydrogen tanks’ fuel
capacity (Reference)
122.4 L (32.3 gal., 26.9 Imp.gal.)
(Approximately 5 kg [11.0 lb.]*)
Electric motor (traction motor)
Type Permanent magnet synchronous motor
Maximum output 113 kW
Maximum torque 335 N•m (34.2 kgf•m, 247 ft•lbf)
Traction battery
Type Nickel-Metal hydride battery
Voltage 7.2 V/module
Capacity 6.5 Ah (3HR)
Quantity 34 modules
Overall voltage 244.8 V
517
9-1. Specifications
9
Vehicle specifications
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
*: The fluid capacity is a reference quantity.
If replacement is necessary, contact any authorized Toyota retailer or
Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
Cooling system
Capacity*
Fuel cell
stack 19.6 L (20.7 qt., 17.2 Imp.qt.)
Inverter 4.7 L (5.0 qt., 4.1 Imp.qt.)
Coolant
type
Fuel cell
stack
“Toyota Genuine FC Stack Coolant”
• In order to safely cool the fuel cell stack,
which is at high voltages, the fuel cell stack
coolant is an exclusive high insulation prod-
uct.
• Never use water or other kinds of coolants
as they will cause damage.
• Coolant changes are unnecessary.
• Do not reuse coolant that has been removed
from the radiator.
• Coolant is colorless.
• Consult any authorized Toyota retailer or
Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer about replenishing or changing the
fuel cell stack coolant.
Inverter
Use either of the following:
• “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”
• Similar high-quality ethylene glycolbased
non-silicate, non-amine, nonnitrite, and non-
borate coolant with longlife hybrid organic
acid technology
Do not use plain water alone.
NOTICE
The fuel cell stack coolant is exclusive for
fuel cell stack usage. Damage may occur
when water or any other type of coolant
is used, so never use any other fluid.
If the fuel cell stack coolant is low, imme-
diately contact any authorized Toyota
retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or
any reliable repairer.
518 9-1. Specifications
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
*: The fluid capacity is a reference quantity.
If replacement is necessary, contact any authorized Toyota retailer or
Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
*1: Minimum pedal clearance when depressed with a force of 196 N (20.0 kgf,
44.1 lbf) while the fuel cell system is operating
*2: Parking brake pedal travel when depressed with a force of 300 N (31.0 kgf,
67.5 lbf)
Electrical system
12-volt battery
Open voltage at
20C (68F):
12.6 12.8 V Fully charged
12.2 12.4 V Half charged
11.8 12.0 V Discharged
(Voltage is checked 20 minutes after the fuel cell
system and all lights are turned off.)
Charging rates 5 A max.
Transmission
Fluid capacity*4.2 L (4.4 qt., 3.7 Imp.qt.)
Fluid type Toyota Genuine ATF WS
NOTICE
■Transmission fluid type
Using transmission fluid other than “Toyota Genuine ATF WS” may ulti-
mately damage the transmission of your vehicle.
Brakes
Pedal clearance*1
Left-hand drive vehicles
Right-hand drive vehicles
75 mm (2.95 in.) Min.
84 mm (3.31 in.) Min.
Pedal free play 1 6 mm (0.04 0.24 in.)
Parking brake pedal travel*27 10 clicks
Fluid type SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3, or
SAE J1704 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 4
519
9-1. Specifications
9
Vehicle specifications
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
*: Light bulbs not listed in this table are LED bulbs.
Steering
Free play Less than 30 mm (1.2 in.)
Tires and wheels
Tire size 215/55R17 94W
Tire inflation pressure
(Recommended cold tire
inflation pressure)
Front
230 kPa (2.3 kgf/cm2 or bar, 33 psi)
Rear
230 kPa (2.3 kgf/cm2 or bar, 33 psi)
Wheel size 17 7 J
Wheel nut torque 103 N•m (10.5 kgf•m, 76 ft•lbf)
Light bulbs*
Light Bulbs WType
Exterior Rear fog light 21 A
Interior
Vanity lights 8A
Front interior/personal lights 8A
Rear interior light 8B
Door courtesy lights 5A
Trunk light 5A
A: Wedge base bulbs (clear) B: Double end bulbs
520 9-2. Customization
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Customizable features
When customizing vehicle features, ensure that the vehicle is parked
in a safe place with the shift position in P and the parking brake set.
■Changing by using the navigation system
Press the “SETUP” button on the navigation system.
Select “Vehicle” on the “Setup” screen.
Select “Vehicle customisation”.
Various setting can be changed. Refer to the list of settings that can
be changed for details.
■Changing by using the multi-information display
Press or of the meter control switches (P. 137), select
(P. 136).
Press or of the meter control switches, select the item,
and then press .
To go back to the previous screen or exit the customize mode,
press .
Your vehicle includes a variety of electronic features that can be
personalized to your preferences. The settings of these features
can be changed by using the navigation system, multi-informa-
tion display, or at any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota autho-
rized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
Customizing vehicle features
1
2
3
1
2
521
9-2. Customization
9
Vehicle specifications
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Some function settings are changed simultaneously with other func-
tions being customized. Contact any authorized Toyota retailer or
Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer for further details.
Settings that can be changed by the navigation system
Settings that can be changed by the multi-information display
Settings that can be changed by the vehicle switch
Settings that can be changed by any authorized Toyota retailer or
Toyota authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer
Definition of symbols: O = Available, — = Not available
■Door lock (P. 152, 495)
Customizable features
Function Default
setting
Customized
setting
Unlocking using a
mechanical key
All doors
unlocked in
first step
Driver’s door
unlocked in
first step, all
doors
unlocked in
second step
— — — O
Speed linked door locking
function On Off O — — O
Shift position linked door
locking function Off On O — — O
Shift position linked door
unlocking function Off On O — — O
Driver’s door linked door
unlocking function On Off O — — O
522 9-2. Customization
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Smart entry & start system and wireless remote control
(P. 152, 163)
■Smart entry & start system (P. 163)
■Wireless remote control (P. 152, 158)
Function Default
setting
Customized
setting
Operation signal (emergency
flashers) On Off — — — O
Time elapsed before the
automatic door lock function
is activated if a door is not
opened after being unlocked
30 seconds
60 seconds
O — — O
120 seconds
Open door reminder buzzer On Off — — — O
Function Default
setting
Customized
setting
Smart entry & start system On Off O — — O
Smart door unlocking All the doors Driver’s door O — O O
Function Default
setting
Customized
setting
Wireless remote control On Off — — — O
Unlocking operation
All doors
unlocked in
first step
Driver’s door
unlocked in
first step, all
doors
unlocked in
second step
O — — O
Trunk unlocking operation Press and
hold (short)
One short
press
— — — O
Push twice
Press and
hold (long)
Off
523
9-2. Customization
9
Vehicle specifications
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Power windows (P. 203)
■Driving position memory (P. 188)
■Outside rear view mirrors (P. 199)
■Automatic light control system (P. 234)
Function Default
setting
Customized
setting
Mechanical key linked
operation Off On — — — O
Wireless remote control
linked operation Off On — — — O
Open window reminder
buzzer On Off — — — O
Function Default
setting
Customized
setting
Driver’s seat movement
when exiting the vehicle Full Off O — — O
Partial
Selection the door linking
driving position memory with
door unlock operation
Driver’s door All doors — — — O
Function Default
setting
Customized
setting
Automatic folding/extending
operation
Linked to
locking/
unlocking of
the doors
Off
— — — O
Linked to
power switch
operation
Linked mirror function when
reversing On Off — — — O
Function Default
setting
Customized
setting
Light sensor sensitivity Level 0 Level -2 to 2 O — — O
Time elapsed before the
headlights turn off (follow me
home)
30 seconds
60 seconds
— — — O90 seconds
120 seconds
524 9-2. Customization
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Illumination (P. 362)
■Automatic air conditioning system (P. 350)
Function Default
setting
Customized
setting
Time elapsed before the
interior lights turn off 15 seconds
Off
O — — O7.5 seconds
30 seconds
Operation after the power
switch is turned off On Off — — — O
Operation when the doors
are unlocked On Off — — — O
Operation when you
approach the vehicle with
the electronic key on your
person
On Off — — — O
Footwell lighting On Off — — — O
Shift lever lighting On Off — — — O
Function Default
setting
Customized
setting
Reaction when the A/C
switch is pressed 05 (Slow) 01 (Fast)
to 05 (Slow) — — O —
Operation noise when the
A/C switch is pressed On Off — — O —
Display popup when the A/C
switch is pressed On Off — — O —
Switching between outside
air and recirculated air mode
linked to “AUTO” switch
operation
On Off O — — O
525
9-2. Customization
9
Vehicle specifications
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Multi-information display (P. 131, 136)
*1: If equipped
*2: The default setting varies according to countries.
*3: When the meter control switches (P. 137) of the is pressed, a return
to screen display message is displayed on the multi-information display.
Function Default
setting
Customized
setting
Units*1, 2
miles
km — O — —
Language*2English French — O — —
German
Time for exchanging the ion
filter —Initialize — O — —
Tire pressure warning
system —Initialize — O — —
Interruption
display
Navigation
system route
guidance
On Off — O — —
Instrument
panel
brightness
adjustment
On Off — O — —
Return to initial settings —Yes — O — —
Monthly history of fuel
economy history —Clear — O — —
Daily history of ECO log —Clear — O — —
Monthly history of ECO log —Clear — O — —
Calendar date —Set — O — —
Erase screen —Erase*3— O — —
526 9-2. Customization
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) (P. 274)
■PCS (Pre-Collision System) (P. 262)
Function Default
setting
Customized
setting
Steering assist On Off — O — —
Alert sensitivity High Standard — O — —
Vehicle sway warning On Off — O — —
Vehicle sway warning sensi-
tivity Standard Low — O — —
High
Function Default
setting
Customized
setting
Pre-collision system On Off — O — —
Warning timing Middle Early — O — —
Late
527
9-2. Customization
9
Vehicle specifications
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■RSA (Road Sign Assist) (P. 285)
*: Vehicles with navigation systems
■Dynamic radar cruise control (P. 292)
Function Default
setting
Customized
setting
Road Sign Assist On Off — O — —
RSA notification method
(excess speed) Display only
No
notification — O — —
Display and
buzzer
RSA notification method
(overtaking) Display only
No
notification — O — —
Display and
buzzer
RSA notification method
(others)*Display only
No
notification — O — —
Display and
buzzer
RSA notification level 2km/h
(1mph)
5km/h
(3mph) — O — —
10km/h
(5mph)
Function Default
setting
Customized
setting
Dynamic Radar Cruise Con-
trol with Road Sign Assist Off On — O — —
528 9-2. Customization
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■Parking Support Brake function (for static objects) (P. 314)
■Toyota parking assist-sensor (P. 306)
■Alarm (P. 102)
■Vehicle customization
●When the speed linked door locking function and the shift position linked
door locking function are both on, the door lock operates as follows.
• When shifting the shift position to any position other than P, all the doors
will be locked.
• If the vehicle is started with all the doors locked, the speed linked door
locking function would not operate.
• If the vehicle is started with any door unlocked, the speed linked door
locking function will operate.
●When the smart entry & start system is off, smart door unlocking cannot be
customized.
●When the doors remain closed after unlocking the doors and the automatic
door lock function is activated, the signals will be generated in accordance
with the operation signal (emergency flashers) settings.
Function Default
setting
Customized
setting
Parking Support Brake func-
tion (for static objects) On Off — O — —
Function Default
setting
Customized
setting
Toyota parking assist-sensor On Off — O — —
Detection distance of the
rear center sensor Long Short — — — O
Buzzer volume Level 2 Level 1 to 3 — O — —
Function Default
setting
Customized
setting
Deactivates the alarm when
the doors are unlocked using
the mechanical key
Off On — — — O
529
9-2. Customization
9
Vehicle specifications
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
■In the following situations, customize mode in which the settings can be
changed through the multi-information display will automatically be
turned off.
●A warning message appears after the customize mode screen is displayed.
●The vehicle begins to move while the customize mode screen is displayed.
NOTICE
■During customization
To prevent 12-volt battery discharge, ensure that the fuel cell system is
operating while customizing features.
530 9-3. Initialization
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Items to initialize
The following item must be initialized for normal system opera-
tion after such cases as the 12-volt battery being reconnected,
or maintenance being performed on the vehicle:
Item When to initialize Reference
Power window When functioning abnormally P. 204
Ion filter After changing the ion filter P. 525
Tire pressure warning sys-
tem
• When changing the tire size
• When changing the tire infla-
tion pressure by changing
traveling speed or load
weight, etc.
P. 410
Parking Support Brake func-
tion (for static objects)
After reconnecting or chang-
ing the 12-volt battery P. 323
531
Index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
What to do if...
(Troubleshooting) .....................532
Alphabetical index ......................536
For information regarding the equipment listed below, refer to
the “Navigation system Owner’s manual”.
• Navigation system
• Rear view monitor system
• Audio system
• Hands-free system (for cellular phone)
532 What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
●If you lose your keys or mechanical keys, new genuine keys or mechanical
keys can be made by any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized
repairer, or any reliable repairer. (P. 149)
●If you lose your keys or electronic keys, the risk of vehicle theft increases
significantly. Contact any authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized
repairer, or any reliable repairer immediately. (P. 151)
●Is the key battery weak or depleted? (P. 439)
●Is the power switch in ON mode?
When locking the doors, turn the power switch off. (P. 220)
●Is the electronic key left inside the vehicle?
When locking the doors, make sure that you have the electronic key on
your person.
●The function may not operate properly due to the condition of the radio
wave. (P. 166)
●Is the child-protector lock set?
The rear door cannot be opened from inside the vehicle when the lock is
set. Open the rear door from outside and then unlock the child-protector
lock. (P. 155)
If you have a problem, check the following before contacting any
authorized Toyota retailer or Toyota authorized repairer, or any
reliable repairer.
The doors cannot be locked, unlocked, opened or closed
You lose your keys
The doors cannot be locked or unlocked
The rear door cannot be opened
533
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
●The function to prevent the electronic key from being left inside the trunk
will operate and you can open the trunk as usual. Take the key out from the
trunk. (P. 160)
●Did you press the power switch while firmly depressing the brake pedal?
(P. 218)
●Is the shift position in P? (P. 226)
●Is the electronic key anywhere detectable inside the vehicle? (P. 163)
●Is the electronic key battery weak or depleted?
In this case, the fuel cell system can be started in a temporary way.
(P. 496)
●Is the 12-volt battery discharged? (P. 498)
●Is the window lock switch pressed?
The power window except for the one at the driver’s seat cannot be oper-
ated if the window lock switch is pressed. (P. 203)
●The auto power off function will be operated if the vehicle is left in ACCES-
SORY or ON mode (the fuel cell system is not operating) for a period of
time. (P. 220)
The trunk lid is closed with the electronic key left inside
If you think something is wrong
The fuel cell system does not start
The windows do not open or close by operating the power
window switches
The power switch is turned off automatically
534 What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
●The seat belt reminder light is flashing
Are the driver and the front passenger wearing the seat belts? (P. 465)
●The brake system warning light (red indicator) is on
Is the parking brake released? (P. 232)
Depending on the situation, other types of warning buzzer may also sound.
(P. 462, 469)
●Did anyone inside the vehicle open a door or anything move inside the
vehicle during setting the alarm?
The sensor detects them and the alarm sounds. (P. 102)
To stop the alarm, turn the power switch to ON mode or start the fuel cell sys-
tem.
●Is the electronic key left inside the vehicle?
Check the message on the multi-information display. (P. 469)
●When a warning light turns on or a warning message or indicator is dis-
played, refer to P. 462, 469.
A warning buzzer sounds during driving
An alarm is activated and the horn sounds
A warning buzzer sounds when leaving the vehicle
A warning light turns on or a warning message or indicator
is displayed
535
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
●Stop the vehicle in a safe place and repair the flat tire temporarily with the
emergency tire puncture repair kit. (P. 477)
●Try the procedure for when the vehicle becomes stuck in mud, dirt, or
snow. (P. 510)
When a problem has occurred
If you have a flat tire
The vehicle becomes stuck
536 Alphabetical index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Alphabetical index
A/C.............................................350
Air conditioning filter..............437
Automatic air conditioning
system ................................350
Climate Preference ...............353
ABS
(Anti-lock Brake System)......338
Function ................................338
Warning light ......................... 463
Air conditioning filter ..............437
Air conditioning system..........350
Air conditioning filter..............437
Airbag manual on-off system ...51
Airbags .......................................41
Airbag manual on-off
system ..................................51
Airbag operating conditions .... 47
Airbag precautions for
your child ..............................43
Airbag warning light ..............463
Correct driving posture............34
Curtain shield airbag
operating conditions .............47
Curtain shield airbag
precautions...........................45
General airbag precautions..... 43
Locations of airbags................41
Modification and
disposal of airbags................46
Seat cushion airbag ................41
Side airbag operating
conditions .............................47
Side airbag precautions .......... 44
Side and curtain shield airbags
operating conditions ............. 47
Side and curtain shield airbags
precautions........................... 45
SRS airbags............................ 41
Alarm ........................................ 102
Anchor brackets ........................ 76
Antennas (smart entry &
start system).......................... 163
Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS) ...................................... 338
Function ................................ 338
Warning light......................... 463
Armrest..................................... 374
Assist grips .............................. 375
Audio input*
Audio system*
Steering wheel audio switch*
Automatic air conditioning
system.................................... 350
Air conditioning filter ............. 437
Climate Preference ............... 353
Automatic headlight leveling
system.................................... 235
Automatic High Beam ............. 237
Automatic light control
system.................................... 234
AUX port*
Auxiliary box............................ 369
A
537
Alphabetical index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Back-up lights
Replacing light bulb...............449
Battery (12-volt battery) ..........404
Battery checking ...................404
If the 12-volt battery is
discharged..........................498
Preparing and checking
before winter....................... 344
Warning message.................469
Battery (traction
battery) ...........................106, 111
Air intake vent .......................112
Charging ...............................109
Location ........................106, 111
Warning message.................469
Blind Spot Monitor (BSM) .......326
Blind Spot Monitor function ... 332
Rear Crossing Traffic Alert
function...............................335
Bluetooth®
Hands-free system
(for cellular phone)*
Navigation system*
Bottle holders...........................368
Brake
Emergency brake signal ....... 339
Fluid ......................................518
Parking brake........................232
Regenerative braking............109
Warning light .................462, 463
Brake assist..............................338
Break-in tips ............................210
Brightness control
Instrument panel
light control ......................... 133
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)....... 326
Blind Spot Monitor function... 332
Rear Crossing Traffic
Alert function ...................... 335
Card holders ............................ 369
Care................................... 384, 389
Aluminum wheels.................. 385
Exterior ................................. 384
Interior................................... 389
Seat belts.............................. 390
CD player*
Chains....................................... 346
Child restraint system............... 54
Child seats definition............... 54
Child seats installation ...... 67, 74
Installing a CRS to the
passenger seat..................... 59
Installing CRS with ISOFIX
rigid anchors......................... 69
Installing CRS with
seat belts.............................. 63
Installing CRS with top strap... 76
B
C
*: Refer to the “Navigation system Owner’s manual”.
538 Alphabetical index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Child safety ................................53
12-volt battery
precautions.................406, 502
Airbag precautions ..................43
Child restraint system .............54
How your child should wear
the seat belt..........................38
Power window lock switch ....203
Power window precautions ...205
Rear door child-protectors ....155
Removed electronic key
battery precautions............. 440
Seat belt precautions ..............40
Seat heater precautions........360
Trunk precautions .................161
Child-protectors.......................155
Cleaning............................384, 389
Aluminum wheels..................385
Exterior.................................. 384
Interior...................................389
Seat belts..............................390
Clock ......................................... 373
Coat hooks ............................... 374
Condenser ................................ 402
Console box .............................366
Coolant
Capacity ................................ 517
Checking ............................... 401
Preparing and checking
Warning light.......................462
Cooling system........................ 401
Fuel cell system
overheating......................... 504
Cruise control
Dynamic radar cruise
control................................. 292
Cup holders.............................. 367
Curtain shield airbags...............42
Customizable features ............ 520
Daytime running light
system.................................... 235
Defogger
Outside rear view mirrors...... 354
Rear window ......................... 354
Windshield ............................ 354
Dimensions .............................. 514
Display
Drive information................... 137
Dynamic radar cruise
control................................. 292
Energy monitor ..................... 137
LDA
(Lane Departure Alert
with steering control) .......... 274
Multi-information display ....... 136
Parking Support Brake
function
(for static objects)............... 319
Warning message ................ 469
Do-it-yourself maintenance .... 394
Door courtesy lights
Location ................................ 362
Wattage ................................ 519
Door lock
Doors .................................... 152
Smart entry & start system ... 163
Wireless remote control........ 152
D
539
Alphabetical index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Doors
Automatic door locking and
unlocking system................155
Door glasses.........................203
Door lock...............................154
Door windows .......................203
Open door warning buzzer.... 157
Open door warning light........465
Outside rear view mirrors...... 199
Rear door child-protector ...... 155
Drive information .....................137
Driver’s seat belt reminder
light......................................... 465
Driver’s seat position
memory .................................. 188
Driving
Break-in tips .......................... 210
Correct driving posture............34
Driving advice .......................123
Fuel cell vehicle driving
tips......................................123
Procedures............................208
Winter drive tips .................... 344
Driving position memory ........188
Memory recall function.......... 190
Dynamic radar cruise
control .................................... 292
ECB (Electronically Controlled
Brake System) ....................... 338
Eco drive mode........................ 227
Electric motor (traction motor)
Location ........................ 106, 111
Specification ......................... 516
Electric Power Steering
(EPS)....................................... 339
Function ................................ 339
Warning light......................... 463
Electronic key
Battery-saving function ......... 165
If the electronic key does not
operate properly ................. 495
Replacing the battery............ 439
Electronically Controlled
Brake System (ECB) ............. 338
Emergency brake signal ......... 339
Emergency flashers ................ 452
E
540 Alphabetical index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Emergency, in case of
If a warning buzzer
sounds................................ 462
If a warning light turns on......462
If a warning message is
displayed ............................469
If the 12-volt battery is
discharged..........................498
If the electronic key does
not operate properly ...........495
If the vehicle is trapped
in rising water .....................454
If the fuel cell system
will not start......................... 493
If you have a flat tire..............477
If you lose your keys .....149, 151
If you think something is
wrong..................................461
If your vehicle becomes
stuck ................................... 510
If your vehicle has to be
stopped in an emergency ... 453
If your vehicle needs to be
towed..................................455
If your vehicle overheats ....... 504
Emergency shut off system.... 112
Emergency tire puncture
repair kit .................................477
Energy monitor ........................137
EPS
(Electric Power Steering)...... 339
Function ................................339
Warning light ......................... 463
Flat tire...................................... 477
Floor mats .................................. 32
Fluid
Brake .................................... 518
Transmission ........................ 518
Washer ................................. 403
Fog lights
Replacing light bulbs............. 447
Switch ................................... 242
Wattage ................................ 519
Front interior lights ................. 363
Wattage ................................ 519
Front position lights................ 234
Light switch........................... 234
Replacing light bulbs............. 449
Front seats ............................... 186
Adjustment............................ 186
Cleaning................................ 389
Correct driving posture ........... 34
Driving position memory ....... 188
Head restraints ..................... 193
Power easy access
system................................ 188
Seat heaters ......................... 361
Seat position memory ........... 188
Front turn signal lights ........... 231
Replacing light bulbs............. 449
Turn signal lever ................... 231
Fuel
Capacity................................ 516
Fuel gauge............................ 131
Hydrogen station
information.......................... 552
Refueling............................... 246
Type.............................. 246, 516
Warning light......................... 465
F
541
Alphabetical index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Fuel cell stack ..........................114
Fuel cell stack coolant
Capacity ................................ 517
Checking ............................... 401
Fuel cell system
Characteristics ......................106
Cold temperatures ................221
Coolant type..........................517
Indicators ..............................128
Multi-information display ....... 136
Precautions...........................110
Starting the system ...............218
Stopping the system .............219
Warning lights .......................127
Fuel cell system indicator....... 139
Fuel cell vehicles
Characteristics ......................106
Charging the traction
battery.................................109
Driving advice .......................123
Emergency shut off system... 112
Emergency start function ......494
Emergency stops ..................453
Fuel.......................................516
Handling hydrogen gas .........118
High-voltage components .....111
Hydrogen gas........................117
Hydrogen-related
components........................110
If the 12-volt battery is
discharged..........................498
If the fuel cell system
will not start......................... 493
Maintenance, repair,
recycling, and disposal ....... 109
Opening the fuel door ........... 246
Overheating .......................... 504
Power output restriction........ 116
Power switch......................... 218
Precautions........................... 110
Regenerative braking............ 109
Road accident cautions ........ 120
Running out of fuel................ 113
Service plugs ........................ 119
Sounds and vibrations .......... 108
Starting the system ............... 218
Traction battery air intake
vent..................................... 112
Warning message................. 469
Water release ....................... 219
Fuel consumption............ 140, 141
Fuel door .................................. 246
Refueling............................... 246
Fuses ........................................ 442
Gauges ..................................... 131
Glove box ................................. 366
Grocery bag hooks.................. 370
G
542 Alphabetical index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
H2O switch................................219
Hands-free system
(for cellular phone)*
Head restraints.........................193
Headlights ................................ 234
Automatic High Beam
system ................................237
Light switch ...........................234
Replacing light bulbs.............449
Heated steering wheel............. 360
Heaters
Automatic air conditioning
system ................................350
Heated steering wheel ..........360
Outside rear view mirrors...... 354
Seat heaters..........................361
High mounted stoplight
Replacing light bulbs.............449
High-voltage components....... 111
Hill-start assist control............ 338
Hood.......................................... 397
Warning message.................469
Hooks
Coat hooks............................374
Grocery bag hooks................370
Retaining hooks (floor mat)..... 32
Horn ..........................................195
Hydrogen detectors.................115
Hydrogen-related
components ...........................110
Hydrogen tanks........................114
Capacity ................................ 516
Location ........................106, 110
Identification
Vehicle .................................. 515
Illuminated entry system ........ 364
Immobilizer system ................... 78
Indicators ................................. 128
Initialization
Ion filter................................. 525
Parking Support Brake
function
(for static objects)............... 323
Power windows..................... 204
Tire pressure
warning system .................. 410
Inside rear view mirror ............ 197
Instrument panel light
control .................................... 133
Interior lights............................ 362
Switch ................................... 363
Wattage ................................ 519
Inverter coolant
Capacity................................ 517
Checking............................... 401
Ion filter .................................... 115
ISOFIX rigid anchors................. 69
H
I
543
Alphabetical index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Jack
Positioning a floor jack..........398
Vehicle-equipped jack...424, 479
Jack handle ......................424, 479
Jam protection function
Power window....................... 203
Keyless entry
Smart entry & start
system ........................152, 158
Wireless remote
control.........................152, 158
Keys ..........................................148
Battery-saving function ......... 165
Electronic key........................148
If the electronic key does not
operate properly .................495
If you lose your keys .....149, 151
Key number plate.................. 148
Keyless entry ................152, 158
Mechanical key .....................149
Power switch.........................218
Replacing the battery ............ 439
Warning buzzer.....................164
Wireless remote control
key......................................152
Knee airbags ..............................41
Lane Departure Alert (LDA) .... 274
Language (multi-information
display)................................... 525
LDA (Lane Departure Alert
with steering control)............ 274
Lever
Auxiliary catch lever.............. 397
Hood lock release lever ........ 397
Shift lever.............................. 225
Turn signal lever ................... 231
Wiper lever............................ 243
License plate lights
Light switch........................... 234
Replacing light bulbs............. 449
Light bulbs
Replacing.............................. 446
Wattage ................................ 519
Lights
Automatic High Beam
system................................ 237
Fog light switch ..................... 242
Headlight switch.................... 234
Illuminated entry system ....... 364
Interior lights ......................... 363
Interior lights list.................... 362
Personal lights ...................... 363
Replacing light bulbs............. 446
Trunk light............................. 160
Turn signal lever ................... 231
Vanity lights .......................... 372
Wattage ................................ 519
J
K
L
*: Refer to the “Navigation system Owner’s manual”.
544 Alphabetical index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Maintenance
Do-it-yourself maintenance ... 394
Maintenance data .................514
Maintenance requirements ...392
Master warning light........465, 469
Meter .........................................131
Indicators ..............................128
Instrument panel light
control.................................133
Meter light control ................. 133
Meters ................................... 131
Multi-information display ....... 136
Warning lights .......................127
Warning messages ...............469
Meter light control ...................133
Mirrors
Inside rear view mirror ..........197
Outside rear view mirror
defoggers............................354
Outside rear view mirrors...... 199
Vanity mirrors........................372
MP3 disc*
Multi-information display ........136
Drive information...................137
Dynamic radar cruise
control.................................292
Energy monitor......................137
Language..............................525
LDA
(Lane Departure Alert
with steering control) ..........274
Parking Support Brake
function
(for static objects) ...............319
Switching the display ............ 133
Warning message.................469
Navigation system*
Odometer.................................. 132
Opener
Fuel door............................... 248
Hood ..................................... 397
Trunk..................................... 158
Outside rear view mirrors ....... 199
Adjusting and folding ............ 199
BSM (Blind spot monitor)...... 326
Outside rear view mirror
defoggers ........................... 354
Outside temperature
display.................................... 132
Overhead console ................... 369
Overheating.............................. 504
M
N
O
545
Alphabetical index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
P position switch .....................226
Parking assist sensors............306
Parking brake
Operation ..............................232
Parking brake engaged
warning buzzer/message.... 232
Warning light ......................... 465
Parking Support Brake
function
(for static objects) .................314
Function ................................314
Warning light ......................... 464
Warning message.........319, 469
PCS (Pre-Collision System)
Function ................................262
Warning light ......................... 464
Warning message.................469
Personal lights.........................363
Switch ................................... 363
Wattage.................................519
Power control unit ................... 111
Power easy access system..... 188
Power outlet .............................376
Power steering
(Electric power steering) ...... 339
Warning light ......................... 463
Power switch............................218
Power windows
Jam protection function......... 203
Operation ..............................203
Window lock switch...............203
Pre-Collision system (PCS)
Function ................................262
Warning light ......................... 464
Warning message.................469
Radar cruise control (dynamic
radar cruise control) ............. 292
Radiator .................................... 402
Radio*
Rear Crossing Traffic Alert..... 335
Rear fog light
Replacing light bulb .............. 447
Switch ................................... 242
Wattage ................................ 519
Rear interior lights................... 363
Wattage ................................ 519
Rear turn signal lights............. 231
Replacing light bulbs............. 449
Turn signal lever ................... 231
Rear view mirror
Inside rear view mirror ..........197
Outside rear view mirrors...... 199
Rear view monitor system*
Rear window defogger ............ 354
Refueling .................................. 246
Capacity................................ 516
Fuel types ............................. 516
Opening the fuel door ........... 248
Regenerative braking .............. 109
Replacing
Electronic key battery ........... 439
Fuses .................................... 442
Light bulbs ............................ 446
Tires...................................... 424
Road accident cautions .......... 120
RSA (Road Sign Assist) .......... 285
Function ................................ 285
Warning message......... 291, 469
P
R
*: Refer to the “Navigation system Owner’s manual”.
546 Alphabetical index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Seat belt reminder light...........465
Seat belts....................................36
Adjusting the seat belt.............37
Child restraint system
installation.............................54
Cleaning and maintaining
the seat belt........................390
Emergency Locking Retractor
(ELR) ....................................38
How to wear your seat belt .....34
How your child should wear
the seat belt..........................38
Pregnant women, proper
seat belt use .........................39
Reminder light and buzzer....465
Seat belt pretensioners ...........37
SRS warning light .................463
Seat heaters .............................361
Seat position memory ............. 188
Seats
Adjustment............................186
Adjustment precautions ........187
Child seats/child restraint
system installation ................54
Cleaning................................ 389
Driving position memory .......188
Head restraints......................193
Power easy access
system ................................188
Properly sitting in the seat.......34
Seat heaters..........................361
Sensor
Automatic headlight
system................................ 235
Automatic High Beam
system................................ 241
Humidity sensor.................... 359
Inside rear view mirror ..........198
Parking Support Brake
function
(for static objects)............... 315
Radar sensor ........................ 252
Rain-sensing windshield
wipers................................. 244
Toyota parking
assist-sensor ...................... 306
Service plug ............................. 111
Shift lever ................................. 225
Side airbags ............................... 42
Side mirrors .............................199
Adjusting and folding ............ 199
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) ..... 326
Heaters ................................. 354
Side turn signal lights ............. 231
Replacing light bulbs............. 449
Turn signal lever ................... 231
Smart entry & start system..... 163
Antenna location ................... 163
Entry functions.............. 152, 158
Starting the fuel cell
system................................ 218
Warning message................. 469
Snow tires ................................ 344
Specifications .......................... 514
Speech command system*
Speedometer............................ 131
S
547
Alphabetical index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Steering wheel .........................195
Adjustment............................195
Audio switches*
Heated steering wheel ..........360
Meter control switches ..........137
Power easy access
system ................................188
Telephone switches*
Stop lights
Emergency brake signal ....... 339
Replacing light bulbs.............449
Storage feature ........................365
Stuck
If the vehicle becomes
stuck ................................... 510
Sun visors ................................372
Switches
Airbag manual on-off
switch....................................51
Audio remote control switches*
Automatic High Beam
switch.................................. 237
Door lock switches................154
Driving position memory
switches.............................. 189
Dynamic radar cruise
switch.................................. 292
“ECO MODE” switch............. 227
Emergency flashers switch ...452
Fog light switch .....................242
Heated steering wheel ..........360
LDA switch............................279
Light switches .......................234
Meter control switches ..........137
Odometer/trip meter and
trip meter reset button ........ 133
Outside rear view mirror
switches.............................. 199
P position switch ................... 226
“POWER MODE” switch ....... 227
Power switch......................... 218
Power window switches........ 203
Rear window and outside
rear view mirror
defoggers switch ................ 354
Seat heater switches ............ 361
Talk switch*
Telephone switches*
Trunk opener main switch..... 159
Trunk opener switch ............. 158
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
switch ................................. 298
VSC OFF switch ................... 340
Window lock switch............... 203
Windshield wiper and
washer switch..................... 243
*: Refer to the “Navigation system Owner’s manual”.
548 Alphabetical index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Tail lights..................................234
Light switch ...........................234
Replacing light bulbs.............449
Tailpipe .....................................115
Talk switch*
Telephone switches*
Theft deterrent system
Alarm.....................................102
Immobilizer system .................78
Tire inflation pressure............. 432
Maintenance data .................519
Warning light ......................... 465
Tire pressure warning system
Function ................................409
Initializing ..............................410
Installing tire pressure
warning valves and
transmitters.........................409
Registering ID codes............. 411
Warning light ......................... 465
Tires ..........................................408
Chains...................................346
Checking ............................... 408
Emergency tire puncture
repair kit..............................477
If you have a flat tire..............477
Inflation pressure ..........432, 519
Replacing..............................424
Rotating tires......................... 409
Size.......................................519
Snow tires .............................344
Tire pressure warning
system ................................409
Warning light ......................... 465
Tools ................................. 424, 479
Top strap .................................... 76
Towing
Emergency towing ................ 455
Towing eyelet........................ 458
Trailer towing ........................ 217
Toyota parking assist-sensor
Function ................................ 306
Warning message................. 312
Traction battery ....................... 111
Air intake vent ....................... 112
Charging ............................... 109
Location ........................ 106, 111
Warning message................. 469
Traction battery air intake
vent......................................... 112
Traction Control (TRC)............ 338
Traction motor (electric motor)
Location ........................ 106, 111
Specification ......................... 516
Trailer towing .......................... 217
Transmission ........................... 225
TRC (Traction Control)............ 338
Trip meters............................... 132
Trunk......................................... 158
Grocery bag hooks ............... 370
Luggage security system...... 159
Smart entry & start system ... 158
Trunk features....................... 370
Trunk grip.............................. 159
Trunk light............................. 160
Trunk opener main switch..... 159
Trunk opener switch ............. 158
Wireless remote control........ 158
Trunk light
Trunk light............................. 160
Wattage ................................ 519
Turn signal lights..................... 231
Replacing light bulbs............. 449
Turn signal lever ................... 231
T
549
Alphabetical index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
USB port*
Vanity lights
Vanity lights...........................372
Wattage.................................519
Vanity mirrors ..........................372
Vanity lights...........................372
Vehicle identification
number ...................................515
Vehicle Stability Control
(VSC)....................................... 338
Voice command system*
VSC (Vehicle Stability
Control) ..................................338
Warning buzzers
Brake system........................ 462
Electric power steering
system................................ 463
Light reminder....................... 235
Open door............................. 465
Open trunk............................ 465
Parking brake........................ 232
Parking Support Brake
function
(for static objects)............... 464
Seat belt reminder ................ 465
Toyota parking
assist-sensor ...................... 310
Warning lights
ABS....................................... 463
Brake Override System......... 466
Brake system................ 462, 463
Charging system................... 462
Drive-Start Control................ 466
Electric power steering
system................................ 463
High coolant temperature
warning light ....................... 462
Hydrogen leak....................... 462
Low fuel level ........................ 465
Master warning light.............. 465
Parking brake warning light .. 465
Parking Support Brake
function
(for static objects)............... 464
Pre-Collision system............. 464
Seat belt reminder light......... 465
Slip indicator ......................... 464
SRS ...................................... 463
Tire pressure......................... 465
Warning messages.................. 469
U
V
W
*: Refer to the “Navigation system Owner’s manual”.
550 Alphabetical index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
Washer
Checking ............................... 403
Preparing and checking
before winter....................... 344
Switch ................................... 243
Washing and waxing ...............384
Water release ...........................219
Weight.......................................514
Wheels ......................................434
Replacing..............................424
Size.......................................519
Window glasses....................... 203
Window lock switch................. 203
Windows ................................... 203
Power windows.....................203
Rear window defogger..........354
Windshield wipers ...................243
Winter driving tips ...................344
Wireless remote control key...148
Battery-saving function ......... 165
Locking/Unlocking.................152
Replacing the battery ............ 439
WMA disc*
551
Alphabetical index
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
*: Refer to the “Navigation system Owner’s manual”.
552
MIRAI_OM_Europe_OM62050E
HYDROGEN STATION INFORMATION
Auxiliary catch lever Trunk opener Fuel door
P. 397 P. 158 P. 248
Hood lock release
lever Fuel door opener Tire inflation pressure
P. 397 P. 248 P. 519
Hydrogen tanks’ fuel
capacity (Reference)
122.4 L (32.3 gal., 26.9 Imp.gal.)
(Approximately 5 kg [11.0 lb.]*)
*: This is the maximum possible fill amount. The
actual fuel amount achieved at hydrogen sta-
tions may be lower due to station capacity or
station settings.
Fuel type Compressed hydrogen gas P. 516
Cold tire inflation
pressure P. 5 1 9
… 509 …

Hulp nodig? Stel uw vraag in het forum

Spelregels

Misbruik melden

Gebruikershandleiding.com neemt misbruik van zijn services uitermate serieus. U kunt hieronder aangeven waarom deze vraag ongepast is. Wij controleren de vraag en zonodig wordt deze verwijderd.

Product:

Bijvoorbeeld antisemitische inhoud, racistische inhoud, of materiaal dat gewelddadige fysieke handelingen tot gevolg kan hebben.

Bijvoorbeeld een creditcardnummer, een persoonlijk identificatienummer, of een geheim adres. E-mailadressen en volledige namen worden niet als privégegevens beschouwd.

Spelregels forum

Om tot zinvolle vragen te komen hanteren wij de volgende spelregels:

Belangrijk! Als er een antwoord wordt gegeven op uw vraag, dan is het voor de gever van het antwoord nuttig om te weten als u er wel (of niet) mee geholpen bent! Wij vragen u dus ook te reageren op een antwoord.

Belangrijk! Antwoorden worden ook per e-mail naar abonnees gestuurd. Laat uw emailadres achter op deze site, zodat u op de hoogte blijft. U krijgt dan ook andere vragen en antwoorden te zien.

Abonneren

Abonneer u voor het ontvangen van emails voor uw Toyota Mirai 2019 bij:


U ontvangt een email met instructies om u voor één of beide opties in te schrijven.


Ontvang uw handleiding per email

Vul uw emailadres in en ontvang de handleiding van Toyota Mirai 2019 in de taal/talen: Engels als bijlage per email.

De handleiding is 63.85 mb groot.

 

U ontvangt de handleiding per email binnen enkele minuten. Als u geen email heeft ontvangen, dan heeft u waarschijnlijk een verkeerd emailadres ingevuld of is uw mailbox te vol. Daarnaast kan het zijn dat uw internetprovider een maximum heeft aan de grootte per email. Omdat hier een handleiding wordt meegestuurd, kan het voorkomen dat de email groter is dan toegestaan bij uw provider.

Stel vragen via chat aan uw handleiding

Stel uw vraag over deze PDF

Andere handleiding(en) van Toyota Mirai 2019

Toyota Mirai 2019 Gebruiksaanwijzing - Nederlands - 552 pagina's

Toyota Mirai 2019 Gebruiksaanwijzing - Deutsch - 580 pagina's

Toyota Mirai 2019 Gebruiksaanwijzing - Français - 556 pagina's


Uw handleiding is per email verstuurd. Controleer uw email

Als u niet binnen een kwartier uw email met handleiding ontvangen heeft, kan het zijn dat u een verkeerd emailadres heeft ingevuld of dat uw emailprovider een maximum grootte per email heeft ingesteld die kleiner is dan de grootte van de handleiding.

Er is een email naar u verstuurd om uw inschrijving definitief te maken.

Controleer uw email en volg de aanwijzingen op om uw inschrijving definitief te maken

U heeft geen emailadres opgegeven

Als u de handleiding per email wilt ontvangen, vul dan een geldig emailadres in.

Uw vraag is op deze pagina toegevoegd

Wilt u een email ontvangen bij een antwoord en/of nieuwe vragen? Vul dan hier uw emailadres in.



Info